SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

     
x   Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 or
     
o   Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for the transition period from _________ to __________

Commission file number 1-10000

WACHOVIA CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
NORTH CAROLINA   56-0898180
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
ONE WACHOVIA CENTER
CHARLOTTE, NC
  28288-0013
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (704) 374-6565

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

     
TITLE OF EACH CLASS   NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED

 
Common Stock, $3.33 1/3 par value (including attached rights)   New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

TITLE OF EACH CLASS


Dividend Equalization Preferred shares, no par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  x No  o

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s completed second fiscal quarter: $52.2 billion.

As of February 19, 2003, there were 1,345,437,724 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding, $3.33 1/3 par value per share.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o

APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes  o No  o

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN FORM 10-K

         
    INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS   WHERE INCORPORATED IN FORM 10-K
   
 
1.   Certain portions of the Corporation’s Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2002 (“Annual Report”)   Part I — Items 1 and 2; Part II — Items 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8; and Part III – Item 14.
 
2.   Certain portions of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 22, 2003 (“Proxy Statement”).   Part III — Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.

 


 

PART I

Wachovia Corporation (formerly named First Union Corporation, “Wachovia”) may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements, including statements contained in Wachovia’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Exhibits hereto and thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other Wachovia communications, which are made in good faith by Wachovia pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements with respect to Wachovia’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business of Wachovia, including without limitation, (i) statements relating to the benefits of the merger between the former Wachovia Corporation (“Legacy Wachovia”) and Wachovia completed on September 1, 2001 (the “Merger”), including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced revenues and the accretion to reported earnings that may be realized from the Merger, (ii) statements relating to the benefits of the proposed retail securities brokerage combination transaction between Wachovia and Prudential Financial, Inc. (the “Brokerage Transaction”), including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced revenues and the accretion of reported earnings that may be realized from the Brokerage Transaction, (iii) statements regarding certain of Wachovia’s goals and expectations with respect to earnings, earnings per share, revenue, expenses and the growth rate in such items, as well as other measures of economic performance, including statements relating to estimates of credit quality trends, and (iv) statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “projects”, “outlook” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors (many of which are beyond Wachovia’s control). The following factors, among others, could cause Wachovia’s financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward-looking statements: (1) the risk that the businesses of Wachovia and Legacy Wachovia in connection with the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction will not be integrated successfully or such integration may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected; (2) expected revenue synergies and cost savings from the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame; (3) revenues following the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction may be lower than expected; (4) deposit attrition, operating costs, customer loss and business disruption following the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction, including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, may be greater than expected; (5) the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which Wachovia conducts operations may be different than expected resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit, including the resultant effect on Wachovia’s loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses; (6) the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (7) inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; (8) adverse conditions in the stock market, the public debt market and other capital markets (including changes in interest rate conditions) and the impact of such conditions on Wachovia’s capital markets and capital management activities, including, without limitation, Wachovia’s mergers and acquisition advisory business, equity and debt underwriting activities, private equity investment activities, derivative securities activities, investment and wealth management advisory businesses, and brokerage activities; (9) the timely development of competitive new products and services by Wachovia and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; (10) the willingness of customers to accept third party products marketed by Wachovia; (11) the willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for Wachovia’s products and services and vice versa; (12) the impact of changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); (13) technological changes; (14) changes in consumer spending and saving habits; (15) the effect of corporate restructurings, acquisitions and/or dispositions, including, without limitation, the Merger and the Brokerage Transaction, and the actual restructuring and other charges related thereto, and the failure to achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such corporate restructurings, acquisitions and/or dispositions; (16) the growth and profitability of Wachovia’s noninterest or fee income being less than expected; (17) unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings or rulings; (18) the impact of changes in accounting principles; (19) adverse changes in financial performance and/or condition of Wachovia’s borrowers which could impact repayment of such borrowers’ outstanding loans; (20) the impact on Wachovia’s businesses, as well as on the risks set forth above, of various domestic or international military or terrorist activities or conflicts; and (21) Wachovia’s success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

Wachovia cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. Wachovia does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of Wachovia.

2


 

     
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS.

GENERAL

Wachovia was incorporated under the laws of North Carolina in 1967 and is registered as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The merger of Legacy Wachovia and First Union Corporation (“Legacy First Union”) was effective September 1, 2001. Legacy First Union changed its name to “Wachovia Corporation” on the date of the merger. As the surviving corporate entity in the merger, information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless indicated otherwise, includes information about Legacy First Union only. Whenever we use the “Wachovia” name in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we mean the new combined company and, before the merger, Legacy First Union, unless indicated otherwise.

We provide a wide range of commercial and retail banking and trust services through full-service banking offices in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Virginia and Washington, D.C. Wachovia Bank, National Association (“WBNA”) operates those banking offices, except those in Delaware, which are operated by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association. We also provide various other financial services, including mortgage banking, credit card, investment banking, investment advisory, home equity lending, asset-based lending, leasing, insurance, international and securities brokerage services, through other subsidiaries.

Our principal executive offices are located at One Wachovia Center, 301 South College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013 (telephone number (704) 374-6565).

Since the 1985 Supreme Court decision allowing interstate banking expansion, we have concentrated our efforts on building a large, diversified financial services organization, primarily doing business in the eastern region of the United States. Since November 1985, we have completed over 90 banking-related acquisitions. On February 19, 2003, we announced that we have entered into an agreement with Prudential Financial, Inc. providing for the combination of both companies’ respective retail securities brokerage business. As a result of that transaction, which is expected to consummate in the third quarter of 2003, Wachovia would own 62% of the combined entity and Prudential would own 38%.

With the completion of our merger with Legacy Wachovia, we are focused on generating improved core earnings growth from our four key businesses, including Capital Management, the General Bank, Wealth Management and the Corporate and Investment Bank. We are focused on integrating Legacy Wachovia and Legacy First Union’s business operations over a planned three-year integration period. We will continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of maximizing performance in our core business lines. When consistent with our overall business strategy, we may consider the disposition of certain assets, branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We routinely explore acquisition opportunities, particularly in areas that would complement our core business lines, and frequently conduct due diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities can be expected.

Additional information relating to our businesses and our subsidiaries is included in the information set forth on pages 27 through 30 and in Note 13 on pages 102 through 104 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to Wachovia Corporation only is set forth in Note 19 on pages 117 through 119 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

Web Site Access to SEC Filings

Wachovia’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are accessible at no cost on our website, www.wachovia.com , as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports have been electronically filed or submitted to the SEC. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

COMPETITION

Our subsidiaries face substantial competition in their operations from banking and non-banking institutions, including savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds and other investment vehicles, mutual fund advisory companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, leasing companies, credit card issuers, mortgage banking companies, investment banking companies, finance companies and other types of financial services providers, including Internet-only financial service providers.

3


 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The following discussion sets forth some of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to financial holding companies and bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides some specific information relevant to us. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Bank Insurance Fund and not for the protection of security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.

Bank Holding Company Activities

     General

As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, Wachovia is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as well as other federal and state laws governing the banking business. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Wachovia, and supervises our activities on a continual basis. Our subsidiaries are also subject to regulation and supervision by various regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, the Comptroller of the Currency (the “Comptroller”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 was enacted on November 12, 1999. The Modernization Act, which amended the Bank Holding Company Act,

    allows bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies” to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than was permissible under prior law;
 
    allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
 
    removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
 
    establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

The Federal Reserve Board notified us that, effective March 13, 2000, we are authorized to operate as a financial holding company and therefore are eligible to engage in, or acquire companies engaged in, the broader range of activities that are permitted by the Modernization Act. These activities include those that are determined to be “financial in nature”, including insurance underwriting, securities underwriting and dealing, and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies. If any of our banking subsidiaries ceases to be “well capitalized” or “well managed” under applicable regulatory standards, the Federal Reserve Board may, among other things, place limitations on our ability to conduct these broader financial activities or, if the deficiencies persist, require us to divest the banking subsidiary. In addition, if any of our banking subsidiaries receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), we would be prohibited from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies. Our banking subsidiaries currently meet the capital, management and CRA requirements.

     Interstate Banking

The Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “IBBEA”) authorized interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation. IBBEA requires that a bank holding company cannot make an interstate acquisition of a bank if, as a result, it would control more than 10% of the total United States insured depository deposits and more than 30% or applicable state law limit of deposits in that state.

     Banking Acquisitions

As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings association. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the CRA.

     Subsidiary Dividends

Wachovia is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A major portion of our revenues result from amounts paid as dividends to us by our national bank subsidiaries. The Comptroller’s prior approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year will exceed the sum of that bank’s net profits for that year and

4


 

its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses.

Under the foregoing dividend restrictions and certain restrictions applicable to certain of our non-banking subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2002, our subsidiaries, without obtaining affirmative governmental approvals, could pay aggregate dividends of $1.3 billion to us during 2003. This amount is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available in future periods. In 2002, our subsidiaries paid $1.5 billion in cash dividends to us.

In addition, we and our banking subsidiaries are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

     Source of Strength

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of our subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each of those subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when, absent that Federal Reserve Board policy, we may not find ourselves able to provide it. Capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Federal law also authorizes the Comptroller to order an assessment of Wachovia if the capital of one of our national bank subsidiaries were to become impaired. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the Comptroller could order the sale of our stock in the national bank to cover the deficiency.

     Capital Requirements

Federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require that our capital-to-assets ratios meet certain minimum standards. Under the risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies, the minimum requirement for the ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital (as defined below) is to be composed of common stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, qualifying perpetual preferred stock (in a limited amount in the case of cumulative preferred stock) and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles (“tier 1 capital”). The remainder of total capital may consist of mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock and loan loss allowance (“tier 2 capital”, and together with tier 1 capital, “total capital”). At December 31, 2002, our tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were 8.22% and 12.01%, respectively.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets less certain amounts (“leverage ratio”) equal to 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2002, was 6.77%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “tangible tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or to engage in new activity. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to us.

Each of our subsidiary banks is subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the Comptroller or other applicable regulatory agency. Neither the Comptroller nor such applicable regulatory agency has advised any of our subsidiary banks of any specific minimum leverage ratios applicable to it. The capital ratios of our bank subsidiaries are set forth in Table 16 on page 60 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

The risk-based capital requirements explicitly identify concentrations of credit risk and certain risks arising from non-traditional activities, and the management of those risks, as important factors to consider in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. Other factors taken into consideration by federal regulators include: interest rate exposure; liquidity, funding and

5


 

market risk; the quality and level of earnings; the quality of loans and investments; the effectiveness of loan and investment policies; and management’s overall ability to monitor and control financial and operational risks, including the risks presented by concentrations of credit and non-traditional activities.

Effective April 1, 2002, Federal Reserve Board rules govern the regulatory capital treatment of merchant banking investments and certain other equity investments, including investments made by our Principal Investing group, in non-financial companies held by bank holding companies. The rules generally impose a capital charge that increases incrementally as the value of the banking organization’s equity investments increase. An 8% tier 1 capital deduction would apply on covered investments that in total represent up to 15% of an organization’s tier 1 capital. For covered investments that total more than 25% of the organization’s tier 1 capital, a capital deduction of 25% would be imposed. Equity investments made through small business investment companies in an amount up to 15% of the banking organization’s tier 1 capital are exempt from the new charges, but the full amount of the equity investments are still included when calculating the aggregate value of the banking organization’s non-financial equity investments.

Changes to the risk-based capital regime are frequently proposed or implemented. The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The Basel Committee, which is comprised of bank supervisors and central banks from the major industrialized countries, issued its Capital Accord in 1988 to achieve convergence in the capital regulations applicable to internationally active banking organizations. The Basel Committee issued a proposed replacement for the Capital Accord in January 2001, and, subsequently, it issued a number of working papers supplementing various aspects of that replacement (the “New Accord”). Based on these documents, the New Accord would adopt a three-pillar framework for addressing capital adequacy. These pillars would include minimum capital requirements, more emphasis on supervisory assessment of capital adequacy and greater reliance on market discipline. Under the New Accord, minimum capital requirements would be more differentiated based upon perceived distinctions in creditworthiness. Such requirements would be based either on ratings assigned by rating agencies or, in the case of a banking organization that met certain supervisory standards, on the organization’s internal credit ratings. The minimum capital requirements in the New Accord would also include a separate capital requirement for operational risk. At present, the target date for implementing the New Accord is year-end 2006.

Bank Activities

     General

WBNA and our other national bank subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of the National Bank Act, are under the supervision of, and are subject to periodic examination by, the Comptroller, and are subject to the rules and regulations of the Comptroller, the Federal Reserve Board, and the FDIC. WBNA’s operations in other countries are also subject to various restrictions imposed by the laws of those countries. In addition, all of our banks have FDIC insurance and are subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”).

Under the Modernization Act, subject to certain conditions imposed by their respective banking regulators, national and state-chartered banks are permitted to form “financial subsidiaries” that may conduct financial or incidental activities, thereby permitting bank subsidiaries to engage in certain activities that previously were impermissible. The Modernization Act imposes several safeguards and restrictions on financial subsidiaries, including that the parent bank’s equity investment in the financial subsidiary be deducted from the bank’s assets and tangible equity for purposes of calculating the bank’s capital adequacy. In addition, the Modernization Act imposes new restrictions on transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries similar to restrictions applicable to transactions between banks and nonbank affiliates.

     Prompt Corrective Action

The FDIA, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five tiers for FDIC-insured banks: (i) “well capitalized” if it has a total capital ratio of 10% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total capital ratio of 8% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (3% in certain circumstances) and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total capital ratio of less than 8%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total capital ratio of less than 6%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than is indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. As of December 31, 2002, all of our deposit-taking subsidiary banks had capital levels that qualify them as being “well capitalized” under those regulations.

6


 

Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations, the requirement to submit a capital restoration plan, and a variety of other restrictions the severity of which are keyed to the bank’s capital tier and other factors. Ultimately, critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

A bank that is not “well capitalized” is subject to certain limitations relating to so-called “brokered” deposits.

     Cross Default

Each of our banks can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other of our banks, and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of our banks that is in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank holding company. “Default” means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver. “In danger of default” means generally the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. An FDIC cross-guarantee claim against a bank is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against such depository institution.

If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution, upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power: (i) to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors; (ii) to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or (iii) to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

     Deposit Insurance

The FDIC assessment rate on our subsidiary bank deposits currently is zero, but may change in the future. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semiannual basis. An increase in the BIF assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, depending on the amount of the increase. The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for one or more of our subsidiary depository banks could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, depending on the collective size of the particular institutions involved. In addition, if the ratio of insured deposits to money in the BIF drops below specified levels, the FDIC would be required to impose premiums on all banks insured by the BIF.

     Borrowings

There are also various legal restrictions on the extent to which Wachovia and our non-bank subsidiaries can transfer funds to, or borrow or otherwise obtain credit from, our banking subsidiaries. In general, these restrictions require that any such extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited, as to any one of us or those non-bank subsidiaries, to 10% of the lending bank’s capital stock and surplus, and as to us and all non-bank subsidiaries in the aggregate, to 20% of such lending bank’s capital stock and surplus. A bank’s transactions with its non-bank affiliates are also generally required to be on arm’s length terms.

     Depositor Preference

Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any obligations held by public noteholders of any subsidiary of Wachovia that is an insured depository institution, the public noteholders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the depository institution.

7


 

Other Regulation

     Non-Bank Activities

Our bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries are subject to direct supervision and regulation by various other federal and state authorities (many of which will be considered “functional regulators” under the Modernization Act). We also conduct securities underwriting, dealing and brokerage activities through Wachovia Securities, Inc. and other broker-dealer subsidiaries, all of which are subject to the regulations of the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and the NYSE. The operations of our mutual funds also are subject to regulation by the SEC. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulatory agencies. The types of activities in which the foreign branches of WBNA and our international subsidiaries may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Board. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries also are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate.

Our subsidiaries acting as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation under various federal laws, including the Truth-in-Lending, the Equal Credit Opportunity, the Fair Credit Reporting, the Fair Debt Collection Practice and the Electronic Funds Transfer Acts, as well as various state laws. These statutes impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer loans and on the types of disclosures that need to be made in connection with such loans.

     International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001

On October 26, 2001, the President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “IMLAFA”). The IMLAFA substantially broadens existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the United States, imposes new compliance and due diligence obligations, creates new crimes and penalties, compels the production of documents located both inside and outside the United States, including those of foreign institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the United States, and clarifies the safe harbor from civil liability to customers. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions such as our banking and broker-dealer subsidiaries. The regulations impose new obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. The Treasury Department is expected to issue a number of additional regulations which will further clarify the USA Patriot Act’s requirements.

The IMLAFA requires all “financial institutions,” as defined, to establish anti-money laundering compliance and due diligence programs no later than April 2002. Such programs must include, among other things, adequate policies, the designation of a compliance officer, employee training programs, and an independent audit function to review and test the program.

     Privacy

Under the Modernization Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties. The privacy provisions of the Modernization Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

     Sarbanes-Oxley

President George W. Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a law that addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. The NYSE has also proposed corporate governance rules that were presented to the SEC for review and approval. The proposed changes are intended to allow stockholders to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and directors.

     Future Legislation

Changes to the laws and regulations in the states and countries where we and our subsidiaries do business can affect the operating environment of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory proposals are introduced. These proposals, if codified, may change banking statutes and regulations and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If codified, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot accurately predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if those changes occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon our financial condition or results of operations.

8


 

Additional Information

Additional information related to certain accounting and regulatory matters is set forth on pages 42 through 45 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES.

As of December 31, 2002, we and our subsidiaries owned 1,596 locations and leased 3,541 locations in 46 states, Washington, D.C., and 27 foreign countries from which our business is conducted, including a multi-building office complex in Charlotte, North Carolina, which serves as Wachovia’s administrative headquarters, as well as the headquarters of WBNA, Wachovia Mortgage Corporation, Wachovia Securities, Inc. and most of our non-banking subsidiaries. That multi-office complex is used as administrative headquarters for our General Bank, Corporate and Investment Bank, Capital Management Group and the Parent segments as identified in our Annual Report. Wachovia’s Wealth Management Group segment, as identified in our Annual Report, has its principal administrative offices in a multi-office complex in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Some of our non-banking subsidiaries have principal administrative offices in other cities in the United States. The principal administrative offices of our retail securities brokerage operations, including those operations following consummation of the proposed securities brokerage combination transaction with Prudential Financial, Inc., are in Richmond, Virginia. The principal administrative offices of our mutual fund operations are in Boston, Massachusetts. The principal administrative offices of our second mortgage servicing operations are in Sacramento, California. Certain of our institutional securities operations are conducted in offices in New York, New York and Baltimore, Maryland. The vast majority of our leased and owned properties are used for our branch banking operations and retail securities brokerage offices. Additional information relating to our lease commitments is set forth in Note 18 on page 115 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Wachovia and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against Wachovia and/or its subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries acted as lender, underwriter, financial advisor, broker or activities related thereto. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries have generally denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant cases pending against us, including the matters described below, and we intend to defend vigorously each such case. Reserves are established for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for those claims. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wachovia believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wachovia and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described below, will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wachovia’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wachovia’s results of operations for any particular period.

     Securities Litigation . A number of purported class actions were filed in June through August 1999 against us in the United States District Courts for the Western District of North Carolina and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. These actions named Wachovia and certain of our executive officers as defendants and were purported to be on behalf of persons who purchased shares of our common stock from August 14, 1998, through May 24, 1999. These actions were consolidated into one case in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina in October 1999. These complaints alleged various violations of federal securities law, including violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, and that the defendants made materially misleading statements and/or material omissions which artificially inflated prices for our common stock. The complaints alleged that management failed to disclose integration problems in the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and misstated the value of our interest in certain mortgage-backed securities of The Money Store, Inc. (“TMSI”) acquired by Legacy First Union on June 30, 1998. Plaintiffs sought a judgment awarding damages and other relief. In January 2001, the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina granted Wachovia’s motion to dismiss the litigation for failure to state a claim upon which relief could be granted. Although the plaintiffs did not appeal this ruling, they sought, and received permission to file an amended complaint. In August 2001, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that abandoned their previous allegations concerning the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and primarily raised new allegations of irregularities at TMSI prior to its acquisition by Legacy First Union. In October 2001, Wachovia filed a motion to dismiss the securities litigation consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina. In September 2002, the court granted the motion in part, limiting any new complaint to claims regarding alleged misstatements or omissions plead in earlier complaints. The plaintiffs filed a third consolidated and amended complaint in October 2002, purportedly on behalf of a class of purchasers of our common stock during the period from March 4, 1998 to May 24, 1999. The complaint alleges, among other things, that First Union disregarded problems at TMSI and did not write down goodwill from the TMSI acquisition soon enough. We have filed a motion to strike portions of this complaint. We believe the allegations contained in this latest complaint are without merit and will vigorously defend them.

9


 

     Pioneer Litigation . On July 26, 2000, a jury in the Philadelphia County (PA) Court of Common Pleas returned a verdict in the case captioned Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation v. American Financial Mortgage Corporation, CoreStates Bank, N.A., et al . The verdict against CoreStates Bank, N.A. (CoreStates), a predecessor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, included consequential damages of $13.5 million and punitive damages of $337.5 million. The trial court had earlier directed a verdict against CoreStates for compensatory damages of $1.7 million. The plaintiff, who was not a CoreStates customer, alleged that the sum of $1.7 million, which it claims it owned, was improperly setoff by CoreStates. Upon Wachovia’s motion, the trial court reduced the amount of the punitive damages award to $40.5 million in December 2000. Wachovia believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. In March 2002, the Pennsylvania Superior Court vacated the award of punitive damages, affirmed the awards of consequential and compensatory damages and remanded the case for a new trial on punitive damages. Wachovia has petitioned the Pennsylvania Supreme Court to allow an appeal to that court. Wachovia will continue to vigorously pursue our rights of appeal.

     Steele Software Litigation . On March 25, 2002, a judgment was entered on a jury verdict in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland in the case captioned Steele Software Systems Corporation v. First Union National Bank. The verdict includes compensatory damages of $39.5 million and punitive damages of $200 million. The plaintiff, a vendor which provided real estate settlement services, alleged that First Union National Bank fraudulently induced the plaintiff to enter into a services agreement with First Union National Bank, and subsequently breached that agreement. Wachovia filed an appeal in the Maryland appellate courts in June 2002 and filed it’s brief on appeal in December 2002. Wachovia believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. Wachovia will vigorously pursue its pending post-trial motions and its right of appeal.

     TMSI Litigation . A number of lawsuits have been filed in 2000, 2001 and 2002 against TMSI, a subsidiary of Wachovia and certain other affiliates in various jurisdictions. Substantially all of the plaintiffs were borrowers of TMSI prior to Wachovia’s acquisition of TMSI in June 1998. The borrower plaintiffs generally allege violations of federal and/or state law in connection with TMSI lending activities. A number of individual cases in Mississippi which were consolidated and scheduled for a series of trials in 2002 were settled in 2002. Other cases pending against TMSI are being vigorously defended by Wachovia.

     Securities and Exchange Commission . The Securities and Exchange Commission has subpoenaed certain documents and requested testimony from certain employees of Wachovia related to common stock purchases of Legacy Wachovia stock and Legacy First Union stock, including any purchases made by either company during the period from 1996-2001, with a particular focus on stock purchases following the April 2001 merger announcement. Wachovia is cooperating with the Commission in producing documents and employees to testify. The Commission has not accused either legacy company of violating any law or regulation, and Wachovia believes all such stock purchases were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

     
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

Not applicable.

PART II

     
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE. Table 5 on page 52 in the Annual Report sets forth information relating to the quarterly prices of, and quarterly dividends paid on, the common stock for the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference. Prices shown represent the high, low and quarter-end sale prices of the common stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Transactions tape for the periods indicated. As of December 31, 2002, there were 181,455 holders of record of the common stock.

In connection with the merger with Legacy Wachovia, holders of shares of Legacy Wachovia common stock elected to receive, in addition to 2 shares of Wachovia common stock, either a one-time $0.48 cash payment or 2 shares of a new class of Wachovia preferred stock. At December 31, 2002, 96,536,312 Wachovia Dividend Equalization Preferred shares (“DEPs”) were issued in connection with the merger. The DEPs pay a quarterly dividend per share equal to the difference between $0.30 and the quarterly dividend paid per share on Wachovia common stock. The DEPs are not listed on a national securities exchange and have no voting rights. Wachovia will cease to pay a dividend on the DEPs when Wachovia’s common stock dividend equals at least $1.20 per share in the aggregate for four consecutive quarters.

Subject to the prior rights of holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock or Class A preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be legally declared by our board of directors and, in the event of dissolution and liquidation, to receive our net assets remaining after payment of all liabilities, in proportion to their respective

10


 

holdings. Additional information concerning certain limitations on our payment of dividends is set forth above under “Business — Supervision and Regulation; Payment of Dividends” and in Note 19 on page 117 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

Under our Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, each outstanding common stock share has a right attached to it. This right remains attached unless a separation time occurs. At separation time, common shareholders will receive separate certificates for these rights. Each right entitles its owner to purchase at separation time one one-hundredth of a share of a participating series of Class A preferred stock for $105. This series of Class A preferred stock would have economic and voting terms similar to those of one common stock share. Separation time would generally occur at the earlier of the following two dates:

    the tenth business day after any person commences a tender or exchange offer that entitles that person to 10% or more of our outstanding common stock, or
 
    the tenth business day after we publicly announce that a person has acquired beneficial ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock.

These rights will not trade separately from the shares of common stock until separation time occurs, and may be exercised on the business day immediately after the separation time. The rights will expire at the earliest of:

    the date on which our board of directors elects to exchange the rights for our common stock or preferred stock as described below;
 
    the close of business on December 28, 2010, unless our board of directors extends that time; or
 
    the date on which the rights are terminated as described below.

Once we publicly announce that a person has acquired 10% of our outstanding common stock, we can allow for rights holders to buy our common stock for half of its market value. For example, we would sell to each rights holder common stock shares worth $210 for $105 in cash. At the same time, any rights held by the 10% owner or any of its affiliates, associates or transferees will be void. In addition, if we are acquired in a merger or other business combination after a person has become a 10% owner, the rights held by shareholders would become exercisable to purchase the acquiring company’s common stock for half of its market value.

In the alternative, our board of directors may elect to exchange all of the then outstanding rights for shares of common stock at an exchange ratio of two common stock shares for one right. Upon election of this exchange, a right will no longer be exercisable and will only represent a right to receive two common stock shares.

If we are required to issue common stock shares upon the exercise of rights, or in exchange for rights, our board of directors may substitute shares of participating Class A preferred stock. The substitution will be at a rate of two one one-hundredths of a share of participating Class A preferred stock for each right exchanged.

The rights may be terminated without any payment to holders before their exercise date. The rights have no voting rights and are not entitled to dividends.

The rights will not prevent a takeover of Wachovia. The rights, however, may cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires 10% or more of common stock unless our board first terminates the rights. Nevertheless, the rights should not interfere with a transaction that is in Wachovia’s and its shareholders’ best interests because the rights can be terminated by the board before that transaction is completed.

The complete terms of the rights are contained in the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement. The foregoing description of the rights and the rights agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreement. A copy of the rights agreement can be obtained upon written request to Wachovia Bank, National Association, 1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd., Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1153.

On November 29, 2002, Wachovia issued an aggregate of 21,888 shares of Wachovia common stock to the former stockholders of The Rhodes Agency, Inc., which was acquired by Wachovia on November 1, 2001. The sale of the shares, which were issued in connection with the terms of such acquisition, were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof because the sale did not involve a public offering.

Additional information relating to our common stock and the DEPs is set forth in Note 12 on pages 98 through 101 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

11


 

     
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 2 on page 50 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 19 through 67 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the “Outlook” section beginning on page 20 of the Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference, has been supplemented by our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 37 through 42, on pages 53 and 54, on pages 61 through 65, and in Note 18 on pages 113 and 114 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 5 on page 52 and on pages 68 through 119 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

PART III

     
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

Our executive officers are generally elected to their offices for one-year terms at the board of directors meeting in April of each year. The terms of any executive officers elected after that date expire at the same time as the terms of the executive officers elected on that date. Following the merger between Legacy Wachovia and Legacy First Union, we elected certain Legacy Wachovia executives to be our executive officers. The names of each of our executive officers, their ages, their positions with us, and, if different, their business experience during the past five years, are as follows:

    G. Kennedy Thompson (52). Chairman, since February 2003, Chief Executive Officer, since April 2000, and President, since December 1999. Previously, Chairman, from March 2001 to September 2001, Vice Chairman, from October 1998 to December 1999, Executive Vice President, from November 1996 to October 1998. Also, a director of Wachovia.
 
    Robert S. McCoy, Jr. (64). Vice Chairman, since September 2001. Previously, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, from April 1999 to September 2001, and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, prior to April 1999, Legacy Wachovia.
 
    David M. Carroll (45). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President and Chief E-Commerce Officer, from May 1999 to September 2001, and President and CEO, First Union-Florida, from January 1998 to May 1999.
 
    Stephen E. Cummings (47). Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, since February 2002. Previously, Senior Vice President of Wachovia Securities, Inc. (formerly named First Union Securities, Inc.) and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, from January 2000 to February 2002, Co-Head, Investment Banking from January 1999 to December 1999, and Chairman and CEO, Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., prior to April 1998.
 
    Jean E. Davis (47). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President, Wachovia Operational Services, from February 1999 to September 2001, Human Resources Director, from February 1998 to February 1999, and prior to February 1998, Regional Executive-Piedmont Triad Region, Legacy Wachovia.
 
    Malcolm E. Everett, III (56). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, President, First Union-Southwest Region, from January 2001 to September 2001, President First Union-Mid Atlantic, from May 1999 to January 2001, and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, First Union-Carolinas, from January 1998 to May 1999.
 
    Paul G. George (51). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President, Legacy Wachovia, prior to September 2001.

12


 

    W. Barnes Hauptfuhrer (48). Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, since February 2002. Previously, Senior Vice President of Wachovia Securities, Inc. (formerly named First Union Securities, Inc.) and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, from January 2000 to February 2002, Co-Head, Investment Banking from January 1999 to December 1999, and Managing Partner and Head of First Union Capital Partners, Inc., prior to January 1999.
 
    Benjamin P. Jenkins, III (58). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Vice Chairman, from August 1999 to September 2001, President, First Union-Florida, from June 1999 to August 1999, and President, First Union-VA/MD/DC, prior to June 1999.
 
    Robert P. Kelly (49). Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, from November 2000 to September 2001, Vice Chairman-Group Office of Toronto Dominion Bank from February 2000 to July 2000, and Vice Chairman-Retail Banking from 1997 to February 2000.
 
    Stanhope A. Kelly (45). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Senior Executive Vice President, from January 2000 to September 2001, and Senior Vice President, prior to January 2000, Legacy Wachovia.
 
    Donald A. McMullen, Jr. (54). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Vice Chairman, from August 1999 to September 2001, and Executive Vice President prior to August 1999.
 
    Mark C. Treanor (56). Senior Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, from August 1999 to September 2001, Senior Vice President and Senior Deputy General Counsel, August 1998 to August 1999, and senior partner, Treanor, Pope & Hughes, prior to August 1998.
 
    Donald K. Truslow (44). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001. Previously, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, from August 2000 to September 2001, and Comptroller and Treasurer, prior to August 2000, Legacy Wachovia.

Prior to his retirement in February 2003, L. M. Baker, Jr. was Chairman and a director of Wachovia since September 2001. In addition to the foregoing, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “General Information and Nominees”, and under the subheading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” under the heading “Other Matters Relating to Executive Officers and Directors” is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation”, excluding the information under the subheadings “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” and “Performance Graph”, is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement (i) relating to the ownership of common stock and DEPs by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders under the headings “Security Ownership of Management” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners”, and (ii) relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans in the table (including footnotes related thereto) under the subheading “Additional Information Regarding Wachovia’s Equity Compensation Plans; Equity Compensation Plan Information ”, and under the subheading “— Summary Description of Stock Plans Not Approved by Stockholders”, in each case under the heading “Proposal to Approve the Wachovia 2003 Stock Incentive Plan”, is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Other Matters Relating to Executive Officers and Directors” is incorporated herein by reference.

     
ITEM 14.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

In response to this Item, the information set forth on page 42 of the Annual Report under the heading “Financial Disclosure” is incorporated herein by reference.

13


 

Within the 90-day period prior to the filing of this report, Wachovia carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of Wachovia’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Wachovia’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, Wachovia’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective. There have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer completed their evaluation.

PART IV

     
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a)  Our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto and independent auditors’ report thereon, are set forth on pages 68 through 119 of the Annual Report, and are incorporated herein by reference. All financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable, is immaterial or is included in our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. A list of the exhibits to this Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)  During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, we filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC: October 16, 2002, and November 20, 2002. In addition, we filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC in the first quarter of 2003: January 16, 2003, February 19, 2003 and March 31, 2003.

14


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
    WACHOVIA CORPORATION
     
Date: March 31, 2003    
     
    By: /s/ David M. Julian
   
    DAVID M. JULIAN
    SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the date indicated.

     
SIGNATURE   CAPACITY

 
G. KENNEDY THOMPSON*

G. KENNEDY THOMPSON
  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
ROBERT P. KELLY*

ROBERT P. KELLY
  Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
DAVID M. JULIAN*

DAVID M. JULIAN
  Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
F. DUANE ACKERMAN*

F. DUANE ACKERMAN
  Director
 
JOHN D. BAKER, II*

JOHN D. BAKER, II
  Director
 
JAMES S. BALLOUN*

JAMES S. BALLOUN
  Director
 
ROBERT J. BROWN*

ROBERT J. BROWN
  Director
 
PETER C. BROWNING*

PETER C. BROWNING
  Director
 
JOHN T. CASTEEN, III*

JOHN T. CASTEEN, III
  Director
 
WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR.*

WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR
  Director
 
ROBERT A. INGRAM*

ROBERT A. INGRAM
  Director
 
 

MACKEY J. MCDONALD
  Director

15


 

     
SIGNATURE   CAPACITY

 
JOSEPH NEUBAUER*

JOSEPH NEUBAUER
  Director
 
LLOYD U. NOLAND, III*

LLOYD U. NOLAND, III
  Director
 
RUTH G. SHAW*

RUTH G. SHAW
  Director
 
LANTY L. SMITH*

LANTY L. SMITH
  Director
 
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR.*

JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR
  Director
 
DONA DAVIS YOUNG*

DONA DAVIS YOUNG
  Director
 
*By Mark C. Treanor, Attorney-in-Fact    
 
/s/ MARK C. TREANOR

MARK C. TREANOR
   
 
Date: March 31, 2003    

16


 

WACHOVIA CORPORATION
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION

I, G. Kennedy Thompson, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

    a)     designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
    b)     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
    c)     presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

    a)     all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
    b)     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

     
Date: March 31, 2003    
     
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
   
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chief Executive Officer
   

17


 

CERTIFICATION

I, Robert P. Kelly, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

    a)     designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
    b)     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
    c)     presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

    a)     all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
    b)     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.     The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

     
Date: March 31, 2003    
     
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
   
Robert P. Kelly
Chief Financial Officer
   

18


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
EXHIBIT NO.   DESCRIPTION   LOCATION

 
 
(3)(a)   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Wachovia   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(a) to Wachovia’s 2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(3)(b)   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Wachovia.   Filed herewith.
         
(3)(c)   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Wachovia.   Filed herewith.
         
(3)(d)   Bylaws of Wachovia, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(b) to Wachovia’s 2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(4)(a)   Instruments defining the rights of the holders of Wachovia’s long-term debt.   *
         
(4)(b)   Wachovia’s Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Legacy First Union’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000.
         
(10)(a)   Wachovia’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b) to Legacy First Union’s 1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(b)   Wachovia’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to Legacy First Union’s 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(c)   Wachovia’s Contract Executive Deferred Compensation Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to Legacy First Union’s 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(d)   Wachovia’s Supplemental Executive Long-Term Disability Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to Legacy First Union’s 1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(e)   Wachovia’s 1988 Master Stock Compensation Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28) to Legacy First Union’s Registration Statement No. 33-47447.
         
(10)(f)   Wachovia’s 1992 Master Stock Compensation Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28) to Legacy First Union’s Registration Statement No. 33-47447.
         
(10)(g)   Special Retirement Agreement between Wachovia and Edward E. Crutchfield   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Legacy First Union’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(h)   Wachovia’s Elective Deferral Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Legacy First Union’s Registration Statement No. 33-60913.
         
(10)(i)   Wachovia’s 1996 Master Stock Compensation Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Legacy First Union’s 1996 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(j)   Wachovia’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10(j) to Wachovia’s 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(k)   Employment Agreement between Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(q) to Legacy First Union’s 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(l)   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(l) to Wachovia’s 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(m)   Employment Agreements between Wachovia and Benjamin P. Jenkins, III, and Donald A. McMullen, Jr., and certain other Executive Officers of Wachovia.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Wachovia’s 2002 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(n)   Employment Agreement between Wachovia and Robert P. Kelly.   Filed herewith.
         
(10)(o)   Form of Employment Agreement between Wachovia and certain other Executive Officers of Wachovia   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(m) to Wachovia’s 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(p)   Wachovia’s Senior Management Incentive Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(t) to Legacy First Union’s 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(q)   Employment Agreement between Wachovia and L. M. Baker, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Legacy First Union’s Registration Statement No. 333-59616.

19


 

         
EXHIBIT NO.   DESCRIPTION   LOCATION

 
 
(10)(r)   Employment Agreement between Wachovia and Robert S. McCoy, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(s)   Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Wachovia and L. M. Baker, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Legacy Wachovia’s 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(t)   Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Wachovia and Robert S. McCoy, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(u)   Form of Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Legacy Wachovia’s 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(v)   Wachovia’s Senior Management Incentive Plan, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Legacy Wachovia’s 1999 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(w)   Wachovia’s Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(x)   Wachovia’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(v) to Wachovia’s 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(y)   Wachovia’s Stock Plan, as amended and restated   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(z)   Wachovia’s Executive Long-Term Disability Income Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Legacy Wachovia’s 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
         
(10)(aa)   Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Wachovia and L. M. Baker, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(bb)   Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Wachovia and Robert S. McCoy, Jr.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(cc)   Form of Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(dd)   Form of Non-Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Legacy Wachovia’s 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
         
(10)(ee)   Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson, Benjamin P. Jenkins, III, Donald A. McMullen, Jr. and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia.   Filed herewith.
         
(10)(ff)   Wachovia’s Employee Retention Stock Plan   Filed herewith.
         
(10)(gg)   Wachovia’s Savings Restoration Plan   Filed herewith.
         
(12)(a)   Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.   Filed herewith.
         
(12)(b)   Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends   Filed herewith.
         
(13)   Wachovia’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders.**   Filed herewith.
         
(21)   List of Wachovia’s subsidiaries   Filed herewith.
         
(23)   Consent of KPMG LLP   Filed herewith.
         
(24)   Power of Attorney   Filed herewith.
         
(99)(a)   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.   Filed herewith.
 
(99)(b)   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.   Filed herewith.


*   We agree to furnish to the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments, including indentures, defining the rights of the holders of our long-term debt and of our subsidiaries’ long-term debt.
 
**   Except for those portions of the Annual Report that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Annual Report is furnished for the information of the SEC only and is not to be deemed “filed” as part of this Form 10-K.

20

 

EXHIBIT 3(B)

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
WACHOVIA CORPORATION

     The undersigned corporation hereby submits these Articles of Amendment for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation to fix the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a new series of its class of Class A Preferred Stock:

1.     The name of the corporation is WACHOVIA CORPORATION.

2.     The following text will be added to Article IV of the restated articles of incorporation of the corporation to set forth the terms of the corporation’s Series G, Class A Preferred Stock by adding a new section (F) to such Article:

       “(F) Series G, Class A Preferred Stock

       1.     Designation. The designation of the series of Class A Preferred Stock created by this Section F of Article IV shall be Series G, Class A Preferred Stock, with no par value and with a liquidation preference of $150.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Series G Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 5,000,000, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Series G Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the common stock of the Corporation, $3.33 1/3 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and on a parity with each series of the Corporation’s Parity Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation as expressly provided for herein.

       2.     Defined Terms. As used in this Section F of Article IV, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

       “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean (i) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person, or (ii) any other Person who is a director or executive officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any subsidiary of such specified Person, or (C) of any Person described in clause (i) above.
 
       “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks located in the City of New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina generally are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.
 
       “Class A Preferred Stock” means the Corporation’s class A preferred stock, no par value, of which 40,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof.
 
       “Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV.

1


 

       “Conditional Exchange” shall mean the exchange of one Depositary Share for each share of WPFC Series A Preferred Securities following the occurrence of a Supervisory Event.
 
       “Control” means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
       “Corporation” means Wachovia Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, together with its successors and assigns.
 
       “Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Depositary Share” means a depositary share representing a one-sixth interest in one share of Series G Preferred Stock.
 
       “Dividend Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Dividend Record Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Federal Reserve Board” means the United States Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
       “Initial Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock and all other classes and series of securities of the Corporation that rank below the Series G Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, or dissolution.
 
       “OCC” means the United States Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
 
       “Parity Stock” means any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock or Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking, in accordance to its terms, as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock.

2


 

       “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (or portion thereof), association, private foundation, joint stock company or other entity or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
       “Preferred Stock” means the Corporation’s preferred stock, no par value, of which 10,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof.
 
       “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Regulatory Capital Event” means a determination by the Corporation, based on the receipt by the Corporation of an opinion or letter of counsel, rendered by a law firm experienced in such matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, which states that there is a significant risk that the Series G Preferred Stock will no longer constitute Tier 1 capital of the Corporation for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations or guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve Board, or its successor, as the Corporation’s primary Federal banking regulator, as a result of (i) any amendment to, clarification of, or change in applicable laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof, or (ii) any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof.
 
       “Series G Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV.
 
       “Supervisory Event” means the occurrence of one of the following: (i) Wachovia Bank becomes “undercapitalized” under the OCC’s prompt corrective action regulations, (ii) Wachovia Bank is placed into conservatorship or receivership, or (iii) the OCC, in its sole discretion, anticipates Wachovia Bank becoming “undercapitalized” in the near term or takes supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WPFC and in connection therewith the OCC directs an exchange of the WPFC Series A Preferred Securities for the Series G Preferred Stock.
 
       “Wachovia Bank” means Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, or its successors and assigns.
 
       “WPFC” means Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation.
 
       “WPFC Series A Preferred Securities” means the 7.25% Non-cumulative Series A Preferred Securities, par value $0.01, liquidation preference $25.00 per share, of WPFC.

3


 

3.     Dividends. (a) The dividend rate for the Series G Preferred Stock shall be 7.25% per share per annum of the initial liquidation preference of $150.00 per share, accruing from the effective date of the Conditional Exchange to and including the last day of March, the last day of June, the last day of September or the last day of December, whichever occurs first, after issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock following the Conditional Exchange (such period being the “Initial Dividend Period”) and then for each quarterly period thereafter, commencing on April 1, July 1, October 1 or January 1, as the case may be, of each year and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next such quarterly period (each such period, including the Initial Dividend Period, being a “Dividend Period”), payable to holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock on the respective record dates fixed for such purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of such dividend, which shall be the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period (each such date, a “Dividend Record Date”). If such Dividend Record Date is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Record Date for the applicable Dividend Period shall be the first Business Day immediately following the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, except if such Business Day falls in the calendar month following the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, the Dividend Record Date shall be the last Business Date immediately preceding the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period. Until no longer outstanding, the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such cash dividends, and the Corporation shall be bound to pay the same, but only as, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment thereof (each such payment, a “Dividend Payment”), on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each a “Dividend Payment Date”) for the respective Dividend Period ending on such date; provided, however , that the Dividend Payment for the Initial Dividend Period shall include any unpaid dividends accrued from the payment date of the last dividend paid prior to such date on the WPFC Series A Preferred Securities. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Dividend Payment due on such Dividend Payment Date shall be paid on the first Business Day immediately following such Dividend Payment Date, except if such Business Day falls in a different calendar year than such Dividend Payment Date, such Dividend Payment shall be paid on the last Business Date immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for the Initial Dividend Period or any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year having 30-day months and the actual number of days elapsed in the period.

     (b)  Dividends shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors fails to or chooses not to declare a dividend on the Series G Preferred Stock for a Dividend Period, then holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive a dividend for that Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period, with respect to either the Series G Preferred Stock, other series of preferred stock of the Corporation, or the Common Stock.

4


 

     (c)  Holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full dividends for each Dividend Period, as herein provided, on the Series G Preferred Stock. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments or failure to make any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments.

     (d)  Unless full dividend payments on the Series G Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for such payment has been set apart for payment for the immediately preceding Dividend Period, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no other distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment upon any shares of Junior Stock, nor shall shares of Junior Stock be redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired for any consideration, nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation, except by conversion into or exchange for other Junior Stock.

4.     Liquidation Preference. (a) The amount payable on the Series G Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation shall be $150.00 per share, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends up to the date of such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation, and no more before any distribution shall be made to the holders of any shares of Junior Stock. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 4(a).

     (b)  If the amounts available for distribution in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock are not sufficient to satisfy the full liquidation rights of all of the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, then the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective liquidation preference to which they are entitled.

     (c)  The sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or Person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or Person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

5.     Redemption. (a) The Series G Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation prior to December 31, 2022, except upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event.

     (b)  Prior to December 31, 2022, upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital

5


 

Event and with the prior approval of the OCC, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock, in whole, but not in part, at a price equal to $150.00 per share of Series G Preferred Stock, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date, without interest, on shares redeemed (collectively, the “Redemption Price”) from funds legally available for such purpose. On or after December 31, 2022, the Corporation may redeem the Series G Preferred Stock for cash, with the prior approval of the OCC, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time for the Redemption Price from funds legally available for such purpose. In the event the Corporation redeems fewer than all the outstanding Series A Preferred Securities, the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot, pro rata , or by such other method as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion determines.

     (c)  Not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the date established for such redemption by the Board of Directors (the “Redemption Date”), notice of the proposed redemption shall be mailed to the holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed, such notice to be addressed to each such stockholder at his last known address shown on the records of the Corporation, and the time of mailing such notice shall be deemed to be the time of the giving thereof. On or after the Redemption Date, the Series G Preferred Stock called for redemption shall automatically, and without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to have been redeemed and the former holder thereof shall thereupon only be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If such notice of redemption shall have been given as aforesaid, and if on or before the Redemption Date the funds necessary for the redemption shall have been set aside so as to be available therefore, then the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall forthwith after such Redemption Date cease, except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price, without interest. If such notice of redemption of all or any part of the Series G Preferred Stock shall have been mailed as aforesaid and the Corporation shall thereafter deposit money for the payment of the Redemption Price pursuant thereto with any bank or trust company (the “Depositary Company”), including any Affiliate of the Corporation, selected by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be applied to such redemption, then from and after the making of such deposit, such Series G Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and the rights of the holders thereof shall be limited to the rights to receive payment of the Redemption Price, without interest but including any declared, authorized, but unpaid, dividends to the Redemption Date, from the Depositary Company, if applicable, upon endorsement, if required, and surrender of the certificates therefore. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company, the interest, if any, allowed on such moneys deposited with it, and the holders of any Series G Preferred Stock so redeemed shall have no claim to any such interest. Any moneys so deposited and remaining unclaimed at the end of three years from the Redemption Date shall, if thereafter requested by resolution of the Board of Directors, be repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, such holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock so redeemed which shall not have made claim against such moneys prior to such repayment to the Corporation shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount

6


 

equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of the Series G Preferred Stock and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

     (d)  Subject to the provisions herein, the Board of Directors shall have authority to prescribe from time to time the manner in which the Series G Preferred Stock shall be redeemed.

     (e)  Nothing contained herein shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase any shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.

6.     Conversion. The holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series G Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

7.     Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Articles of Amendment to the contrary, the Board of Directors, without the vote of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or any class or series of stock ranking senior to Series G Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation.

8.     Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series G Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine; provided however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

9.     Voting Rights. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock will have no voting rights except as expressly provided by applicable law.

10.     Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Preferred Stock without designation as to series.

11.     No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.”

7


 

3.     The amendments to the articles of incorporation contained herein do not require shareholder approval pursuant to Section 55-6-02 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, and the amendments to the articles of incorporation were duly adopted by the board of directors on August 20, 2002.

     This the 25th day of November, 2002.

             
    WACHOVIA CORPORATION
             
    By:        
   
       
    Name: Ross E. Jeffries, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President
       

8

 

EXHIBIT 3(C)

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
WACHOVIA CORPORATION

     The undersigned corporation hereby submits these Articles of Amendment for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation to fix the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a new series of its class of Class A Preferred Stock:

1.     The name of the corporation is WACHOVIA CORPORATION.

2.     The following text will be added to Article IV of the restated articles of incorporation of the corporation to set forth the terms of the corporation’s Series H, Class A Preferred Stock by adding a new section (G) to such Article:

       “(G) Series H, Class A Preferred Stock

  1.     Designation. The designation of the series of Class A Preferred Stock created by this Section G of Article IV shall be Series H, Class A Preferred Stock, with no par value and with a liquidation preference of $200.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Series H Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 5,000,000, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Series H Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the common stock of the Corporation, $3.33 1/3 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and on a parity with each series of the Corporation’s Parity Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation as expressly provided for herein.
 
  2.     Defined Terms. As used in this Section F of Article IV, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
 
       “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean (i) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person, or (ii) any other Person who is a director or executive officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any subsidiary of such specified Person, or (C) of any Person described in clause (i) above.
 
       “Applicable Rate” means, with respect to distributions on each Dividend Period, (i) a rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 1.83%, or (ii) upon the occurrence of an initial Fixed Rate Event and thereafter, a fixed rate equal to the Assigned Fixed Rate.
 
       “Assigned Fixed Rate” means the fixed rate equal to the Applicable Rate on the date of the occurrence of the initial Fixed Rate Event.
 
       “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which

1


 

  banks located in the City of New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina generally are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.

       “Class A Preferred Stock” means the Corporation’s class A preferred stock, no par value, of which 40,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof.

       “Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV.

       “Conditional Exchange” shall mean the exchange of one Depositary Share for each share of WPFC Series B Preferred Securities following the occurrence of a Supervisory Event.

       “Control” means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

       “Corporation” means Wachovia Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, together with its successors and assigns.

       “Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Depositary Share” means a depositary share representing a one-eighth interest in one share of Series H Preferred Stock.

       “Dividend Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Dividend Record Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Federal Reserve Board” means the United States Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

       “Fixed Rate Event” means any Transfer with respect to all or a portion of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, subsequent to the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, through an initial public offering, private placement or otherwise, to any Person who is not an Affiliate of Wachovia.

2


 

       “Initial Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock and all other classes and series of securities of the Corporation that rank below the Series H Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, or dissolution.

       “LIBOR Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London and New York.

       “LIBOR Determination Date” means, as to each Dividend Period, commencing with the Initial Dividend Period, the date that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Dividend Period.

       “OCC” means the United States Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

       “Parity Stock” means any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock or Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking, in accordance to its terms, as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation on parity with the Series H Preferred Stock.

       “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (or portion thereof), association, private foundation, joint stock company or other entity or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

       “Preferred Stock” means the Corporation’s preferred stock, no par value, of which 10,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof.

       “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of Section F of Article IV.

       “Regulatory Capital Event” means a determination by the Corporation, based on the receipt by the Corporation of an opinion or letter of counsel, rendered by a law firm experienced in such matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, which states that there is a significant risk that the Series H Preferred Stock will no longer constitute Tier 1 capital of the Corporation for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations or guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve Board, or its successor, as the Corporation’s primary Federal banking regulator, as a result of (i) any amendment to, clarification of, or change in applicable laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof, or (ii) any official administrative pronouncement or

3


 

  judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof.

       “Series H Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV.

       “Supervisory Event” means the occurrence of one of the following: (i) Wachovia Bank becomes “undercapitalized” under the OCC’s prompt corrective action regulations, (ii) Wachovia Bank is placed into conservatorship or receivership, or (iii) the OCC, in its sole discretion, anticipates Wachovia Bank becoming “undercapitalized” in the near term or takes supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WPFC and in connection therewith the OCC directs an exchange of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities for the Series H Preferred Stock.

       “Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any LIBOR Determination Date, a rate determined on the basis of the offered rates for three-month U.S. dollar deposits of not less than a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time, commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date, which appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date.

       If on any LIBOR Determination Date no rate appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, the Corporation shall on such LIBOR Determination Date require four major reference banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation to provide the Corporation with a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date, are offered by them to prime banks in the London interbank market as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations as calculated by the Corporation. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date by three major banks in the London inter-bank market selected by the Corporation for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, having a three-month maturity commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time; provided , however , that, if the banks selected as aforesaid by the Corporation are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the Three-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the immediately preceding Dividend Period.

       “Transfer” means any sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition

4


 

  of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, including, but not limited to, (i) the granting of any option or entering into any agreement for the sale, transfer or other disposition of such securities, or (ii) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether of record or beneficially and whether by operation of law or otherwise.

       “Wachovia Bank” means Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, or its successors and assigns.

       “WPFC” means Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation.

       “WPFC Series B Preferred Securities” means the Floating Rate Non-cumulative Series B Preferred Securities, par value $0.01, liquidation preference $25.00 per share, of WPFC.

  3.     Dividends. (a) The dividend rate for the Series H Preferred Stock shall be the Applicable Rate per share per annum of the initial liquidation preference of $200.00 per share, accruing from the effective date of the Conditional Exchange to and including the last day of March, the last day of June, the last day of September or the last day of December, whichever occurs first, after issuance of the Series H Preferred Stock following the Conditional Exchange (such period being the “Initial Dividend Period”) and then for each quarterly period thereafter, commencing on April 1, July 1, October 1 or January 1, as the case may be, of each year and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next such quarterly period (each such period, including the Initial Dividend Period, being a “Dividend Period”), payable to holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock on the respective record dates fixed for such purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of such dividend, which shall be the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period (each such date, a “Dividend Record Date”). If such Dividend Record Date is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Record Date for the applicable Dividend Period shall be the first Business Day immediately following the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, except if such Business Day falls in the calendar month following the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, the Dividend Record Date shall be the last Business Date immediately preceding the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period. Until no longer outstanding, the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such cash dividends, and the Corporation shall be bound to pay the same, but only as, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment thereof (each such payment, a “Dividend Payment”), on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each a “Dividend Payment Date”) for the respective Dividend Period ending on such date; provided, however , that the Dividend Payment for the Initial Dividend Period shall include any unpaid dividends accrued from the payment date of the last dividend paid prior to such date on the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Dividend Payment due on such Dividend Payment Date shall be paid on the first Business Day immediately following

5


 

  such Dividend Payment Date, except if such Business Day falls in a different calendar year than such Dividend Payment Date, such Dividend Payment shall be paid on the last Business Date immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for the Initial Dividend Period or any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year having 30-day months and the actual number of days elapsed in the period.

       (b) Dividends shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors fails to or chooses not to declare a dividend on the Series H Preferred Stock for a Dividend Period, then holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive a dividend for that Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period, with respect to either the Series H Preferred Stock, other series of preferred stock of the Corporation, or the Common Stock.

       (c) Holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full dividends for each Dividend Period, as herein provided, on the Series H Preferred Stock. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments or failure to make any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments.

       (d) Unless full dividend payments on the Series H Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for such payment has been set apart for payment for the immediately preceding Dividend Period, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no other distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment upon any shares of Junior Stock, nor shall shares of Junior Stock be redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired for any consideration, nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation, except by conversion into or exchange for other Junior Stock.

  4.     Liquidation Preference. (a) The amount payable on the Series H Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation shall be $200.00 per share, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends up to the date of such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation, and no more before any distribution shall be made to the holders of any shares of Junior Stock. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 4(a).

       (b) If the amounts available for distribution in respect of the Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock are not sufficient to satisfy the full liquidation rights of all of the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, then the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective liquidation preference to which they are entitled.

6


 

       (c) The sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or Person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or Person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

  5.     Redemption. (a) The Series H Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation prior to the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, except upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event. On or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, the Corporation may, with the prior approval of the OCC, redeem the Series H Preferred Stock for cash, in whole or in part, at a price equal to $200.00 per share of Series H Preferred Stock, plus authorized, declared, but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date, without interest, on shares redeemed (collectively, the “Redemption Price”) from funds legally available for such purpose.

       (b) On or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may at any time redeem fewer than all the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock. In that event, the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot, pro rata , or by such other method as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion determines to be equitable.

       (c) Prior to the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, but only upon or after the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock, in whole, but not in part, for the Redemption Price from funds legally available for such purpose.

       (d) Not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the date established for such redemption by the Board of Directors (the “Redemption Date”), notice of the proposed redemption shall be mailed to the holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed, such notice to be addressed to each such stockholder at his last known address shown on the records of the Corporation, and the time of mailing such notice shall be deemed to be the time of the giving thereof. On or after the Redemption Date, the Series H Preferred Stock called for redemption shall automatically, and without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to have been redeemed and the former holder thereof shall thereupon only be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If such notice of redemption shall have been given as aforesaid, and if on or before the Redemption Date the funds necessary for the redemption shall have been set aside so as to be available therefore, then the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall forthwith after such Redemption

7


 

  Date cease, except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price, without interest. If such notice of redemption of all or any part of the Series H Preferred Stock shall have been mailed as aforesaid and the Corporation shall thereafter deposit money for the payment of the Redemption Price pursuant thereto with any bank or trust company (the “Depositary Company”), including any Affiliate of the Corporation, selected by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be applied to such redemption, then from and after the making of such deposit, such Series H Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and the rights of the holders thereof shall be limited to the rights to receive payment of the Redemption Price, without interest but including any declared, authorized, but unpaid, dividends to the Redemption Date, from the Depositary Company, if applicable, upon endorsement, if required, and surrender of the certificates therefore. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company, the interest, if any, allowed on such moneys deposited with it, and the holders of any Series H Preferred Stock so redeemed shall have no claim to any such interest. Any moneys so deposited and remaining unclaimed at the end of three years from the Redemption Date shall, if thereafter requested by resolution of the Board of Directors, be repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, such holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock so redeemed which shall not have made claim against such moneys prior to such repayment to the Corporation shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of the Series H Preferred Stock and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

       (e) Subject to the provisions herein, the Board of Directors shall have authority to prescribe from time to time the manner in which the Series H Preferred Stock shall be redeemed.

       (f) Nothing contained herein shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase any shares of the Series H Preferred Stock.

  6.     Conversion. The holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series H Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

  7.     Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Articles of Amendment to the contrary, the Board of Directors, without the vote of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or any class or series of stock ranking senior to Series H Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation.

  8.     Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series H Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine; provided however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would

8


 

  be, rendered insolvent.

  9.     Voting Rights. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock will have no voting rights except as expressly provided by applicable law.

  10.    Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Preferred Stock without designation as to series.

  11.    No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.”

3.     The amendments to the articles of incorporation contained herein do not require shareholder approval pursuant to Section 55-6-02 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, and the amendments to the articles of incorporation were duly adopted by the board of directors on October 15, 2002.

     This the 26th day of November, 2002.

         
    WACHOVIA CORPORATION
    By:    
       
    Name: Ross E. Jeffries, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President

9

 

EXHIBIT 10(N)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of November, 2001, by and between Wachovia Corporation (the “Company”), a North Carolina corporation, and ROBERT P. KELLY (the “Executive”);

     WHEREAS, the Management Resources & Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued service of the Executive. The Committee believes it is imperative to encourage the Executive’s full attention and dedication to the Company, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a termination of employment with the Company which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in order to accomplish the objectives set forth above and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

     1.     Employment Period. (a) The “Effective Date” shall mean the date hereof.

          (b)     The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof (the “Employment Period”); provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Renewal Date”), unless previously terminated, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 90 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company or the Executive, respectively, shall give notice to the Executive or the Company, respectively, that the Employment Period shall not be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a “Change in Control” (as defined herein) occurs, the Employment Period, unless previously terminated, shall be extended immediately prior to the Change in Control so that the Employment Period shall terminate no earlier than three years from such Change in Control.

     2.     Terms of Employment. (a) Positions and Duties. (i) During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve as an employee of the Company and as an employee of one or more of its subsidiaries. The Executive shall perform such duties and responsibilities, in such capacity and with such authority, for the Company (or one or more of its subsidiaries) as the Company may designate from time to time. Such duties shall be of a type for which the Executive is suited by background, experience and training, in the Company’s reasonable discretion.

               (ii)     During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to

1


 

devote his full professional attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions, and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and are consistent with the Company’s policies. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

          (b)     Compensation. (i) Salary and Bonus. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity under this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive during the Employment Period as compensation (i) an annual salary in an amount not less than the amount of the Executive’s annual salary as of the Effective Date (the “Annual Base Salary”) and (ii) such annual cash incentive bonus, if any, as may be awarded to him by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board (the “Annual Bonus”); provided, however, the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year 2001 shall not be less than $675,000. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, and any such bonus shall be payable in cash in accordance with the Company’s incentive bonus plans from which the Annual Bonus is awarded. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures applicable to the Executive and may be increased from time to time consistent with such procedures. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. In the event the Executive’s actual Annual Base Salary is increased above the then current Annual Base Salary during the Employment Period, such increased Annual Base Salary shall constitute “Annual Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement, and may not thereafter be reduced except with the written consent of the Executive.

               (ii)     Employee Benefits. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to other peer executives of the Company or its subsidiaries, including without limitation, employee stock purchase plans, savings plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, life, accidental death, and travel accident insurance, but excluding severance plans) and similar plans, practices, policies and programs. In addition, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s stock-based incentive compensation plans then available to other peer executives of the Company with awards thereunder determined by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion, except as provided in this Agreement.

               (iii)     Expenses. During the Employment Period prior to the Date

2


 

of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at the time the expense is incurred.

               (iv)     Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs of the Company and its affiliated companies generally available to executives who are peers of the Executive; provided that the Company reserves the right to modify, change or terminate such fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs from time to time, in its sole discretion.

               (v)     Indemnification/D&O Insurance. During the Employment Period for acts prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the performance of his duties hereunder, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on the same terms and conditions as generally available to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

     3.     Termination of Employment. (a) Retirement, Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death or Retirement (as defined herein) during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean either (i) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement under the Company’s tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan or (ii) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for normal retirement under the terms of the Company’s tax-qualified pension plan. If the Company determines in good faith that Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment upon satisfaction of the requirements to receive benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan.

          (b)     Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

               (i)     the continued and willful failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and a reasonable time for such substantial performance has elapsed since delivery of such demand, or

3


 

               (ii)     the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chairman of the Board or a senior executive officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Following a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Company’s termination of the Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before such Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)     Good Reason. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, in the absence of a written consent of the Executive which expressly refers to a provision of this Section 3(c):

               (i)     prior to a Change in Control, the substantial diminution in the overall importance of the Executive’s role, as determined by balancing (A) any increase or decrease in the scope of the Executive’s management responsibilities against (B) any increase or decrease in the relative sizes of the businesses, activities or functions (or portions thereof) for which the Executive has responsibility; provided, however, that none of (I) a change in the Executive’s title, (II) a change in the hierarchy, (III) a change in the Executive’s responsibilities from line to staff or vice versa, and (IV) placing the Executive on temporary leave pending an inquiry into whether the Executive has engaged in conduct that could constitute “Cause” under this Agreement, either individually or in the aggregate shall be considered Good Reason;

               (ii)     any failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any provision of Section 2 of this Agreement), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

               (iii)     any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

               (iv)     at any time prior to the Executive reaching age 63, the Company giving notice to the Executive of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement as provided in Section 1(b);

4


 

               (v)     following a Change in Control, the relocation of the principal place of the Executive’s employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from such principal place of employment immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced, or the Company’s requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Change in Control;

               (vi)     following a Change in Control, the Company’s requiring the Executive or all or substantially all of the employees of the Company who report directly to the Executive immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced to be based at any office or location other than such person’s office or location on such date;

               (vii)     any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 9(c) of this Agreement; or

               (viii)     following a Change in Control, assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executive’s position as in effect immediately prior to the public announcement of the proposed Change in Control (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company which results in any diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities.

For purposes of this Section 3(c), any good faith determination of “Good Reason” made by the Executive after a Change in Control shall be conclusive (including any such determination when the Executive is then eligible for Retirement). In the event the Company challenges the Executive’s determination of Good Reason, the Company shall continue to make the payments and provide the benefits to the Executive as set forth in Section 4(a). If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executive’s termination was not for Good Reason, the Executive shall reimburse the Company the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.

          (d)     Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder. To be effective, a Notice of Termination

5


 

given by the Executive terminating employment with the Company for Good Reason must be received by the Company no later than 60 days from the event(s) giving rise to the Good Reason termination.

          (e)     Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, unless the Company agrees to a later date no more than 30 days after such notice, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or Retirement, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for other than Good Reason, death, Disability or Retirement, the date that is 60 days after the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Company, provided, however, the Company may elect to waive such notice or place the Executive on paid leave for all or any part of such 60-day period during which the Executive will be entitled to continue to receive the Annual Base Salary but shall not receive any Annual Bonus or any other payment from the Company other than reimbursement for expenses as contemplated in Section 2(b)(iii) and continued participation in the employee benefit plans as contemplated in Section 2(b)(ii).

          (f)     Change in Control. For purpose of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean:

               (i)     The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 3(f); or

               (ii)     Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the

6


 

Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or contests by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

               (iii)     Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from the Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

               (iv)     Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

     4.     Obligations of the Company upon Termination. (a) Good Reason; Company Termination other than for Cause, Death, Disability or Retirement. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, Death, Disability or Retirement or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

               (i)     the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of (A) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (B) the product of (1) an Annual Bonus of an amount equal to the greater of (x) the highest annual cash incentive bonus paid by the Company to the

7


 

Executive for the three calendar years prior to the Date of Termination (which may include, if applicable, the bonus for 2001 described in Section 2(b)(i)) or (y) the Executive’s then applicable “target” incentive bonus under the then applicable cash incentive compensation plan prior to the Date of Termination (the greater of clauses (x) or (y) is defined as the “Base Bonus”), and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, to the extent not theretofore paid (the “Pro Rata Bonus”), (C) any unpaid Annual Bonus for the prior year, (D) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) and (E) any accrued paid time off, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”).

For purposes of determining the Base Bonus hereunder, the Company shall exclude any special or one-time bonuses and any premium enhancements to bonuses but shall include any portions of bonuses (other than the excluded bonuses) which have been deferred by the Executive;

               (ii)     for each of the three years after the Executive’s Date of Termination (the “Compensation Continuance Period”), the Company shall pay to the Executive a cash benefit equal to the sum of (A) the Executive’s highest Annual Base Salary during the twelve months immediately prior to the Date of Termination, (B), the Base Bonus, and (C) the amount equal to the highest matching contribution by the Company to the Executive’s account in the Company’s 401(k) plan for the five years immediately prior to the Date of Termination (the payments described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Compensation Continuance Payments” and, together with the benefits referred to in Sections 4(a)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Compensation Continuance Benefits”). The Company shall make the Compensation Continuance Payments no more frequently than semi-monthly (and may make the Compensation Continuance Payments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and practices), and shall withhold from the Compensation Continuance Payments all applicable federal, state and local taxes. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event a Change of Control has occurred on or prior to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay the Compensation Continuance Payments to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination.

               (iii)     during the Compensation Continuance Period (or for the remainder of the Executive’s life if such Date of Termination is after a Change in Control), or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue medical, dental and life insurance benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family on a substantially equivalent basis to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the medical, dental and life insurance plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executive’s employment had not been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive becomes reemployed with another employer and becomes eligible to receive medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits from such employer, the medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the

8


 

period of the Executive’s eligibility, but only to the extent that the Company reimburses the Executive for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary to give the Executive the benefits provided hereunder. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company on the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company reasonably determines that providing continued coverage under one or more of its welfare benefit plans contemplated herein could adversely affect the tax treatment of other participants covered under such plans, or would otherwise have adverse legal ramifications, the Company may, in its discretion, either (A) provide other coverage at least as valuable as the continued coverage through insurance or otherwise, or (B) pay the Executive a lump sum cash amount that reasonably approximates the after-tax value to the Executive of the premiums for continued coverage, in lieu of providing such continued coverage;

               (iv)     during the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the Company’s stock compensation plans, all unvested options to purchase shares of Company common stock and restricted stock awards will continue to vest in accordance with the applicable terms of such stock option or restricted stock grants as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had not been terminated. At the end of the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the preceding sentence, all unvested stock options and restricted stock awards will vest. Notwithstanding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, all stock options granted to the Executive as of the date of this Agreement and during the Employment Period will be exercisable until the scheduled expiration date of such stock options; provided, however, in the event any such stock options are designated as “incentive stock options” pursuant to section 422 of the Code (as defined herein), such stock options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options for purposes of this sentence to the extent that they are exercised after the period specified in section 422(a)(2) of the Code (to the extent such provision applies);

               (v)     during the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s fringe benefit and perquisite plans or programs in which the Executive participated immediately prior to the Date of Termination, in each case in accordance with the Company’s plans, programs, practices and policies;

               (vi)     to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (excluding any severance plan, program, policy or practice) through the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”); and

               (vii)     the Company will provide outplacement services to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies generally applicable to

9


 

involuntarily terminated employees.

          (b)     Death. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, death benefits then applicable to the Executive.

          (c)     Retirement. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(c) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive, all retirement benefits then applicable to the Executive.

          (d)     Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and the cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(d) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits then applicable to the Executive.

          (e)     Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason (other than for Retirement) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations of the Company to the Executive other than the obligation to pay to the Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by the Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case only to the extent owing and theretofore unpaid.

     5.     Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify (excluding any severance plan or program of the Company), nor subject to Section 11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of

10


 

its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

     6.     Full Settlement. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that subject to the payment by the Company of the benefits provided in this Agreement to the Executive, in no event will the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates be liable to the Executive for damages under any claim of breach of contract as a result of the termination of the Executive’s employment. In the event of such termination, the Company shall be liable only to provide the benefits specified in this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is finally judicially determined that the Executive brought any claims contemplated in the previous sentence in bad faith, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for such fees and expenses which are reasonably related to such bad faith claim.

     7.     Covenants. (a) The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret, non-public or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their related businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies (or predecessors thereto). After termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will refrain from taking any action or making any statements, written or oral, which are intended to or which disparage the business, goodwill or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, or their respective directors, officers, executives or other employees, or which could adversely affect the morale of employees of the Company or any of its affiliated companies.

11


 

          (b)     (i) While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Executive or any other person, (A) solicit for employment by other than the Company, (B) encourage to leave the employ of the Company, or (C) interfere with the Company’s or its affiliated companies’ relationship with, any person employed by the Company or its affiliated companies.

               (ii)     While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will not become a director, officer, employee or consultant engaging in activities similar to those performed by a senior officer for any business which is in competition with any line of business of the Company or its affiliates and in which the Executive participated in a direct capacity while he was employed by the Company or its affiliates (including predecessors thereof) at any time within the one year period preceding the Effective Date and which has offices in any location in which the Executive had supervisory responsibility in the geographic footprint of First Union National Bank (or successors thereto, including but not limited to, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Tennessee, North Carolina, Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, New York, Connecticut, and Washington, D.C. plus any other state or states added during the Employment Period) during that one year period. The Executive expressly acknowledges the reasonableness of such restrictions and such geographic area. Further, during such period, the Executive will not acquire an equity or equity-like interest in such an organization for his own account, except that he may acquire equity interests of not more than 5% of any such organization from time to time as an investment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason following a Change in Control. Upon the Executive’s request to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the Company will provide an advance opinion as to whether a proposed activity would violate the provisions of this Section 7(b)(ii).

               (iii)     During the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall provide consulting services to the Company at such time or times as the Company shall reasonably request, subject to appropriate notice and to reimbursement by the Company of all reasonable travel and other expenses incurred and paid by the Executive in accordance with the Company’s then-current policy for expense reimbursement. In the event the Executive shall engage in any employment permitted hereunder during the Compensation Continuance Period for another employer or on a self-employed basis, the Executive’s obligation to provide the consulting services hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements of such employment.

          (c)     In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7, the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach and, prior to a Change in Control, the Company may terminate the Compensation Continuance

12


 

Period and the Compensation Continuance Benefits, if applicable, in its sole discretion. The Executive acknowledges that monetary damages would be inadequate and insufficient remedy for a breach or threatened breach of Section 7. Following the occurrence of a Change in Control, in no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 7 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executive did not breach this Section 7, the Company shall reimburse the Executive the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.

          (d)     Any termination of the Executive’s employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7; provided, however, upon termination of this Agreement due to the Company’s or the Executive’s failure to extend the term of this Agreement pursuant to Section 1(b), Section 7(b)(ii) shall no longer apply to the Executive if the Executive’s employment shall terminate after the term of this Agreement expires; and provided, further, Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason following a Change in Control.

          (e)     The Executive hereby agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Employment Period or during the three years following the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the provisions of Section 3(e) and this Section 7, with a copy of such notice delivered simultaneously to the Company in accordance with Section 11(c). The foregoing provision shall not apply if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause following a Change in Control, or if the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason following a Change in Control.

     8.     Certain Additional Payments by the Company. (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive following a Change in Control (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor statute) or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

13


 

          (b)     Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG LLP or such other certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 30 business days of the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive by the due date for the payment of any Excise Tax, or, if earlier, 30 days after the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

          (c)     The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

               (i)     give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

               (ii)     take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

               (iii)     cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim, and

               (iv)     permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

14


 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

          (d)     If, after the receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) upon receipt thereof. If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial or refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

          (e)     For purposes of this Section 8, any reference to the Executive shall be deemed to include the Executive’s surviving spouse, estate and/or beneficiaries with respect to payments or adjustments provided by this Section 8.

     9.     Successors. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

15


 

          (b)     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

          (c)     The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly in writing and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

     10.     Arbitration. Except with respect to the Company’s rights to injunctive relief for matters arising under Section 7 of this Agreement, any disputes or controversies arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, whether any such disputes or controversies have been brought in bad faith) shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Charlotte, North Carolina in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided, however, that the Company may invoke the American Arbitration Association’s Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

     11.     General Provisions. (a) Governing Law; Amendment; Modification. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

          (b)     Severability. If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision not held so invalid and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

          (c)     Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered in person (in the Company’s case, to its Secretary) or forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, for delivery as registered or certified mail — addressed, in the case of the Executive, to such Executive at his residential address, and in the case of the Company, to its corporate headquarters, attention of the Secretary, or to such other address as the Executive or the Company may designate in writing at any time or from time to time to the other party. In lieu of notice by deposit in the U.S. mail, a party may give notice by telegram or telex.

          (d)     Tax Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

16


 

          (e)     Strict Compliance. The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. The waiver, whether express or implied, by either party of a violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent violation of any such provision.

          (f)     Entire Understanding. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated as of February 23, 2001.

          (g)     Conflicts with Plans. To the extent any plan, policy, practice or program of or contract or agreement with the Company attempts to cap, restrict, limit or reduce payments to the Executive hereunder, such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions are expressly modified to permit the payments contemplated hereby and the parties intend that the terms of this Agreement shall be construed as having precedence over any such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions.

          (h)     Release and Waiver of Claims. In consideration of any Compensation Continuance Benefits the Company provides to the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company shall execute a separate general release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, its affiliates and personnel in a form acceptable to the Company. The Executive shall not be eligible for any Compensation Continuance Benefits until the Executive has executed such release and waiver of claims.

          (i)     Creditor Status. No benefit or promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company. The Executive shall have only the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Company in seeking satisfaction of such benefits or promises.

          (j)     No Assignment of Benefits. No right, benefit or interest hereunder shall be subject to assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, hypothecation or set off in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, or similar process.

17


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this Agreement under seal, all as of the date and year first above written.

             
WACHOVIA CORPORATION       ATTEST:   [SEAL]
             
By:            

     
   
Name: G. Kennedy Thompson
Title: Chief Executive Officer
      Mark C. Treanor
Secretary
   
             

Robert P. Kelly
  (SEAL)        

18

 

EXHIBIT 10(EE)

FORM OF SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE AGREEMENT 1

     This Agreement effective as of the       day of                      ,       , [See Exhibit 1] by and among [FIRST UNION][WACHOVIA] CORPORATION, a North Carolina corporation having its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina (hereinafter referred to as the “Employer”), and                       (hereinafter referred to as the “Owner”).

     WHEREAS, the Owner desires to purchase a certain life insurance policy insuring the lives of [see Exhibit 1]                           (hereinafter referred to as the “Employee”) and                           (hereinafter referred to as the “Employee’s Spouse”, the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “Insureds”); and

     WHEREAS, the Employee is an employee of the Employer and has discharged his duties in a capable manner to the benefit of the Employer; and

     WHEREAS, the Employer desires to help the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse create a life insurance program for the benefit and protection of their family by the establishment of a split-dollar life insurance plan and is willing to pay a portion of the premiums due on the policy issued pursuant to such plan; and

     WHEREAS, the Owner will be the owner of such policy, and as such, will have all incidents of ownership in and to the policy and agrees to participate in such split-dollar life insurance plan as hereinafter provided;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained therein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

  1.   The Employee applied to John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Insurer”) for a survivorship policy in the face amount of [See Exhibit 1]                           Dollars ($                      ) on the lives of the Employee and the Employee’s spouse (hereinafter referred to as the “Policy”). The Policy was issued and the policy number and face amount are recorded on Schedule A attached hereto, and the Policy has been subject to the terms of the Agreement prior to this amendment.
 
  2.   Employee assigned the Policy to the Employer to secure the Employer’s rights under the Agreement prior to this amendment. The collateral assignment (hereinafter referred to as the “Collateral Assignment”) cannot be altered or changed without the consent of the Employer.


    1 This is a form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement that the Corporation has entered into with certain executive officers, including G. Kennedy Thompson, Donald A. McMullen, Jr. and Benjamin P. Jenkins, III. Key provisions of this form of agreement applicable to the executives named in the preceding sentence are found in Exhibit 1 to this form of agreement.

 


 

  3.   Employee has assigned to Owner all of Employee’s right, title and interest in and to the Policy outright and has also assigned employee’s obligations under the Collateral Assignment, and the Employer has agreed to continue to effect the terms of the Agreement, as amended, with the Owner assuming the obligations of Employee under the Agreement prior to this amendment, as Employee’s assignee, and as herein set forth.
 
  4.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement as hereinafter provided, the Owner, as the sole and exclusive owner of the Policy, has all the rights of the owner under the terms of the Policy, including, but not limited to, the right to designate beneficiaries, select settlement and dividend options, borrow on the security of the Policy and to surrender the Policy, and such rights may be exercised by the Owner with the Employer’s consent.
 
  5.   The Owner shall pay to the Employer that part of each annual premium equal to [See Exhibit 1] $                      (the “Owner’s Payment”) for each year until this Agreement is terminated by its terms, regardless of whether annual premiums are required to be paid to the Insurer on the Policy and any such amounts paid to the Employer by the Owner pursuant to this Section 5 which are not required to be remitted to the Insurer to meet an annual premium payment obligation shall be retained by the Employer and credited against the Policy Interest. The Owner agrees to pay the Owner’s Payment to the Employer no later than thirty (30) days after the annual premium is due or would otherwise have been due if such premium were so payable. The Employer shall pay the balance of each annual premium for the first fifteen (15) years of the Policy as set forth on Schedule C attached hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “Premium Advances”) and shall remit to the Insurer the full amount of each annual premium due in accordance with the mode of premium payment as provided in the Policy on or before the due date of such premium, except as provided in Sections 9 and 10 hereof.
 
  6.   As long as this Agreement is in effect, any Policy dividend credited to the Policy shall be applied to provide paid-up additions and the parties hereto agree the dividend election provisions of the Policy shall conform to the provisions hereof.
 
  7.   The total amount of (i) all Premium Advances plus (ii) any unpaid Owner’s Payments, plus (iii) an investment return equal to three percent (3%) interest compounded annually on the outstanding Premium Advances and unpaid Owner’s Payments to provide Employer an investment return thereon, shall constitute the Employer’s interest in the Policy (referred to herein as the “Policy Interest”). As security for and to secure the repayment of the Policy Interest, as it may exist from time to time, the Owner shall execute and deliver to the Employer, at the time this Agreement is executed, a collateral assignment of the Policy in the form set forth in Schedule B to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Collateral Assignment”), and the Employer may enforce its right to be paid the Policy Interest pursuant to Sections 9 through 11 of this Agreement from the cash surrender value of the Policy, provided that if the cash surrender value exceeds the Policy Interest, such excess shall remain the property of the Owner.

- 2 -


 

  8.   Except in connection with the payment of the Policy Interest to the Employer pursuant to Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Owner shall not permit the Contract Debt to exceed the Loan Value of the Policy, less the Policy Interest (the “Owner’s Borrowing Limit”). For purposes of this paragraph the terms “Contract Debt” and “Loan Value” shall have the meanings provided in the Policy and set forth on Schedule E attached hereto.
 
  9.   The Owner may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to the Employer, and the Employer shall release its interest in the Policy, cancel the Collateral Assignment, and transfer physical possession of the Policy to the Owner upon payment of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of such termination date. Such release, cancellation and transfer shall terminate all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for the payment of, the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the cash surrender value provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest.
 
  10.   The Employer may terminate this Agreement and make demand on the Owner for payment of the Policy Interest as of such termination date upon the first to occur of the following events:

      (a)   the surrender or exchange of the Policy by the Owner;
 
      (b)   failure of the Owner to make a payment of an Owner’s Payment when due or to comply with any other provisions set forth in this Agreement;
 
      (c)   the Employee ceases to be an Employee of the Employer or one of its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) and becomes a proprietor, officer, partner, employee or otherwise becomes affiliated with any business that is in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, this Section 10(c) shall not apply following a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined);
 
      (d)   the Employee voluntarily terminates employment with the Employer and its Subsidiaries for reasons other than death, Disability, or Retirement (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, this Section 10(d) shall not apply following a Change of Control;
 
      (e)   the Employee is discharged from the Employer and its Subsidiaries for dishonesty, conviction of a felony, willful unauthorized disclosure of any confidential material information of the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries to a business in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or in violation of federal securities’ laws, or any other willful, deliberate or gross misconduct of similar magnitude; or

- 3 -


 

      (f)   the beginning of the first year of the Policy after the [See Exhibit 1]            st (       st) year of the Policy in which the cash surrender value of the Policy is sufficient to maintain the $                      death benefit without the Owner being required to pay any additional premiums in excess of the Owner’s Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Employer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time after the beginning of the [See Exhibit 1]                      st (       nd) year of the Policy.

      The Employer shall thereupon release its interest in the Policy, cancel the Collateral Assignment, and transfer physical possession of the Policy to the Owner upon payment of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of such termination date. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for payment of, the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the cash surrender value provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest. For purposes of this Agreement, the determination of whether the Employee (i) has become affiliated with a business in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) has voluntarily terminated employment with the Employer and its Subsidiaries for reasons other than death, Disability, or Retirement, shall rest solely with the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
  11.   The Owner agrees that in the event of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse while this Agreement is still in effect, the Owner shall promptly pay to the Employer an amount equal to the total amount of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of the date of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for payment of the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the death proceeds provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest. Specifically, the Employer shall have the unqualified right to receive a portion of such death proceeds equal to the Policy Interest at the time of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse, plus interest thereon from ninety (90) days after such date of death to the date of payment at a rate equal to the published prime rate of interest of the Employer’s subsidiary banks on such date of death. In such event, the balance of the death proceeds payable under the Policy, if any, shall be paid directly to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Owner and shall be paid in the manner in which the Owner has validly specified; provided, however, no amount shall be paid to such beneficiary or beneficiaries until the full Policy Interest due the Employer has been paid to the Employer or otherwise satisfied by the Owner. In no event shall the amount payable to the Employer hereunder exceed the Policy proceeds payable at the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse.

- 4 -


 

  12.   It is intended that the Owner shall retain the right to change the beneficiary under the Policy at any time and from time to time and that the Employer, as holder of the Policy as collateral assignee, will make the Policy available to the Insurer in order to effectuate any change in the beneficiary designation which the Owner may desire to make, subject to the rights of the Employer as set forth in this Agreement. The Owner may assign the Policy outright provided that the rights of any such assignee shall be subject to and subordinate to the rights of the Employer as set forth in this Agreement and that any such assignment shall so provide. The Employer may assign its interest in the Policy only to the Owner.
 
  13.   The benefits, if any, that may be paid under the Policy by the Insurer, including, without limitation, any borrowing by the Owner pursuant to Section 8 hereof and any death proceeds, shall be paid by separate checks to the parties entitled thereto, the check payable to the Employer to be in the amount of the Policy Interest.
 
  14.   This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.
 
  15.   This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto. Any such action by the Employer shall be adopted by formal action of the Employer’s Board of Directors and executed by an officer, director or other person authorized to act on behalf of the Employer.
 
  16.   This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to conflict of law principles.
 
  17.   For purposes of meeting the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the parties agree that the funding policy under the Agreement is that all premiums on the Policy be remitted to the Insurer when due, and direct payment by the Insurer is the basis of payment of benefits under this Agreement, with those benefits in full, if any, based on the payment of premiums as provided in this Agreement.
 
  18.   The Employer is hereby designated the “named fiduciary” of this Agreement. The named fiduciary shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may allocate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals. The claims procedures under this Agreement are set forth in Schedule D to this Agreement.
 
  19.   For purposes of this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

      (a)   “Subsidiaries” means any corporation (other than the Employer) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Employer if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns

- 5 -


 

          stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
 
      (b)   “Disability” means “totally disabled” as such term is defined in the “First Union Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan and Trust” at the time of such Disability.
 
      (c)   “Retirement” means “Early Retirement”, “Normal Retirement”, “Deferred Retirement”, or “Disability Retirement”, as such terms are defined in the “First Union Corporation Pension Plan and Trust” at the time of such Retirement.
 
      (d)   “Change of Control” means a change in control of the Employer of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of a corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, possesses more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation, (ii) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of a corporation possessing twenty percent (20%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation, or (iii) a majority of members of the corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of a corporation’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election.

  20.   It is understood and agreed that the Employer makes no representations and shall have no responsibility or liability for any tax or estate planning matters with respect to the foregoing split-dollar insurance plan or for the payment of any dividends or death benefits under the Policy, and that the Owner has relied on the Owner’s tax and legal advisors with respect to the foregoing split-dollar insurance plan.
 
  21.   Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or connected with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered and conducted under the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the General Statutes of North Carolina Article 45A, Arbitration and Award. A judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Any arbitration hearing shall take place in Charlotte, North Carolina.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

- 6 -


 

       
Attest: FIRST UNION CORPORATION
 
  By:

   
                                                Secretary                                                     President
 
(CORPORATE SEAL)    
 
  OWNER
 
 

I consent to this Agreement and the insurance covering my life and the life of my spouse.

       
                                                                                                  . (SEAL)
Employee
 
                                                                                                   (SEAL)
Employee’s Spouse

- 7 -


 

SCHEDULE A

     It is agreed, pursuant to the foregoing Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement dated the       day of       ,       , that the following described policy of life insurance shall be subject to the provisions of said Agreement:

       Policy No.                       issued by John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company on
 
                              ,          , insuring the lives of [Employee] and Employee’s Spouse] for
 
       $                       .

 


 

SCHEDULE B

COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT

     
Insurer:   John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
Insureds:   the Insureds
 
Policy No.                                  

     THIS ASSIGNMENT is made by the undersigned Owner effective this               day of                      ,       .

DEFINITIONS:

  A.   “Assignee”: First Union Corporation, a North Carolina corporation with its principal offices in Charlotte, North Carolina.
 
  B.   “Owner”:                            .
 
  C.   “Policy”: The following policy of insurance issued by the Insurer on the life of the Insureds, together with any supplementary contracts issued in conjunction therewith:

                 
  Policy Number   Face Amount  
 
 
 
          $    
   
     
   

  D.   “Policy Interest”: That amount as defined in Section 7 of the Split Dollar Plan. The Insurer shall be entitled to rely on the Assignee’s certification of the amount of the Policy Interest.
 
  E.   “Split Dollar Plan”: That certain Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement of even date herewith between the Owner and the Assignee.

RECITALS:

  A.   Under the Split Dollar Plan, the Assignee has agreed to assist the Owner in payment of premiums on the Policy.
 
  B.   In consideration of such premium payments by the Assignee, the Owner here intends to grant the Assignee certain limited interests in the Policy.

 


 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained therein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.   Assignment — The Owner hereby assigns, transfers and sets over to the Assignee, its successors and assigns, the following specific rights in the Policy subject to the terms and conditions of the Split Dollar Plan:

  (a)   The right to realize against the cash value of the Policy, to the extent of the Policy Interest, in the event the Owner fails for any reason to pay to the Assignee the Policy Interest when required pursuant to the provisions of the Split Dollar Plan.
 
  (b)   The right to realize against proceeds of the Policy as set forth in Section 11 of the Split Dollar Plan, to the extent of the Policy Interest, in the event of the death of the last Insured to die.

2.   Retained Rights — Except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof and the Split Dollar Plan, the Owner retains all rights under the Policy including, but not limited to, the exclusive right to surrender and to borrow against the Policy with the consent of the Assignee.
 
3.   Insurer — The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize, and is fully protected in recognizing:

  (a)   The claims of the Assignee to rights hereunder, without investigating the reasons for such action by the Assignee, or the validity or the amount of such claims.
 
  (b)   The Owner’s request for surrender of the Policy without the consent of the Assignee. Upon the surrender of the Policy and the payment to the Employer of the Policy Interest, the Policy shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

4.   Release of Assignment — Upon payment by the Owner to the Assignee of the Policy Interest pursuant to the terms of the Split Dollar Plan, the Assignee shall execute a written release of this Assignment and deliver the Policy to the Owner.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has executed this Assignment on the date first above written.

     
In the presence of   Owner
 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE C

PROJECTIONS FOR INSURANCE POLICY

 


 

SCHEDULE D

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

A.   FILING OF BENEFIT CLAIMS

  1.   When a participant, the Employer, the Owner, an Insured, a beneficiary, or his, her or its duly authorized representative has a claim which may be covered under the provisions of the Policy (the “claimant”), the claimant should contact the named fiduciary.
 
  2.   Claim forms and claim information can be obtained from the named fiduciary.
 
  3.   The claim must be in writing on a Benefit Claim Form and delivered to the named fiduciary either in person or by mail, postage prepaid. The named fiduciary will forward the claim form to the authorized representative of the Insurer.

B.   INITIAL DISPOSITION OF BENEFIT CLAIMS

  1.   Within ninety (90) days after receipt of a claim, the Insurer shall send to the claimant, by mail, postage prepaid, a notice granting or denying, in whole or in part, a claim for benefits.
 
  2.   If a claim for benefits is denied, the Insurer shall provide to the claimant written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

      (a)   The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
 
      (b)   Specific reference to pertinent provisions on which the denial is based;
 
      (c)   A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
      (d)   Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit his or her claim for review.

  3.   If the claim is payable, a benefit check will be issued to the named fiduciary and forwarded to the claimant.

 


 

  4.   The ninety-day period may be extended if special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim for benefits.
 
  5.   Written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial ninety-day period.
 
  6.   The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Insurer expects to render the final decision.
 
  7.   In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial ninety-day period.
 
  8.   If a notice of denial is not received within ninety (90) days of the claim being filed, the claim shall be deemed denied and the claimant shall be permitted to proceed to the review stage.

C.   REVIEW PROCEDURE

  1.   Within sixty (60) days of:

      (a)   the receipt by the claimant of written notification denying, in whole or in part, his or her claim, or
 
      (b)   a deemed denial resulting from the Insurer’s failure to provide the claimant with written notice of denial within ninety (90) days of the claim being filed, the claimant upon written application to the Insurer, delivered in person or by certified mail, postage prepaid, may request an opportunity to appeal a denied claim to the Insurer or a person designated by the Insurer.

  2.   The claimant may:

      (a)   Request a review upon written application;
 
      (b)   Review pertinent documents; and
 
      (c)   Submit issues and comments in writing.

  3.   The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days of the Insurer’s receipt of a request for review.

 


 

  4.   The sixty-day period may be extended if special circumstances require an extension of time to process the review.
 
  5.   If an extension is required:

      (a)   written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension, and
 
      (b)   a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the Insurer received the request for review.

  6.   The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent provisions on which the decision is based.
 
  7.   If the decision on review is not rendered within sixty (60) days of the Insurer’s receipt of a request for review or within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Insurer received the request for review if an extension is granted, then the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

D.   OTHER REMEDIES

  1.   After exhaustion of the claims procedure, nothing shall prevent any person from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedy otherwise available.

 


 

SCHEDULE E

DEFINED TERMS

 


 

EXHIBIT 1

This form of Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement has been used for, among others, the following agreements:

    Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated December 19, 1996, between G. Kennedy Thompson (the Employee), the Employer, and Laura J. Starnes, as Trustee of the Thompson Family Irrevocable Trust dated December 31, 1996 (the Owner) (such Agreement, “Thompson  #1 Agreement”)
 
    Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated January 25, 2002, between G. Kennedy Thompson (the Employee), the Employer, and Laura J. Starnes, as Trustee of the G. Kennedy Thompson 2002 Irrevocable Life Insurance Trust (the Owner) (such Agreement, “Thompson #2 Agreement”)
 
    Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated February 1995, between Benjamin P. Jenkins, III (the Employee), the Employer, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee of the Benjamin P. Jenkins, III Irrevocable Trust (the Owner) (such Agreement, “Jenkins Agreement”)
 
    Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated July 27, 1999, between Donald A. McMullen, Jr. (the Employee), the Employer, and Donald A. McMullen, Jr. (the Owner) (such Agreement, “McMullen Agreement”)

Such agreements contain terms substantially identical to this form of agreement, except for such changes that do not materially deviate from this form of agreement.

The Thompson #1 Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,000,000, having an Owner’s Payment of $8,121 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the first sentence is “twenty-first” and the blank in the second sentence is “twenty-second”.

The Thompson #2 Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $7,119,562, having an Owner’s Payment of $26,744 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the first sentence is “fifteenth” and the blank in the second sentence is “sixteenth”.

The Jenkins Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,000,000, having an Owner’s Payment of $13,922 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the first sentence is “fifteenth” and the blank in the second sentence is “sixteenth”.

The McMullen Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,059,875, having an Owner’s Payment of $18,461 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the first sentence is “seventeenth” and the blank in the second sentence is “eighteenth”. In addition, the McMullen Agreement does not provide for an Employee’s Spouse benefit.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10(FF)

FIRST UNION EMPLOYEE RETENTION STOCK PLAN

1.    ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     First Union Corporation, a North Carolina corporation (“First Union”), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan, which shall be known as the “FIRST UNION EMPLOYEE RETENTION STOCK PLAN” (the “Plan”).

     The purposes of the Plan are to (a) help align the long-term financial interests of Participants with those of stockholders; (b) reinforce a performance-oriented culture/strategy; (c) incent and reward employees for increasing First Union’s common stock price over time; and (d) motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of First Union’s operations are dependent.

2.    EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

     The Plan shall become effective on April 18, 2000, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to the terms hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions. In no event may an Award be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

3.    DEFINITIONS

       (a)      “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
       (b)      “Award” means, individually or collectively, an Option, SAR, Stock Award, any other award made pursuant to the terms of the Plan, or any combination thereof.
 
       (c)      “Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the Corporation and each Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards.
 
       (d)      “Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1934 Act.
 
       (e)      “Board” means the Board of Directors of First Union.
 
       (f)      “Change of Control” means a change in control of First Union of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires Beneficial Ownership of

1


 

  Shares that, together with Shares held by such person or group, possesses more than 50 percent of the total Fair Market Value or total voting power of the Shares, (ii) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) Beneficial Ownership of Shares possessing 20 percent or more of the total voting power of the Shares, or (iii) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of such appointment or election.
 
       (g)      “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other committee as is appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
 
       (h)      “Corporation” means (i) First Union and any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by First Union, or (ii) any entity in which First Union has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.
 
       (i)      “Date of Termination of Employment” means, with respect to an Employee who is terminating employment with the Corporation, (i) the last day such Employee performs actual services for the Corporation as an Employee, (ii) the 91st day of a bona fide leave of absence when such Employee’s right to continue employment with the Corporation is not guaranteed by law or contract or, if later, on the date that such legal or contractual guarantee lapses, (iii) the date that such Employee is deemed to have a Disability, or (iv) the date of such Employee’s death, as applicable.
 
       (j)      “Disability”, with respect to an Employee, means having received long-term disability benefits under the Corporation’s Long-Term Disability Plan for a period of 12 consecutive months.
 
       (k)      “Early Retirement” means termination of a Participant’s employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement under First Union’s pension plan.
 
       (l)      “Employee” means an employee of the Corporation.
 
       (m)      “Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the valuation date, or, if there were no sales on the valuation date, the closing sales price on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the first trading day before such valuation date.
 
       (n)      “First Union” is defined in Section 1 herein.
 
       (o)      “Normal Retirement” means termination of a Participant’s employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for normal retirement under the terms of First Union’s pension plan.
 
       (p)      “Option” means an option to purchase Shares.

2


 

       (q)      “Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.
 
       (r)      “Participant” means an Employee who has been granted an Award under the Plan; provided however, no Employee who is required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 (a) of the 1934 Act shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.
 
       (s)      “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the vesting and/or transfer of Stock Awards is limited in some way, and the Shares subject to such Stock Awards are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Section 7(c) herein.
 
       (t)      “Plan” is defined in Section 1 herein.
 
       (u)      “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period beginning with January 1 of each year.
 
       (v)      “RSAs” means a Stock Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7(c) herein which contains restrictions on vesting and/or transfer.
 
       (w)      “Retirement” means either Early Retirement or Normal Retirement.
 
       (x)      “SAR” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Section 7(b) herein.
 
       (y)      “Shares” means the common stock of First Union, par value $3.33 1/3 per share.
 
       (z)      “Stock Award” shall represent an Award made in Shares or denominated in units equivalent in value to Shares or any other Award based on or related to Shares, including, but not limited to, RSAs.

4.    PLAN ADMINISTRATION

       (a)      The Committee. The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan.
 
       (b)      Committee Authority. The Committee may at any time alter, amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan or any or all agreements granted under the Plan to the extent permitted by law. Except as limited by law, or by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of First Union, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full and exclusive power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations, and guidelines for carrying out the Plan as it may deem necessary or proper, all of which powers shall be executed in the best interests of the Corporation and in keeping with the

3


 

  provisions and objectives of the Plan. These powers include, but are not limited to (i) selecting Award recipients and the extent of their participation; (ii) establishing all Award terms and conditions; (iii) adopting procedures and regulations governing Awards; and (iv) making all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In addition, except as provided herein, in First Union’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, or pursuant to applicable law, the Committee shall have authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise exercisable or vested shall become exercisable or vested in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Awards granted to any Participant. All determinations, interpretations or other actions taken or made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons interested herein.
 
       The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Corporation the authority to carry out some or all of its responsibilities, provided that the Committee may not delegate its authority and powers in any way which would be inconsistent with the requirements of the Code or the 1934 Act. The Committee may at any time rescind the authority delegated to any such officers.
 
       No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination with respect to the Plan, and the members shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in First Union’s Articles of Incorporation. In the performance of its functions under the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information and advice furnished by the Corporation’s officers, accountants, counsel and any other party the Committee deems necessary, and no member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any such advice.

5.    PARTICIPATION

     The individuals who shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan shall be officers or other selected key employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall approve from time to time; provided, however, no officer or employee who is required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 (a) of the 1934 Act shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

     In the event of a change in a Participant’s duties and responsibilities, or a transfer of the Participant to a different position, the Committee may terminate any Award granted to such Participant or reduce the number of Shares subject thereto commensurate with the transfer or change in responsibility, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan or to comply with provisions of laws in other countries in which the Corporation operates or has employees, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to (i) determine which Employees (if any) employed outside the United States are eligible or required to participate in the Plan, (ii) modify the terms and

4


 

conditions of any Awards made to such Employees, and (iii) establish subplans, modified Option exercise and other terms and procedures to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.

6.    AVAILABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

       (a)      Share Limitations. The aggregate number of Shares as to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 25,000,000, subject to adjustment as described below.
 
       (b)      Shares not applied to limitations. The following will not be applied to the share limitations of Section 6(a) above: (i) dividends or dividend equivalents paid in cash in connection with outstanding Awards, (ii) stock denominated Awards which by their terms may be settled only in cash, and (iii) Shares and any Awards that are granted through the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Awards previously granted to Employees as the result of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of the employing company as the result of which it is merged with the Corporation or becomes a subsidiary of the Corporation.
 
       (c)      Adjustments. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of equity securities, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, divestiture or other distribution (other than ordinary cash dividends) of assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting Shares or Share price, such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change shall be made with respect to the limitations on the numbers of Shares that may be issued and represented by Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. Upon the occurrence of any such event, the Committee may also (or in lieu of any of the foregoing adjustments) make such other adjustments as it shall consider appropriate to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Participants.
 
       The Shares subject to the provisions of the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued Shares.

7.    AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

     The types of Awards set forth in this Article 7 may be granted under the Plan, singly, in combination or in tandem as the Committee may determine.

       (a)      Options.

       (i)      Grant. An Option shall represent a right to purchase a specified number of Shares at a stated Option Price during a specified time, not to exceed ten years from the date of grant, as determined by the Committee. The Option Price per Share for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award

5


 

  Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Options granted under this Section 7(a) shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve and which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions to exercisability specified in the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement, the Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Option in whole or in part and to receive, upon satisfaction or payment of the Option Price in the manner contemplated in this Section 7(a), the number of Shares in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised.
 
       (ii)      Exercise. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Corporation, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares. The Shares covered by an Option may be purchased by methods designated by the Committee, in its discretion, including, but not limited to (A) a cash payment; (B) tendering Shares owned by the Participant, valued at the Fair Market Value at the date of exercise; or (C) any combination of the above. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment, the Corporation shall deliver to the Participant, Share certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option.
 
       (iii)      Termination. If the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, any then outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any such outstanding Options will be forfeited on the expiration date of such Options. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable Options granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable Options granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the expiration date of such Options or three months after the Date of Termination of Employment, whichever period is shorter.

       (b)      SARs.

       (i)      Grant. An SAR shall represent a right to receive a payment in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the SAR is exercised over an amount which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR was granted (or the Option Price for SARs granted in tandem with an Option) as

6


 

  set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the SAR exercise price, the duration of the SAR, the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains, whether the SAR is granted in tandem with the grant of an Option or is freestanding, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. SARs granted under this Section 7(b) shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve and which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant of for each Participant.
 
       (ii)      Exercise. SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Corporation, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised. The date of exercise of the SAR shall be the date on which the Corporation shall have received notice from the Participant of the exercise of such SAR. SARs granted in tandem with the grant of an Option may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. SARs granted in tandem with the grant of an Option may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. SARs granted independently from the grant of an Option may be exercised upon the terms and conditions contained in the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may impose such conditions on exercise of an SAR (including, without limitation, the right of the Committee to limit the time of exercise to specified periods) as may be required to satisfy the requirements of Section 16 (or any successor law) of the 1934 Act. In the event the SAR shall be payable in Shares, a certificate for the Shares acquired upon exercise of an SAR shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as practicable following receipt of notice of exercise. No fractional Shares will be issuable upon exercise of the SAR and, unless provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant will receive cash in lieu of fractional Shares.
 
       (iii)      Termination. If the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate by reason of death, Disability or Normal Retirement, any then outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any such outstanding SARs will be forfeited on the expiration date of such SARs. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal Retirement, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable SARs granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable SARs granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the expiration date of such SARs or three months after the Date of Termination of Employment, whichever period is shorter.

7


 

       (c)      Stock Awards.

       (i)      Grant. All or any part of any Stock Award may be subject to conditions and restrictions established by the Committee, and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service with the Corporation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Stock Award, and/or applicable securities laws restrictions. During the applicable Period of Restriction, Participants holding RSAs may exercise full voting rights with respect to such Shares. During the applicable Period of Restriction, Participants holding RSAs shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares while they are so restricted. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, such Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the RSAs with respect to which they are paid.
 
       (ii)      Termination. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate because of Normal Retirement, Disability or death, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to Stock Awards granted to such Participant shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7(c), such Stock Awards shall be free of restrictions and freely transferable. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal Retirement, then any Stock Awards subject to restrictions on the date of such termination shall automatically be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment and returned to the Corporation; provided, however, if such employment terminates due to Early Retirement or any involuntary termination by the Corporation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Stock Awards and/or may add such new restrictions to such Stock Awards as it deems appropriate.

8.    DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

     The Committee may provide the Awards under Section 7(c) of the Plan earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to a Participant’s account. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may establish, including reinvestment in additional Shares or Share equivalents.

9.    PAYMENTS AND PAYMENT DEFERRALS

     Payment of Awards may be in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, or combinations thereof as the Committee shall determine, and with such restrictions as it may impose. The Committee also may require or permit Participants to elect to defer the receipt or issuance of

8


 

Shares from Options or Stock Awards or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under the Plan. It also may provide that deferred settlements of Awards include the payment or crediting of earnings on deferred amounts.

10.    TRANSFERABILITY

       (a)      Options and SARs. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, no Option or SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all Options and SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.
 
       (b)      Stock Awards. Stock Awards granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. All rights with respect to a Stock Award granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant.

11.    CHANGE OF CONTROL

     In the event of (i) any merger, consolidation, or acquisition where the stockholders of First Union on the effective date of such merger, consolidation, or acquisition do not own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the surviving corporation, or (ii) any Change of Control, each Award granted under the Plan shall immediately be exercisable and/or fully vested and nonforfeitable, as the case may be.

12.    AWARD AGREEMENTS

     Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement setting forth its terms, conditions, and limitations for each Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment terminates, and the Corporation’s authority unilaterally or bilaterally to amend, modify, suspend, cancel, or rescind any Award. The Committee need not require the execution of any such agreement by the recipient, in which case acceptance of the Award by the respective Participant shall constitute agreement by the Participant to the terms and conditions of the Awards.

13.    TAX WITHHOLDING

     The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from any settlement of an Award made under the Plan, including the delivery of Shares, or require the payment of, a sufficient amount to cover withholding of any federal, state or local or other governmental taxes or charges required by law or such greater amount of withholding as the Committee shall determine from time to

9


 

time and as permitted or required by applicable rules and regulations, or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy any such withholding obligations. If the Committee permits or requires Shares to be used to satisfy required tax withholding, such Shares shall be valued at the Fair Market Value as of the tax recognition date for such Award or such other date as may be required by applicable law, rule or regulation. The Corporation shall collect any required withholding from “other earnings” of the employee. In the absence of “other earnings” sufficient to satisfy such withholding, the employee shall remit such amounts required to satisfy such withholding obligations to the Corporation within 10 business days of any such notice and request for payment.

14.    OTHER BENEFIT AND COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

     Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, settlements of Awards received by Participants under the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a Participant’s regular, recurring compensation for purposes of calculating payments or benefits from the Corporation’s benefit plans or severance program. Further, the Corporation may adopt other compensation programs, plans or arrangements as it deems appropriate or necessary. The Committee may permit a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option or SAR, or the satisfaction of conditions, lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Stock Awards. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

15.    UNFUNDED PLAN

     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or a separate fund or funds. The Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Corporation and any participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under the Plan, such rights shall constitute general unsecured liabilities of the Corporation and shall not confer upon any participant any right, title, or interest in any assets of the Corporation.

16.    REGULATORY APPROVALS

     The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any Award under the Plan, and the issuance of Shares upon the exercise or settlement or any Award shall by subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards granted under it, or the Shares issued pursuant to it.

17.    RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

     A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by an Award until the date the Participant or his nominee is the holder of record. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date, except as provided in Section 6(c).

10


 

18.    FUTURE RIGHTS

     No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or to participate in any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Corporation. In addition, the Corporation expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss a Participant free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in any agreement entered into hereunder.

19.    GOVERNING LAW

     The Plan and all agreements entered into under the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.

20.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     The Plan and any applicable Award Agreement entered into under the Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant’s creditors.

21.    INDEMNIFICATION

     Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Corporation’s approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Corporation an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under First Union’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Corporation may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

22.    APPLICATION OF FUNDS

     The proceeds received by the Corporation from the issuance of Shares pursuant to the exercise of Options will be used for general corporate purposes.

11

 

EXHIBIT 10(GG)

WACHOVIA CORPORATION
SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2002

 


 

WACHOVIA CORPORATION
Savings Restoration Plan

Effective January 1, 2002

Section 1. Establishment and Purpose

1.1   Establishment. Wachovia Corporation established, effective as of January 1, 2002 an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and their Beneficiaries as described herein, known as the “WACHOVIA CORPORATION SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN” (the “Plan”).
 
1.2   Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means whereby certain selected Employees may defer the receipt of compensation and the receipt of a Company Matching Contribution that would otherwise be limited due to statutory or governmental regulation in the Savings Plan , and to motivate such Employees to continue to make contributions to the profitable growth of the Company.
 
1.3   Application of Plan. The terms of this Plan are applicable only to Eligible Employees who are in the employ of an Employer on or after January 1, 2002. Any Eligible Employee who retires or terminates employment with all Employers prior to such date shall not be covered by this plan.

Section 2. Definitions

2.1   Definitions. Whenever used hereinafter, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

  a.   “Applicable Limitations” means the statutory and regulatory provisions that reduce benefits and/or contributions under the Savings Plan, including, but not limited to Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) and 415 of the Code.
 
  b.   “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 7.
 
  c.   “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.
 
  d.   “Change of Control” means a change in the control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”); provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, possesses more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, ( ii) any one person, or more than one

1


 

      person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 20 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, or (iii) a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.
 
  e.   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute thereof, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.
 
  f.   “Committee” means the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board, as appointed annually in accordance with the corporate bylaws of the Company.
 
  g.   “Company” means Wachovia.
 
  h.   “Company Matching Contribution” means the amount which an Employer would be obligated to contribute to the Savings Plan but for the Applicable Limitations, subject to all vesting requirements of the Savings Plan.
 
  i.   “Compensation” means, for any date within a Plan Year, the Participant’s Salary as it may be adjusted from time to time during the Plan Year.
 
  j.   “Death Valuation Date” means the Valuation date coincident with or next following a Participant’s date of death.
 
  k.   “Deferral Account” means the hypothetical account maintained by the Company for recordkeeping purposes with respect to a Participant’s deferrals pursuant to Section 5.1. Within each Deferral Account, separate sub-accounts (“Deferral Sub-Accounts”), shall be maintained to the extent necessary for the administration of the Plan for each different Plan Year deferral election, form of distribution election, or allocation elections among Investment Indexes.
 
  l.   “Disability” means total disability of a Participant as a result of injury or sickness as defined in the Wachovia Corporation Long Term Disability Plan (plan number 502) (the “LTD Plan”), as amended from time to time. The determination of whether a Participant has suffered a Disability shall rest with the claims administrator of the LTD Plan. In the case of a Participant who is ineligible to participate in the LTD Plan, the determination shall rest solely with the Committee and such determination shall be final, conclusive and not subject to appeal.
 
  m.   “Election Form” means the election form which an Eligible Employee files with the Company to participate in the Plan each Plan Year.
 
  n.   “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is eligible to participate as provided in Section 3.1,

2


 

  o.   “Employee” means any person employed by an Employer who, under an Employer’s employment classification practices, is considered a regular salaried employee.
 
  p.   “Employer” means (i) Wachovia and any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by Wachovia, or (ii) any entity in which Wachovia has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.
 
  q.   “Financial Hardship Distribution” means the benefit that is payable pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Plan.
 
  r.   “Investment Indexes” mean one or more mutual funds, investment return benchmarks, interest rate indexes or common trust funds designated as available under the Plan by the Committee from time to time.
 
  s.   “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has filed a completed and executed Election Form with the Committee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.
 
  t.   “Pension Plan” means the Wachovia Corporation Pension Plan and Trust (plan number 001), as amended from time to time.
 
  u.   “Plan” means the Wachovia Corporation Savings Restoration Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  v.   “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year of twelve months commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on the following December 31.
 
  w.   “Retirement” means the termination of a Participant’s employment with an Employer upon satisfaction of the eligibility requirements for retirement under the terms of the Pension Plan, determined without regard to eligibility to participate in the Pension Plan.
 
  x.   “Retirement Benefit” means benefits payable to a Participant when such Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements for Retirement.
 
  y.   “Retirement Valuation Date” means the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date a Participant ceases to be an Employee or the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the Committee takes action pursuant to Sections 6.3(e) or (f).
 
  z.   “Salary” means a Participant’s fixed, basic, straight time, and regularly recurring wages and salary, any payment for overtime hours, vacation pay, compensation paid in lieu of vacation, and holiday pay, but excluding (even if includible in gross income) all (i) bonus, long-term incentive awards, and other forms of incentive compensation, (ii) reimbursements or other expense allowances, (iii) moving expenses, (iv) welfare or fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), (v) deferred compensation, (vi) severance pay, and (vii) any other form of special compensation as designated by the Committee.
 
  aa.   “Savings Plan” means the Wachovia Corporation Savings Plan (plan number 002), as may be amended from time to time.

3


 

  bb.   “Scheduled Distribution” means a distribution of all or a portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account as elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.6.
 
  cc.   “Survivor Benefit” means those Plan benefits that become payable upon the death of a Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4.
 
  dd.   “Termination Benefit” means benefits payable to a Participant when such Participant has ceased to be an Employee pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3.
 
  ee.   “Termination Valuation Date” means the later of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date a Participant ceases to be an Employee or the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the Committee takes action pursuant to Sections 6.3(e) or (f).
 
  ff.   “Valuation Date” means any day the United States financial markets are open for which a Participant’s Deferral Account is required to be valued for any purpose under the Plan.
 
  gg.   “Wachovia” means Wachovia Corporation or any successor that shall maintain this Plan.

Section 3. Eligibility for Participation

3.1   Eligibility. The Committee (or its delegatee) shall determine which Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a given Plan Year; provided, however, any such Employee must be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Committee’s determination of eligibility for any given Plan Year does not guarantee eligibility in subsequent Plan Years. In the event any Employee is no longer designated as an active Participant eligible to make further deferrals under the Plan, such Employee shall become an inactive Participant and retain all other rights described under this Plan, until the Employee again becomes an active Participant.

Section 4. Election to Participate

4.1   Election to Participate . Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year, by filing a completed and fully executed Election Form with the Committee during enrollment periods established by the Committee, or in the case of an Employee who is designated as an Eligible Employee after the commencement of a Plan Year, within thirty days of the date on which such Employees becomes eligible. On such Election Form for each Plan Year, the Eligible Employee shall (i) irrevocably elect the amount of Compensation for such Plan Year to be deferred, and (ii) irrevocably elect the form of distribution in which the Deferral Sub-Account for such Plan Year shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.1.

  a.   Deferral Election. A Participant may elect to defer Compensation on a pre-tax basis only, in accordance with the Employee contribution provisions of the

4


 

      Savings Plan for the applicable Plan Year. Deferrals under the Plan will be credited in accordance with the applicable deferral election to the extent that the Participant’s deferral elections exceed the Applicable Limitations under the Savings Plan. Any amounts that cannot be credited to the Participant’s account under the Savings Plan because of the Applicable Limitations shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account maintained pursuant to Section 5.
 
  b.   Matching Credits. Each Participant’s Deferral Account who has made a deferral election under Section 4.1(a) will be credited with a Company Matching Contribution for each pay period to the extent any amounts cannot be credited to the Participant’s account under the Savings Plan because of the Applicable Limitations.

Section 5. Deferral Accounts

5.1   Deferral Accounts. The Committee shall establish and maintain a separate Deferral Account for each Participant. The amount by which a Participant’s Compensation is reduced pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be credited by the Company to the Participant’s Deferral Account as of the date the amount of the compensation that is deferred otherwise would have been payable. The value of each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be adjusted each day the financial markets in the United States are open as follows:

  a.   Pursuant to the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall elect to have his Deferral Sub-Account for a given Plan Year allocated among Deferral Sub-Accounts to reflect the Participant’s selection of the Investment Indexes available under the Plan at that time, in 5 percent increments, up to 100 percent of the amount credited to such Deferral Sub-Account.
 
  b.   Such Deferral Sub-Account shall be credited or debited to reflect gains or losses (including dividends and capital gains and losses) as if the Deferral Sub-Account had been invested in an equivalent number of shares or units of the funds or investments referenced by the Investment Indexes available under the Plan from time to time, pursuant to the allocation elections made by the Participant from time to time.
 
  c.   Pursuant to the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may change the election with respect to the allocation of the Participant’s Deferral Sub-Accounts among the Investment Indexes available under the Plan from time to time. Unless the Participant indicates otherwise, any such reallocation election shall apply to all such Participant’s Deferral Sub-Accounts.

5.2   Charge Against Accounts. There shall be charged against each Participant’s Deferral Account any payments made to the Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6. In addition, the Committee may allocate a portion of any administrative expenses of the Plan to each Participant’s Deferral Account.

5


 

5.3   Statement of Accounts. The Committee shall submit to each participant, within a reasonable period of time after the close of each calendar quarter of a Plan Year, a statement of the balance in each such Participant’s Deferral Account as of the last Valuation Date of such quarter, in such form as the Committee deems appropriate.
 
5.4   Acquired Deferral Accounts. In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may authorize the transfer to a Participant’s Deferral Account of such Participant’s deferred balances held under a deferral plan maintained by any organization acquired by the Company. Such balances transferred will retain the deferral period, vesting provisions and distribution provisions as set forth in the original deferral plan acquired by the Company.

Section 6. Benefits

6.1   Retirement Benefit. Upon Retirement of a Participant, the Participant’s Employer (or another entity as directed by the Committee) shall pay a Retirement Benefit based on the value of the Participant’s Deferral Account as of the Retirement Valuation Date. Such Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the manner as elected by the Participant on each Plan Year’s Election Form in the form of either a lump sum or ten (10) annual installments:

  a.   If a Participant’s Deferral Sub-Account is payable in a lump sum, the Participant shall receive payment of such Retirement Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Retirement Valuation Date.
 
  b.   If a Participant’s Deferral Sub-Account is payable in installments, the amount to be paid with each installment shall be the value of such Deferral Sub-Account as of the date of the installment Valuation Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of installment payments remaining. For purposes of this Section, the installment Valuation Date for the first installment payment shall be the Retirement Valuation Date, and the installment Valuation Date for subsequent installment payments shall be the first Valuation Date of each Plan Year thereafter; provided, however, that in no event shall more than one installment payments be made to a Participant in any one Plan Year, except due to an action by the Committee pursuant to Section 6.3(f). A Participant shall receive each installment payment within ninety (90) days of the applicable installment Valuation Date.
 
  c.   Following receipt of a Participant’s complete Retirement Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan.

6.2   Disability. If a Participant suffers a Disability, the value of each of the Participant’s Deferral Sub-Accounts will continue to be adjusted in accordance with Section 5.1(b). The Participant’s Deferral Account will be distributed as a Retirement Benefit, Termination Benefit, or Survivor Benefit, whichever is applicable, in the distribution form of benefit elected by the Participant, once the Participant ceases to receive benefits under the Wachovia Corporation Long-Term

6


 

    Disability Plan (plan number 502). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer within sixty (60) days following recovery from a Disability, the Participant’s Deferral Account shall not be distributed until such time as said Participant ceases to be an Employee whereupon such Participant will receive the Participant’s Deferral Account as a Retirement Benefit, Termination Benefit, or Survivor Benefit commencing at the time said Participant finally ceases to be an Employee. In its sole and absolute discretion, the Committee may alter the timing or manner of payment of all or a portion of the Deferral Account of a Participant who suffers a Disability.
 
6.3   Termination Benefit. If a Participant ceases to be an Employee for a reason other than those reasons described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3 (d), (e) or (f), the Committee shall direct the Participant’s Employer to pay a Termination Benefit based on the value of the Participant’s Deferral Account as of the Termination Valuation Date. Such Termination Benefit shall be paid in the manner originally elected by the Participant on each Plan Year’s Election Form in the form of either a lump sum payment or ten (10) annual installments:

  a.   If a Participant’s Deferral Sub-Account is payable in a lump sum, the Participant shall receive payment of such Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date.
 
  b.   If a Participant’s Deferral Sub-Account is payable in installments, the amount to be paid with each installment shall be the value of such Deferral Sub-Account as of the date of the installment Valuation Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of installment payments remaining. For the purposes of this Section, the installment Valuation Date for the first installment payment shall be the Termination Valuation Date, and the installment Valuation Date for subsequent installment payments shall be the first Valuation Date of each Plan Year thereafter; provided, however, that in no event shall more than one installment payment be made to a Participant in any one Plan Year, except due to an action by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6.3(f). A Participant shall receive each installment payment within ninety (90) days of the applicable installment Valuation Date.
 
  c.   Following receipt of a Participant’s complete Termination Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan.
 
  d.   Lump Sum Payment Upon Voluntary Termination of Employment. If a Participant (i) voluntarily ceases to be an Employee for any reason, or (ii) fails to return to the status of an Employee within sixty (60) days following recovery from a Disability prior to qualifying for Retirement, the Company shall pay to such Participant in a lump sum a Termination Benefit equal to the balance of such Participant’s Deferred Account as of the Termination Valuation Date. A Participant shall receive such Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. Following receipt of a

7


 

      Participant’s complete Terminated Benefit, such participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan.
 
  e.   Lump Sum Payment Upon Misconduct or Crime. If a Participant is discharged from employment with an Employer for dishonesty, conviction of a felony, willful unauthorized disclosure of confidential material information of an Employer, or other willful, deliberate, or gross misconduct of similar magnitude, such Participant’s entire Deferral Account shall be paid in a single lump sum as a Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date.
 
  f.   Lump Sum Payment Upon Affiliation With Competitor. In the event that a Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer for any reason and thereafter becomes a proprietor, officer, partner, employee, or otherwise becomes affiliated with any business that is in competition with an Employer, or becomes an employee of any federal, state, or municipal agency, office, subdivision, or other component having jurisdiction over any activity of any Employer, such Participant’s entire Deferral Account shall be paid in a single lump sum as a Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. The determination of whether an Employee has become affiliated with a business in competition with an Employer, or with a governmental component having jurisdiction over any activity of an Employer shall rest solely with the Committee and such determination shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to appeal.

6.4   Survivor Benefits.

  a.   Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies before otherwise becoming eligible to receive Retirement Benefits, a Survivor Benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum equal to such Participant’s Deferral Account as of the Death Valuation Date. A Beneficiary shall receive the Survivor Benefit within ninety (90) days after the Death Valuation Date. If a Participant dies after becoming eligible to receive Retirement Benefits but before such benefits have been paid in full, the Retirement Benefits the deceased Participant would have otherwise received shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as a Survivor Benefit pursuant to the Participant’s prior elections.
 
  b.   Post-Retirement. If a Participant dies after such Retirement Benefits have commenced, the Retirement Benefits the deceased Participant would have otherwise received shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as a Survivor Benefit pursuant to the Participant’s prior elections.
 
  c.   Following receipt of a Participant’s complete Survivor Benefit, a Beneficiary shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan.

6.5   Financial Hardship Distribution. In the event that the Committee, upon written petition of the Participant or Beneficiary, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant or Beneficiary has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiary, as soon as practicable

8


 

    following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency not in excess of the Termination Benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled pursuant to Section 6.3 if said Participant had a termination of service on the date of such determination (the “Financial Hardship Distribution”). For purposes of this Plan, an unforeseeable financial emergency is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden and unforeseeable financial reversal, or such other unforeseeable occurrence.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final determination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or court of competent jurisdiction, all time for appeal having lapsed, that the Company is not the owner of the assets of any grantor trust established by the Company with respect to this Plan (a “rabbi trust”), with the result that the income of such trust is not treated as income of the Company pursuant to sections 671 through 679 of the Code, or the final determination by (i) the IRS, (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction, all time for appeal having lapsed or (iii) counsel to the Company that a federal tax is payable by the Participant or Beneficiary with respect to assets of the rabbi trust or the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Deferral Accounts prior to the distribution of those assets of Deferral Accounts to the Participant or Beneficiary shall in any event constitute an unforeseeable financial emergency entitling such Participant or Beneficiary to a Financial Hardship Distribution provided for in this Section. The amount of benefits otherwise payable under the Plan shall thereafter be adjusted to reflect the reduction of a Deferral Account due to the early payment of the Financial Hardship Distribution.
 
6.6   Scheduled Distributions.

  a.   In General. A Participant may, when filing an Election Form with respect to a given Plan Year, elect to receive a distribution while employed of all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferral Sub-Account for such Plan Year at a specified time or times in the future. The election of such a Scheduled Distribution shall be irrevocable and shall apply only to prospective deferrals for that Plan Year.
 
  b.   Timing and Forms of Distribution. The first year specified for a Scheduled Distribution must be at least five (5) Plan Years after the Plan Year in which commencement of deferrals covered by the Election Form in which a Scheduled Distribution is elected. A Participant will receive such Scheduled Distribution in either a lump sum or ten annual installments as specified by prior elections within ninety (90) days of the first Valuation Date of the Year of distribution specified on the Election Form.
 
  c.   Election Void Upon Death and Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant has elected to receive any Scheduled Distributions and, before said distributions the Participant dies or ceases employment with all Employers, the election with respect to such Scheduled Distributions shall be voided and such Participant’s Deferral Account shall be paid as a Termination Benefit.

9


 

6.7   Small Benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the total amount owed to a Participant or a Beneficiary after the Participant ceases to be an Employee is $50,000 or less, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to distribute any such amount in a single lump sum payment.
 
6.8   Withholding; Payroll Taxes. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, a Participant’s Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder the taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government. As to any payroll tax that is due from a Participant for Compensation deferred under this Plan, the Employer shall collect such tax from funds paid to such Participant with respect to other compensation not deferred under the Plan unless said other compensation is insufficient to pay such payroll taxes whereupon the shortfall shall serve to reduce the elected deferral amount.

Section 7. Beneficiary Designation

7.1   Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment under this Plan shall be made in the event of Participant’s death prior to complete distribution to Participant of the Benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee.
 
    The filing of a new Beneficiary designation form will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
 
    If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above or all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Committee shall direct the Participant’s Employer to distribute such benefits in a lump sum to the Participant’s estate within ninety (90) days of the applicable Valuation Date. If all designated Beneficiaries die prior to complete distribution of a deceased Participant’s benefits, then the Committee shall direct the Participant’s Employer to distribute the balance of such benefits in a lump sum to the last surviving designated Beneficiary’s estate within ninety (90) days of the applicable Valuation Date.

Section 8. Administration of the Plan

8.1   Administration. The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power, in its sole and absolute discretion, to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Committee may establish rules and procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

10


 

    To the extent it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the Plan, the Committee may (i) delegate all or a portion of its duties to Employees or other persons, and (ii) appoint counsel, accountants, advisers, and other service providers.

Section 9. Nature of Company’s Obligation

9.1   No Trust. The Company’s obligation under this Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. The Company shall not be obligated under any circumstances to fund its financial obligations under this Plan prior to the date any payments are due, and neither the Company, the Employer, members of the Board or Committee, nor any other person shall be deemed to be a trustee of any amounts to be paid under the Plan; provided, however, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) establish a grantor trust, the income of which is treated as income of the Company pursuant to sections 671 through 679 of the Code, to provide for the accumulation of funds to satisfy all or a portion of its financial liabilities with respect to this Plan, (ii) purchase life insurance policies on the life of a Participant, in which case the Participant shall cooperate with the Company in complying with any underwriting requirements with respect to such a policy, or (iii) both.
 
9.2   Nature of Participant’s Rights and Interests. Any assets which the Company may choose to acquire to help cover its financial liabilities, including, but not limited to any assets referred to in Section 9.1, are and will remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its general creditors. The Company does not give, and this Plan does not give, any ownership interest in any assets of the Company to a Participant or Beneficiary. All rights of ownership in any assets are and remain in the Company, and the rights of each Participant, any Beneficiary, or any person claiming through a Participant shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Any liability of the Company to any Participant, Beneficiary, or any person claiming through a Participant shall be based solely upon the contractual obligations created by the Plan.

Section 10. Miscellaneous

10.1   Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, hypothecate, or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder or any part thereof, or interest therein which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

11


 

10.2   Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.
 
10.3   Amendment or Termination. The Company expects the Plan to be permanent but, since future conditions affecting the Company cannot be anticipated or foreseen, the Company must necessarily and does hereby reserve the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time by action of the Committee. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall operate to decrease any Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as of the date of such action (subject to investment risk changes in value) provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, the Company may direct the acceleration of distribution of Deferral Accounts. Furthermore, in the event of (i) a merger, consolidation, or acquisition where the Company is not the surviving corporation or (ii) any other Change of Control, no amendment or termination of the Plan may be made for the first three full Plan Years that follow such an event. Prior to such an event or after the aforesaid three-year Change of Control window, the Company may terminate the Plan by action of the Committee, whereupon all Deferral Accounts shall become immediately due and payable.
 
10.4   Protective Provisions. Each Participant shall cooperate with the Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Employer in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Employer may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Employer. If a Participant refuses to so cooperate, the Employer shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant of the cumulative reductions in Compensation theretofore made pursuant to this Plan (subject to reduction due to change in value as a result of investment performance).
 
10.5   Obligations to Company. If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company or the Participant’s Employer, then the Employer may offset such amount owed to it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made by the Committee.
 
10.6   Gender, Singular, and Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
 
10.7   Captions. The captions of the sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

12


 

10.8   Validity. In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void, or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the validity of any other provision of this Plan.
 
10.9   Applicable Law. Except to the extent superseded by federal law, this Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the state of North Carolina, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

13

 

Exhibit (12)(a)

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES


                                                     
                Years Ended December 31,
               
(In millions)           2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
                                               
 
Pretax income from continuing operations
          $ 4,667       2,293       632       4,831       3,965  
 
Fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest
            2,500       3,734       4,963       3,751       3,504  

   
Earnings
    (A )   $ 7,167       6,027       5,595       8,582       7,469  

Interest, excluding interest on deposits
          $ 2,333       3,581       4,828       3,645       3,395  
One-third of rents
            167       153       135       106       109  
Capitalized interest
                                     

   
Fixed charges
    (B )   $ 2,500       3,734       4,963       3,751       3,504  

Consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
    (A)/ (B)     2.87 X     1.61       1.13       2.29       2.13  

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
                                               
 
Pretax income from continuing operations
          $ 4,667       2,293       632       4,831       3,965  
 
Fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest
            5,930       8,478       10,232       7,805       7,820  

   
Earnings
    (C )   $ 10,597       10,771       10,864       12,636       11,785  

Interest, including interest on deposits
          $ 5,763       8,325       10,097       7,699       7,711  
One-third of rents
            167       153       135       106       109  
Capitalized interest
                                     

   
Fixed charges
    (D )   $ 5,930       8,478       10,232       7,805       7,820  

Consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits
    (C)/ (D)     1.79 X     1.27       1.06       1.62       1.51  

 

 

Exhibit (12)(b)

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
     AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS


                                                     
                Years Ended December 31,
               
(In millions)           2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
                                               
 
Pretax income from continuing operations
          $ 4,667       2,293       632       4,831       3,965  
 
Fixed charges, excluding preferred stock dividends and capitalized interest
            2,500       3,734       4,963       3,751       3,504  

   
Earnings
    (A )   $ 7,167       6,027       5,595       8,582       7,469  

Interest, excluding interest on deposits
          $ 2,333       3,581       4,828       3,645       3,395  
One-third of rents
            167       153       135       106       109  
Preferred stock dividends
            19       6                    
Capitalized interest
                                     

   
Fixed charges
    (B )   $ 2,519       3,740       4,963       3,751       3,504  

Consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
    (A)/ (B)     2.85 X     1.61       1.13       2.29       2.13  

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
                                               
 
Pretax income from continuing operations
          $ 4,667       2,293       632       4,831       3,965  
 
Fixed charges, excluding preferred stock dividends and capitalized interest
            5,930       8,478       10,232       7,805       7,820  

   
Earnings
    (C )   $ 10,597       10,771       10,864       12,636       11,785  

Interest, including interest on deposits
          $ 5,763       8,325       10,097       7,699       7,711  
One-third of rents
            167       153       135       106       109  
Preferred stock dividends
            19       6                    
Capitalized interest
                                     

   
Fixed charges
    (D )   $ 5,949       8,484       10,232       7,805       7,820  

Consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits
    (C)/ (D)     1.78 X     1.27       1.06       1.62       1.51  

 

 

Wachovia Corporation 2002 Annual Report

WACHOVIA LOGO

WACHOVIA LOGO

 


 

The Future Is Wide Open

WACHOVIA CORPORATION (NYSE: WB) was built on the ROCK-SOLID STRENGTHS OF THE PEOPLE of First Union Corporation and the former Wachovia, which merged on September 1, 2001.

BALANCING LADY

As the nation’s FIFTH LARGEST BANKING COMPANY and FIFTH LARGEST FULL-SERVICE RETAIL BROKERAGE FIRM, Wachovia is a customer-driven financial services company, serving 9 MILLION HOUSEHOLDS and 9OO,OOO BUSINESSES throughout the East Coast and the nation. Wachovia is the largest East Coast bank, with banking offices from Connecticut to Florida and retail brokerage offices in 48 of the 50 states. The SHARED WISDOM of this partnership between employees, customers, stockholders and communities will expand the opportunities and enhance the FORWARD MOMENTUM of all stakeholders.

 


 

Financial Highlights

                           
                      Percent
      Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   (Decrease)

 
 
 
Earnings Summary
                       
Net interest income — tax-equivalent
  $ 10,041       7,934       27 %
Fee and other income
    8,005       6,296       27  
 
   
     
         
 
Total revenue — tax-equivalent
    18,046       14,230       27  
Provision for loan losses
    1,479       1,947       (24 )
Other noninterest expense
    10,667       9,202       16  
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
    387       106        
Goodwill and other intangible amortization
    628       523       20  
 
   
     
         
 
Total noninterest expense
    11,682       9,831       19  
 
   
     
         
Income before income taxes — tax-equivalent
    4,885       2,452       99  
Income taxes — tax-equivalent
    1,306       833       57  
 
   
     
         
Net income
    3,579       1,619        
Dividends on preferred stock
    19       6        
 
   
     
         
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,613       %
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 2.60       1.45       79 %
Return on average common stockholders’ equity
    11.72 %     7.98        
Return on average assets
    1.12 %     0.60        
 
   
     
     
 
Balance Sheet Data
                       
Securities
  $ 75,804       58,467       30 %
Loans, net
    163,097       163,801        
Total assets
    341,839       330,452       3  
Total deposits
    191,518       187,453       2  
Long-term debt
    39,662       41,733       (5 )
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 32,078       28,455       13 %
 
   
     
     
 
Capital Adequacy
                       
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.22 %     7.04        
Total capital ratio
    12.01       11.08        
Leverage ratio
    6.77 %     6.19        
 
   
     
     
 
Asset Quality
                       
Allowance as % of loans, net
    1.72 %     1.83        
Allowance as % of nonperforming assets
    161       175        
Net charge-offs as % of average loans, net
    0.73       0.70        
Nonperforming assets as % of loans, net, foreclosed properties and loans held for sale
    1.11 %     1.13        
 
   
     
     
 
Other Data
                       
Average diluted common shares (in millions)
    1,369       1,105       24 %
Dividends paid per common share
  $ 1.00       0.96       4  
Dividends paid per preferred share
    0.20       0.06        
Book value per common share
    23.63       20.88       13  
Common stock price
    36.44       31.36       16  
Market capitalization (in millions)
  $ 49,461       42,701       16  
Employees
    80,778       84,046       (4 )
Total financial centers/brokerage offices
    3,280       3,434       (4 )
ATMs
    4,560       4,675       (2 )%
 
   
     
     
 

Contents

         
2
  Letter to Our Stockholders
6
  Solid Partner With Our Communities
7
  Corporate Overview
12
  Business Line Overview
19
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis
49
  Financial Tables
68
  Management’s Statement of Responsibility
69
  Independent Auditors’ Report
70
  Audited Financial Statements
120
  Board of Directors
Inside Back Cover
  Stockholder Information

1


 

Letter to Our Stockholders

19.5% RETURN

to STOCKHOLDERS in 2002,

NUMBER ONE of top 50 banks

“This year I am proud to report that we delivered on every single one of our goals.”

KEN THOMPSON

Ken Thompson
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer

Dear Wachovia Stockholder

      The better work we do is always done under stress, as someone once said. The year 2002 was one of those times. Unquestionably, it was an extremely difficult operating environment for Wachovia and other companies — the longest bear market in a generation; a steady drumbeat of shameful revelations from a small number, which tainted all of corporate America; declines in industrial production and a rise in the jobless rate. Yet it was the year in which your company showed its immense potential to emerge as “best in class” in the financial services industry.

      In 2002, our research showed we generated the highest customer satisfaction ratings among the large bank competitors in the country. We had the best growth in low-cost core deposits among the same group. In fact, we continued to grow market share in both deposits and investments, attracting $30 billion in new client assets in 2002. This included $6 billion in annuity sales and $14 billion in net mutual fund sales. In addition, we had industry-leading growth in the tier 1 capital ratio.

      We are most proud of posting the best total return to stockholders — 19.5 percent — among the nation’s 50 largest banking companies. This performance contrasts dramatically with market indices such as the S&P 500 Index, which declined 22 percent, and the KBW Bank Index, which was down 11 percent. This was the second year in a row that your company outperformed virtually all of its peers.

      How did we accomplish this? By focusing on the basics and sticking to our plan. As our longtime stockholders know, our company had operational problems in the late 1990s. We faced those problems head-on: We took corrective action to restructure

2


 

the company in 2000, which enabled us to become more focused on our four core businesses. In 2001, we completed a major, truly transformational merger that made us stronger and created long-term value. And in 2002, we maintained an intense focus on the basics of customer service, expense discipline and risk management. We diligently executed our strategic plan.

      Now, we are striving to make our organization great. In fact, our goal is to become the best, most trusted and admired financial services company in the nation.

      That may sound like a lofty goal. But let me assure you that our people take their goals very seriously.

      Last year we said our strategic priorities were to grow earnings per share by 10 to 12 percent annually, to improve our returns on capital, to improve productivity and to increase economic profit (that is, net income minus the cost of capital used to support the business). We also said we would strengthen our businesses and control expense growth. And we were determined to improve our risk profile by ensuring a smooth merger integration, by applying more vigorous risk management techniques, and by building tier 1 capital above 8 percent. We also wanted to achieve the improbable goal of improving service despite the ongoing merger efforts.

      This year I am proud to report that we delivered on every single one of our goals.

      As a result, we believe we are better positioned than our competitors. Let me give you a few more details to back up this claim.

Track Record In 2002, Wachovia earned $3.6 billion, or $2.60 per share. On a per share basis, earnings were up 79 percent from 2001. In addition to achieving an industry-leading total return of 19.5 percent, we also increased our common stock dividend 8 percent. We led the industry in rapid growth in our tier 1 capital ratio, increasing the ratio to 8.22 percent. We continued our emphasis on cost control, and we held the line on core expenses even as we invested in our businesses for future growth. We made significant progress on the integration of First Union and the former Wachovia, meeting the major merger milestones we had established on time and on budget.

Management Team Our management team and employees are fired up to continue to grow both for the short term and the long term. We have an energetic, disciplined management team that understands that success means our stockholders, customers, employees and communities succeed. Each member of the 15-member operating committee has a meaningful financial interest in Wachovia common stock (NYSE: WB) and is rewarded for ensuring that stockholders share in our success.

Track Record

  Industry-leading total return of 19.5%
 
  79% rise in earnings per share
 
  8% increase in common stock dividends
 
  Industry-leading growth in capital ratio
 
  Major debt rating upgraded to Aa3
 
  Merger goals completed on time and on budget

WB Outperformed Throughout 2002

THREE LINE GRAPH

Market Leadership Our core strategy for value creation can be summed up simply: We will consistently and conveniently offer best-in-class products and advice through our balanced business model. And we can deliver. We are both the nation’s fifth largest banking company and fifth largest full-service retail brokerage company. We have a leading share of retail deposits (3rd largest in the nation); commercial lending (3rd); personal trust (2nd) and mutual funds (3rd among banks, 12th overall).

      In 2002, the distribution power in our balanced business model distinguished us from the competition. We generated strong growth in the full array of financial assets — deposits, mutual funds, annuities and loans. We were one of only a small handful of mutual fund companies that improved share of financial assets in the marketplace. In terms of deposits (by which bank market share is traditionally measured), we hold the No. 1

3


 

Letter to Our Stockholders

or No. 2 market share in our core states of Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Financial Strength Overall, our company made strong progress from a financial standpoint. One of our goals is to maintain a fortress balance sheet — and by that I mean maintaining the highest standards for capital levels, credit reserves and liquidity. In 2002, we increased the tier 1 capital ratio more than any other bank, enabling us to regain a double A debt rating, which is something we very much wanted to do. We maintained strong credit reserves during a cycle of worsening credit quality in the industry and we aggressively managed risk out of the company through the sale and securitization of higher risk loans. And our liquidity is in outstanding condition. We believe our balance sheet is well positioned for the future.

      We have great strength and flexibility to manage the company going forward in either a growth environment or one with more challenges in the economy. The increase in our debt rating to Aa3 from Moody’s in late November was, we believe, an early testament to the market’s view of the soundness of our company. In fact, even before the debt rating was increased, our borrowing costs had declined to among the lowest of our peer group.

Merger Integration Now let’s take a closer look at our progress on one of our key efforts this year, merger integration. Our number one goal was to meet merger integration milestones in a way that would ensure the least possible disruption for customers. As of this date, the merger integration has gone exceedingly well, with virtually no customer disruption. In fact, through a year of systems conversion and merger integration, and in a difficult economy, our customer service ratings, customer retention and employee attrition improved. We have achieved merger efficiencies at a more rapid pace than we had anticipated when we announced the merger.

Business Lines Strengthened We are proud of the way all four businesses have improved over the past 12 months. Each one of them was much stronger on January 1, 2003, than they were on January 1, 2002.

      The General Banking Group (GBG) hit the ball out of the park. Total low-cost core deposits in 2002 compared with 2001 were up 21 percent, consumer loans were up 14 percent and mutual fund and annuity sales were up 13 percent. This tremendous improvement from just a few years ago gives us confidence that our General Bank will soon become the industry model for sales, service and distribution.

      Key issues for the General Bank are acquiring new customers, maintaining solid relationships with current customers, improving revenue growth and increasing efficiency. We are confident of success as we face these challenges because we see in our General Bank the tremendous power of the distribution capability we have built over the past decade. By distribution capability, I mean that we offer a broad mix of financial products and services through multiple channels — bank and brokerage offices, third parties, online and telephone. In the year ahead, you may expect to see more advertising of our retail products and services; the addition of product alternatives designed to meet customer needs such as free checking; and disciplined expansion through new branches in selected areas.

      A balanced business model and tremendous distribution capability also enabled our Capital Management Group (CMG) to have a solid year despite the down market. While the median asset decline for the Top 20 mutual fund competitors was 5 percent, our mutual fund family, the Evergreen Funds, grew assets 9 percent to $113 billion from a year earlier — one of only a handful of mutual fund companies to grow assets in 2002.

      A key issue for CMG going forward is to continue improving the investment performance of our funds. In 2002, 72 percent of our taxable equity and fixed income funds were ranked in the top two Lipper quartiles — an improvement from 58 percent a year earlier. According to Morningstar, 48 percent of our funds are ranked “4” or “5 stars” — up from 43 percent a year earlier.

      Our brokerage company has proved to be more resilient than many of its competitors. Overall, CMG increased its operating profits 8 percent from 2001 despite the challenging conditions. Our brokerage firm will become the third largest in the nation, based on combined client assets of $537 billion, when we join retail brokerage forces with Prudential Financial, as announced in mid-February in a transaction that is expected to close in the third quarter of 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, we will have a 62 percent interest and Prudential will own the remaining 38 percent interest in a new retail brokerage firm that will be headquartered in Richmond, Virginia. More information is in the Business Segment-Capital Management section of this report.

      In addition, our Wealth Management division continued to illustrate that it is one of the finest wealth managers in the country. This division grew loans and deposits at high double-digit rates during the year. We continued to hone our team approach to covering this market segment, led by 60 teams on the East Coast poised to provide every financial need our affluent customers could want.

      As one of the largest trust providers in the country, we were very successful in 2002 in offering trust products and services through our wealth advisors and also through our brokers, which is a major breakthrough and a strength to build on.

      The year perhaps was toughest in our Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB), which has more market-sensitive businesses than other areas of our company. We took substantial write-downs during the year to reduce our exposure, particularly in the telecommunications industry. We also suffered credit losses in certain limited, but sizable areas. Despite the impact of these write-downs and losses, this is the division that best illustrates my point about what can be achieved when the work is hardest to do. This past year, we completely integrated the corporate and investment banking client teams and became very focused on a handful of specific industries. We also saw good growth in Treasury Services (we are one of the top two Treasury Services companies in the country).

      In addition, we reorganized the portfolio management capabilities in CIB to improve our ability to distribute and manage risk, and reduced the amount of capital deployed in CIB dramatically. We set the stage for significant improvements in revenues as credit costs and principal investing losses diminish.

4


 

Corporate Governance One of the biggest issues of 2002 for all companies has been governance. Two years ago, we set a goal to be a leader in financial reporting and transparency, and we took major steps in that direction in 2002. We were among the first companies in the nation to decide to expense the cost of employee stock options, and we started doing so in 2002. We also established stringent stock ownership requirements for the executive management team and for members of the board of directors.

The Year Ahead With 2002’s strong foundation, we are extremely enthusiastic about our prospects. While we anticipate good economic growth over the long haul, we also expect continued subdued economic activity in the short term. In such a period of low growth, we know what is needed to distinguish our company: top-line revenue growth and superior execution.

      Revenue growth is the most critical challenge facing our industry. We must have superior execution on our growth strategies in each business to attain every dollar of revenue growth that is available to us in the market. The year ahead will be one in which execution differentiates the market leaders. This is a vital issue for Wachovia, because over the past few years, we have lagged our peer group in revenue growth, largely because of the impact on our market-sensitive businesses during the economic downturn. As the economy recovers, however, we expect to see good results again from our market-sensitive businesses.

      For several months in 2002, the senior management of your company was engaged in a thorough strategic review and planning process. The result of this process has not been a dramatic change in direction, but refinements and improvements, such as shifting more capital to support our retail operations. Our new strategic plan does not entail some grand vision; rather, it establishes specific tactics that are implementable, achievable and measurable. The plan is funded and budgeted. We have the resources . . . we simply have to do it and do it right.

Competitive Factors We are in a very competitive marketplace. Our competition ranges from the world’s largest financial services companies to small community banks and credit unions to monoline companies. But with our wider product array and vast customer base, we believe we are competing from a position of strength. We have the products, the distribution capability, the talent and the capital strength we need. We have the will and the desire to be extremely successful. We are devoted to being a top-tier producer of stockholder returns, and to providing great service and great value to our customers. We are driven by a desire to prove ourselves and the benefits of the merger that produced the new Wachovia. And I think the early returns are pretty good.

Delivering the Promise In 2003, we intend to demonstrate Wachovia can grow organically as well as anybody in our industry. To do so, our goals are to deliver:

  Best-in-class sales and service excellence.
 
  Best-in-class risk management and financial disclosure.
 
  Top quartile earnings growth.

      We are determined to deliver on our promise to customers, stockholders and employees to be the best place to do business, to invest and to work.

      As Bud Baker, my close friend and partner in the creation of the new Wachovia might say, “The one word that embodies all the characteristics of an ideal company in the future is trust. Passionately dedicating ourselves to service on behalf of customers and dedicating ourselves to adopting trust as a fundamental component of our corporate character is the most important thing we can do.”

      Bud has decided that 2003 is the right time for him to retire from Wachovia, with the merger of our two companies going extremely well. His leadership contributed immeasurably to the ease with which the fundamental concept behind combining our two companies has met with success. This is a tremendous legacy for him, upon which those who follow will be inspired to build. On a personal level, I have appreciated Bud’s clarity of thought in approaching the issues of the day, and I will miss his tremendous sense of humor.

      We sincerely appreciate the dedication of our 80,000 employees who have put teamwork and their customers first all year. We are blessed to have the wise counsel and guidance of a hardworking, dedicated board of directors who take their responsibilities very seriously. We are especially grateful for the support of our customers and clients. And we continue to be dedicated to bringing real value to them and to the communities we serve.

      We look forward to continuing to serve all of our constituencies to the best of our ability. Thank you for your interest in Wachovia.

Sincerely,

(-S- KEN THOMPSON)

G. Kennedy Thompson
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer

February 20, 2003

5


 

Solid Partner With Our Communities

Making a Difference

      Wachovia was one of the first companies in the nation to answer President George W. Bush’s call in 2002 for a corporate-led effort to increase community service and volunteerism. With a long history of both legacy companies encouraging employees to give back to their communities, Wachovia was one of 19 founding members of Business Strengthening America. We have recruited other companies to join the initiative, including Carolinas Healthcare, Duke Energy and the Goodrich Corporation.

      CEO Ken Thompson was one of four business leaders invited to join the President in addressing supporters at the public launch of the initiative in early December 2002 in Washington, D.C.

      After the project launch, Thompson and approximately 100 other business, government and nonprofit volunteers and community members participated in a community service project in Washington, building a playground for children of the Congress Park Plaza Apartments.

      “Such activities are good for morale, good for our company’s image and result in healthier, more vibrant communities,” said Thompson, “which ultimately makes for a better business environment for all of us.”

      Wachovia’s involvement in Business Strengthening America is an outgrowth of a long-standing commitment to make a difference in the communities it serves. We focus resources on two main priorities — strengthening neighborhoods and improving education — through corporate contributions, community involvement and community development programs. Our Time Away for Community Service policy, which gives all employees four hours monthly of paid time off to volunteer, is regarded as an industry model.

KEN THOMPSON - COMMUNITY BUILDING

Wachovia CEO Ken Thompson (far left) participates in the Financial Services
Community Build Day in Charlotte in August 2002. The event, sponsored by the
Financial Services Roundtable, brought together executives from many financial
services companies — normally competitors — to build homes across the nation for
Habitat for Humanity

In 2002, Wachovia:

  Provided $19 billion in community development loans and investments.
 
  Contributed more than $85 million to charitable organizations through company, foundation and employee giving.
 
  Forged a strong national partnership with Teach for America, which recruits top college graduates to commit to teach for two years in schools in underprivileged areas. Program selected as the primary beneficiary of proceeds from the 2003 Wachovia Championship, a premier new event on the PGA Tour.
 
  Established 2,980 partnerships with local elementary schools in 33 states, and donated 59,600 books through our signature Reading First early childhood literacy program.
 
  Provided financial education and counseling to more than 16,000 seminar attendees.
 
  Helped an average of 450 lower-income families buy homes each week.
 
  Helped revitalize housing and create jobs in more than 650 neighborhoods, and invested $250 million in equity to create 6,000 affordable housing rental units.
 
  Provided $12 million in community development grants and in-kind donations.
 
  Helped more than 66,000 entrepreneurs start or expand their own businesses.

6


 

Corporate Overview

FIFTH LARGEST bank holding company

FIFTH LARGEST full-service retail brokerage firm

NUMBER ONE retail banking franchise on the East Coast

THIRD LARGEST commercial lender in the nation

US MAP

Resilient, diversified businesses

      Our balanced business model includes products and services to meet a variety of financial needs and the scale to serve customers on their terms.

Distribution Scale

  2,700 retail banking offices
 
  530 brokerage offices
 
  4,600 automated teller machines
 
  8,100 registered representatives
 
  19,000 third-party brokers sell Evergreen Funds
 
  Full online banking capability
 
  Full telephone banking capability

Powerful Franchise

  9 million households; 900,000 business relationships
 
  5 million customers enrolled online
 
  12th largest mutual fund provider
 
  2nd largest personal trust provider
 
  2nd largest treasury services provider
 
  Top 10 fixed income and equity product provider

7


 

Corporate Overview

15 QUARTERS

of improving

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PHOTO

Don McMullen Ben Jenkins David Carroll Mac Everett
Head of Capital Head of the Co-Head, Head of Corporate
Management General Bank Merger Integration and Community Affairs

Superior Customer Service

      Our number one goal is to continually improve service for customers through a degree of caring, unparalleled convenience and superior product knowledge that we believe will set us apart. The strategic approach we have applied to improving service has produced 15 straight quarters of increasing customer satisfaction. And, for the second year in a row, Wachovia led its industry peer group with a score of 73 percent in the University of Michigan Business School’ s 2002 American Customer Satisfaction Index. In addition to focusing on fast and friendly service, we have also developed new products and enhanced our distribution channels — bank and brokerage locations, independent third parties, ATMs, telephone and online — with customer satisfaction in mind. In addition, we plan to add at least 30 new branch locations annually over the next three years in attractive growth markets in our footprint.

HOW CUSTOMERS SEE US BAR GRAPH

8


 

$603 MILLION

in merger expense efficiencies;

23% above 2002 goal

DELIBERATE EXECUTION OF MERGER INTEGRATION
  Jean Davis
Head of Information Technology,
eCommerce and Operations
  Bob McCoy
Co-Head,
Merger Integration
 

 

Deliberate Execution of Merger Integration

      The hard work and thorough planning of our merger integration team enabled us to meet every major merger milestone on time and on budget in 2002 as we executed a multitude of tasks that knit our two companies together. This intense effort helped to minimize any disruption for customers and to rapidly resolve any issues that might arise. In fact, our customer service ratings are at all-time highs; voluntary employee attrition remained low at 12.6 percent, down from 2001 levels of 17 percent; and sales increased in Florida following the final deposit conversion. One of the ways we minimized customer disruption was the early introduction of our streamlined deposit products in advance of deposit systems conversions to help familiarize employees and customers with new product features. We also deployed a new teller system in connection with the Florida integration that improved response time by 20 percent. In addition, more than one million hours of product and systems training were completed.

      These efforts build toward the completion of the conversion of retail bank deposit systems and branches by year-end 2003.

      More than 62 percent of high-level computer systems activities were completed in 2002, including the conversions of:

  Florida financial centers and deposits, involving 388,000 accounts
 
  Brokerage, involving 600,000 accounts
 
  Personal trust, involving 23,000 customers
 
  Mutual funds, involving 22 funds and $7.5 billion in assets
 
  Investment banking systems, involving 16,000 client accounts
 
  Mortgage banking, with 51,000 client accounts
 
  Consumer and commercial credit accounts
 
  Human resources and other non-deposit systems
 
  Automated clearinghouse systems, which process an average of 63 million items, or $250 billion, monthly
 
  The first of two planned data center consolidations

9


 

Corporate Overview

$163 BILLION in loans
 
broadly diversified by client type,
 
collateral, geography and industry

EFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT PHOTO
  Steve Cummings
Co-Head of Corporate and
Investment Bank
Paul George
Director of
Human Resources
Bob Kelly
Chief Financial Officer

 

Effective Risk Management

      We continued to take decisive action to improve our overall risk profile by reducing excess levels of large corporate loans, by improving profitability, by maintaining solid reserves and by slowing the growth of problem loans during the economic downturn of 2002. Our diversified business model and effective portfolio management actions placed us among the industry’s best in capital strength and in credit quality. Nonperforming assets declined 4 percent from 2001, and our charge-off coverage ratio ranked in the top quartile among the nation’s 20 largest banking companies in the fourth quarter of 2002 compared with 2001. Ninety-eight percent of our $64 billion consumer loan portfolio is secured or guaranteed. Our loan-to-value ratios on residential real estate average 75 percent. The credit quality of our loan portfolio compares favorably with many other banking companies. This is in part because we exited the credit card business and the auto leasing business, and ceased the origination of subprime home equity loans in recent years. Our $109 billion commercial loan portfolio is broadly diversified by client type, collateral, geography and industry concentration as well as loan size.

IMPROVING CHARGE-OFF RATIO

10


 

FASTEST GROWTH

in tier 1 capital ratio
among Top 20 peers

BUILDING CAPITAL AND CONTROLLING EXPENSES
  Don Truslow
Chief Risk
Management Officer
Mark Treanor
General Counsel
Stan Kelly
Head of
Wealth Management
Barnes Hauptfuhrer
Co-Head of Corporate and
Investment Bank
 

 

Building Capital Strength and Controlling Expenses

      We were in the top quartile of industry peers in building capital strength in 2002 and met our goal of regaining an Aa3 Moody’ s debt rating, which we regard as strong marketplace affirmation of the turnaround in our company. Tier 1 capital grew by $2.4 billion to $21.4 billion at year-end 2002, and the tier 1 capital ratio improved 118 basis points to 8.22 percent. Improved capital strength reduces our funding costs and provides increased flexibility as we weigh the capital deployment alternatives that would provide the most economic benefit to stockholders, such as stock buybacks, dividend increases, business investment and acquisitions.

      We also worked to maximize flexibility by managing core expense growth. This enables us to continue to invest for revenue growth, as well as to make infrastructure improvements such as disaster recovery, business continuity planning and sales force automation support. This discipline and continuing merger expense efficiencies enabled us to improve our cash overhead efficiency ratio steadily in 2002 to 59 percent from 64 percent in 2001.

DECIPLINED COST CONTROL WITH MERGER EFFICIENCIES GRAPH

11


 

Business Line Overview

The flowing lines of our brandmark capture Wachovia’s confluence of
cultures, ideas and individuals who WORK TOGETHER AS A TEAM to
support shared success. OUR UNCOMMON PARTNERSHIP OF BANKING AND
BROKERAGE BUSINESSES enables us to leverage the collective
wisdom of our skilled relationship managers and financial
advisors to bridge a lifetime of our customers’ needs.

RUNNERS PHOTO

12


 

2002 SEGMENT EARNINGS $3.8 BILLION CHART

13


 

BAR CHARTS

$4 BILLION record

branch-generated
ANNUITY SALES

Low-cost core

DEPOSIT GROWTH
of $17 BILLION

OVERVIEW PHOTO
             
Walter McDowell
Executive Director,
Wholesale Banking
  Ben Jenkins
Head of the General Bank
 
  Reggie Davis
Atlantic Region CEO
 
  Adria Parsons
Gulfcoast Regional
President

Overview Largest domestic retail and commercial bank on the East Coast, serving customers in 11 states from Connecticut to Florida and Washington, D.C. Our strategic focus is on deepening, enhancing, retaining and acquiring long-lasting relationships through exceptional service, in-depth customer knowledge and customized products. We intend to be among the financial industry’s best at building relationships that help people manage their funds, buy their homes, send their children to college, and invest to meet retirement and other long-term goals. We would like to be the financial services provider of choice to help small businesses to grow and to help larger businesses with more sophisticated financing and cash management options. If we do these things well, our customers will prosper and stay with us as their needs change and grow.

Profile

  Leading retail and commercial bank on the East Coast
 
  Desirable footprint: a third of the nation’s deposits
 
  Leading deposit share in attractive markets: Wachovia ranks No. 1 or 2 in core footprint states of Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, Pennsylvania and New Jersey
 
  Serves 8 million households, representing nearly one-quarter of households in footprint
 
  Serves 900,000 businesses, representing 13 percent of businesses in footprint
 
  A leading bank provider of annuities

14


 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

$232 BILLION in assets
under management

Moved up from 19th to 12th
LARGEST mutual fund family

Offices in 48 OF THE

50 STATES

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT PHOTO
             
Bill Ennis
President, Evergreen
Investments
 
  Sujatha Avutu
Portfolio Manager,
Evergreen Equity
Income Fund
  Don McMullen
Head of Capital
Management
 
  Kim Radford
Head of Carolina
Regional Investment
Services Group

Overview Our balanced group of businesses includes the nation’s fifth largest full-service retail brokerage firm, a top 25 U.S. investment management company, and a major provider of institutional trust and insurance services. This balance and diversification helped our businesses grow despite the market downturn. In retail brokerage, the goal is to deliver superior advice and service through the brokerage firm of choice. Our flexible business model and varied mix of financial products and services are attractive to highly qualified financial advisors. Asset management’ s goal is to continue to move up as a top 10 mutual fund company and to grow as a U.S. asset manager through an increased focus in the retirement, wealth and institutional markets. We help retail clients manage their assets and insurance needs at all stages of their lives, whether they are just beginning to build financial assets or already have accumulated substantial wealth. For institutional clients, we also offer a complete range of services including employee benefit plans and institutional custody, and corporate and institutional trust services.

Profile

  Over 3 million accounts and $265 billion in broker client assets
 
  Top 25 U.S. institutional assets manager
 
  8th largest asset management account provider with $105 billion in assets
 
  56,000 institutional trust accounts and $570 billion in assets under care
 
  8,100 registered representatives in 48 states
 
  2002 DALBAR customer service award winner for 4th straight year
 
  Desirable demographics for investment, insurance and retirement products

15


 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT BAR GRAPHS

60 EAST COAST
wealth management teams

80,000 CLIENTS
Nation’s 2ND LARGEST
trust company

WEALTH MANAGEMENT TEAM PHOTO
             
Leon McLennon
Director of Wealth Management
National Services Group
  Stan Kelly
Head of Wealth
Management
  Anne Alexander
Florida Wealth
Management Director
  Bob Newell
Carolinas Wealth
Management Director

Overview One of the nation’s largest wealth managers, with $66 billion in managed assets. Relationship managers lead integrated teams of skilled financial advisors and product specialists who are dedicated to helping with their clients’ specific needs. We have long-lasting relationships that span generations. Our holistic approach provides clients with objective, personalized analysis, planning and execution to build, maximize and preserve financial success. We intend to be the best at helping our clients with financial, trust, estate, gift and tax planning; investment management; private banking; insurance, cash flow and retirement planning; risk management analysis; succession, exit or transfer strategies for corporations and partnerships; and other wealth products and advisory services.

Profile

  13th largest wealth manager in the U.S.
 
  Oldest trust company in America
 
  Top 15 U.S. insurance brokerage firm, 3rd largest among banks
 
  Nation’s largest estate settlement provider
 
  One of the nation’s largest multifamily office practices for families of multi-generational wealth
 
  More than 1,200 team specialists include Chartered Financial Analysts, CPAs, Attorneys, CFPs, Certified Trust and Financial Advisors, and Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters
 
  A leading East Coast charitable services provider

16


 

CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK GRAPHS

OVER 2,500 CLIENTS

FULLY BUILT OUT and
integrated corporate and
investment banking PLATFORM

2ND LARGEST treasury
management provider

OVER PHOTO
                 
Steve Cummings
Co-Head of Corporate
and Investment Bank
 
  Bridget-Anne Hampden
Chief Information Officer
of Corporate and Investment Bank
  Barnes Hauptfuhrer
Co-Head of Corporate
and Investment Bank
 
  Kevin Roche
Head of Investment
Banking
 
  Julie Bouhuys
Head of Credit
Capital Markets
 

Overview Offers a range of fixed income and equity products, cash management and other services to corporate and institutional clients. Our corporate finance coverage officers work as an integrated team with our product specialists to deliver financial solutions and superior execution for our clients. Our goal is to build lasting relationships with all of our clients and to be considered as their corporate and investment banking provider of choice.

      Our corporate client focus centers on 10 key industry sectors: healthcare; technology; media and communications; information technology and business services; financial institutions; real estate; consumer and retail; industrial growth; defense and aerospace; and energy and power.

Profile

  Strong industry position in core investment banking products (loan syndications, asset securitization, investment grade debt, high yield debt, convertible and equity securities underwriting, fixed income and equity derivatives, currency risk management and various real estate capital markets products)
 
  Top 3 asset-based lending group
 
  Leading international third-party trade processor
 
  No. 1 structured products servicer

17


 

Management Perspective

The strategic decisions of recent years have created an uncommon financial services company that is not simply a bank or simply a brokerage firm. Our singular focus is on providing customer-driven products and services that produce relative STABILITY AND STEADY GROWTH in good times and bad. That was the story in 2002. . . .

BOAT

CONTENTS

         
19
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis
49
  Financial Tables
68
  Management’s Statement of Responsibility
69
  Independent Auditors’ Report

18


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Financial Summary Wachovia’s diversified mix of businesses produces both the interest income traditionally associated with a banking company and fee income generated by such businesses as brokerage, asset management and investment banking. Although all of these businesses, to varying degrees, are affected by fluctuations in the financial markets and other external events, our goal is to produce a relatively stable and growing revenue stream over the course of an economic cycle.

      The benefit of this balanced business model in a challenging economic environment was clear in 2002. Despite the environment, Wachovia earned $3.6 billion in net income, or $2.60 per share. On a per share basis, earnings were up 79 percent from 2001. This earnings per share increase was driven primarily by lower principal investing losses, lower provision expense and earnings from the addition of the former Wachovia. Earnings also benefited from continuing declines in interest rates that produced wider margins on loans and securities. We also benefited from a rapidly increasing proportion of core deposits, compared with higher cost products such as certificates of deposits. This outcome was a result of focusing our sales force specifically on attracting lower cost core deposits, as well as market trends that favored deposits over equity investments. The resulting growth in low-cost core deposits and a decline in higher-cost certificates of deposit and other time deposits also improved margins.

      The weak financial markets of 2001 and 2002 dampened results in certain market-sensitive areas of business such as principal investing, equity underwriting, merger and acquisition advisory services and loan syndications in our Corporate and Investment Bank segment as well as brokerage commissions and fees relating to assets under management in our Capital Management and Wealth Management segments. We estimate that about 25 percent of our revenue in 2002 was generated by market-sensitive businesses, which we expect to rebound when the markets recover.

      In addition, provision expense, while remaining high, decreased toward the end of the year. While the weak economy continued to put a strain on certain commercial and consumer clients, our overall credit quality improved as we actively managed down potential problem loans and certain large corporate loans. We will continue to actively manage risk in the portfolio by selling or transferring at-risk credits to loans held for sale when we deem it to be prudent.

Summary of Results of Operations

                           
Years Ended December 31,

(In millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Net interest income (a)
  $ 10,041       7,934       7,536  
Fee and other income
    8,005       6,296       6,712  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total revenue (a)
    18,046       14,230       14,248  
Provision for loan losses
    1,479       1,947       1,736  
Other noninterest expense
    10,667       9,202       9,159  
Merger related and restructuring expenses
    387       106       2,190  
Goodwill and other intangible amortization
    628       523       361  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total noninterest expense
    11,682       9,831       11,710  
Income taxes (a)
    1,306       833       664  
 
   
     
     
 
Net income
    3,579       1,619       138  
Change in accounting for beneficial interests
                (46 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    19       6        
 
   
     
     
 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,613       92  
 
   
     
     
 
Per diluted common share
               
Net income
  $ 2.60       1.45       0.07  
 
   
     
     
 


(a)   Tax-equivalent.

      In addition to the external environment, our reported results in recent years reflect a short-term negative effect from steps we have taken internally to strategically reposition for future growth. This includes restructuring and streamlining our core businesses and investing in selected acquisitions that support this strategic goal. We incur various costs directly related to strategic repositioning and acquisitions immediately, while revenue growth may take longer to generate as marketing strategies await the full integration of the sales force. Strategic repositioning costs were largely reflected in the $2.2 billion merger-related and restructuring expense in 2000 shown above. These costs were incurred to streamline and focus more strategically on our four core business segments where we had competitive strength and already promising results. Additionally, the merger of First Union and the former Wachovia combined two companies with a similar strategic vision of building a company intent on gathering financial assets by delivering hallmark customer service, a wide selection of services, and “best in class” products and advice. This merger moved the combined company much further along on its growth plan than either company could have achieved alone.

      Other noninterest expense increased in 2002 due to the addition of expenses related to the former Wachovia, increased amortization of intangibles, merger-related and restructuring expense recorded in connection with the merger, legal actions and additions to legal reserves.

      Despite the increase in expense, our continued emphasis on cost control, expense efficiencies gained from the merger integration and the elimination of goodwill amortization in 2002 enabled us to limit core expense growth.

      Additionally, results in 2002 reflected a significantly lower tax provision due primarily to a tax benefit recognized in the second half of 2002 related to a loss on our investment in The Money Store Inc. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions taken in the second half of 2002 as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce risk.


       This discussion and other portions of this Annual Report contain various forward-looking statements. Please refer to our 2002 Annual Report on Form lo-K for a discussion of various factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements.

       Wachovia’s results in 2002 reflect the merger of First Union and the former Wachovia, which closed on September 1, 2001. Because this merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, information before September 1, 2001, has not been restated. Therefore, the results for 2001 include eight months of First Union and four months of the combined company.

19


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      Our board of directors increased the quarterly common stock dividend in 2002 by two cents per share, to 26 cents per quarter, or $1.04 annualized. This represents a cash dividend payout ratio of 33 percent, in line with the corporate goal of 30 percent to 35 percent of cash earnings per share. Cash earnings per share exclude merger-related and restructuring expense, goodwill and other intangible amortization. Our current quarterly cash dividend on Wachovia’s Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs), as described below, is four cents per share.

First Union-Wachovia Merger The merger of the former Wachovia and First Union closed on September 1, 2001, and the combined company adopted the name “Wachovia Corporation.” The merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results for the year ended December 31, 2001, include eight months of First Union and four months of the combined company.

      In connection with the merger, shareholders of the former Wachovia received two First Union shares for each former Wachovia common share and were also given the right to choose either a one-time cash payment of 48 cents per common share of the former Wachovia or two shares of the DEPs, which are a new class of preferred shares that pay dividends equal to the difference between the last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of 30 cents per share and the common stock dividend declared by the combined company. This dividend will cease once Wachovia’s total dividends paid to common stockholders for four consecutive quarters equal at least $1.20 per common share. Wachovia’s annualized dividends to common stockholders equaled $1.00 per share in 2002. More information is in the Stockholders’ Equity section.

      The consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2001, include the assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia, which were recorded at their respective fair values as of September 1, 2001. Based on the former Wachovia ending tangible assets of $70 billion, liabilities of $64 billion and tangible equity of $5.5 billion, an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 billion and net purchase accounting adjustments of $2.1 billion, the merger resulted in total intangible assets of $9.6 billion. Of the $9.6 billion, $1.9 billion was assigned to deposit base intangible and $340 million was assigned to other intangibles, primarily related to the customer relationships and trade name of the former Wachovia. Under new accounting standards that became effective on July 1, 2001, the $7.4 billion of goodwill recorded in connection with this merger is not subject to amortization. Deposit base and customer relationship intangibles are being amortized using accelerated methods and the trade name intangible, because of its indefinite life, is not subject to amortization. More information is in the Accounting and Regulatory Matters section.

      In 2002, we recorded additional goodwill associated with the Wachovia merger of $131 million from additional information we obtained relative to the fair values of certain assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia that resulted in refinements to the initial estimates. Of the $131 million, we recorded $110 million of exit costs of the former Wachovia, including employee termination costs and facilities-related costs net of branch sale gains.

Outlook

      We continue to make excellent progress in meeting our corporate objectives of quality earnings growth, increased distribution, improved customer service, tight expense control and a strengthened balance sheet. Financial performance has been enhanced by increased attention to customer service, underscored by the 15th consecutive quarter of improved customer satisfaction rankings. This level of service and our broad distribution capability have contributed to growth in low-cost core deposits, where we are among the industry’s leaders in our markets. At the same time, our balanced business model positions us well to attract our customers’ investment business when the financial markets ultimately recover. We also continue to invest in building our businesses, including upgrading branch automation and making selected investments to enhance our distribution in retail brokerage, insurance and investment management. Expense management discipline and merger efficiencies continue to enable us to hold the line on core expense growth, although in 2003 we anticipate a 2 percent to 4 percent expense increase as we continue to invest in our businesses for future revenue growth. In addition, the tier 1 capital ratio improved 118 basis points from year-end 2001 to 8.22 percent at December 31, 2002, ahead of our year-end 2002 goal of 8.00 percent. In 2003, we expect to maintain a tier 1 capital ratio in the 8.25 percent to 8.35 percent range, while paying out 30 percent to 35 percent of cash earnings in dividends, and otherwise using excess capital to settle a remaining forward purchase contract, to buy back stock or to pursue financially attractive acquisitions, as discussed below.

      The year 2002 was marked by recent lows and extreme volatility in the equity markets. The pace of economic growth in 2003 is uncertain, although we anticipate somewhat more favorable conditions in the economy and more stability in the financial markets. We expect modest revenue growth in our core banking businesses, and remain cautious about revenue growth in certain market-sensitive businesses. In addition, in 2003, we anticipate moderate revenue growth that will exceed expense growth of 2 percent to 4 percent from 2002 levels, low- to mid-single digit percentage loan growth from 2002 levels, some margin compression and continued improvement in credit quality trends.

      We are optimistic about the future due to strategies in place and demographic trends that favor our core businesses of the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. The General Bank continues to build momentum with a strong increase in low-cost core deposits, record sales of consumer and small business loans and good investment sales production. Our Corporate and Investment Bank, Capital Management and Wealth Management businesses also performed well relative to trends in their respective industries in light of the challenging financial markets.

      We will continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of maximizing performance through increased efficiency and competitiveness in our four core businesses. When consistent with our overall business strategy, we may consider the disposition of certain assets, branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We continue to routinely explore acquisition opportunities in areas that would complement our core businesses, and frequently conduct

20


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

due diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities could occur.

Critical Accounting Policies

      Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and they conform to general practices within the applicable industries. The application of certain of these principles involves a significant amount of judgment and the use of estimates based on assumptions that involve significant uncertainty at the time of estimation. We have identified seven policies as being particularly sensitive in terms of judgments and the extent to which estimates are used: allowance for loan losses, retained interests in securitizations, principal investing, pensions, stock options, goodwill impairment and contingent liabilities. We periodically review these policies, the estimation process involved and these disclosures with the Audit & Compliance Committee of our board of directors.

      The sensitivity analyses provided below are hypothetical scenarios and generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Additionally, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on fair value is calculated without changing any other assumptions, when in reality, changes in any one assumption may result in changes in other factors.

      Our Corporate and Investment Bank segment holds certain of our retained interests in securitizations and all of our principal investments. The Parent holds the rest of our retained interests in securitizations. Our allowance for loan losses applies principally to our Corporate and Investment Bank, General Bank and Parent segments. All of our operating segments incur expenses for pension and contingent liabilities. In 2002, stock option expense was recorded in the Parent; in future years this expense will be allocated to the individual segments. For segment reporting purposes, goodwill is recorded in the Parent; for the goodwill impairment assessment discussed below, goodwill has been allocated to each of our segments.

Allowance for Loan Losses We believe we have developed appropriate policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that reflect our evaluation of credit risk after careful consideration of all information available to us. In developing this assessment, we must necessarily rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters where the ultimate outcome is unknown such as economic factors, developments affecting companies in specific industries and issues with respect to single borrowers. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of credit risk may yield materially different results, which may require an increase or a decrease in the allowance for loan losses.

      The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. We employ a variety of statistical modeling and estimation tools in assessing the adequacy of the allowance. Our allowance consists of formula-based components for both commercial and consumer loans, allowance for impaired commercial loans, and allowance related to additional factors that are indicative of the potential for loss. The following provides a description of each of these components of the allowance and the techniques we use and the estimates and judgments inherent therein. In certain cases, we have noted the effect of a change in an assumption or estimate, but we believe that those changes are captured in other model components.

      The formula-based component for the commercial portfolio is calculated by stratifying the portfolio by credit grade and applying loss rates specific for each credit grade to each strata. The Credit Risk Management section discusses the processes and controls over assignment and review of credit grades. Historical loss rates are calculated using three years of actual credit losses. At December 31, 2002, the formula-based component of the allowance for commercial loans was $875 million.

      Due to the variable nature of large-balance commercial loans, actual losses for a year may be higher or lower than the average implied by the historical loss rates. To address this risk, we use a simulation model to develop a range of additional allowance, which enables us to mitigate a specific degree of uncertainty in the formula-based component for commercial loans. At December 31, 2002, we continued to use a conservative position in this range, which added $344 million to the allowance. Increasing the confidence level by 5 percent mitigates more uncertainty and would increase this component of the allowance by $108 million.

      Impaired loans consist of commercial loans on nonaccrual status. Impaired loans over a certain size are individually reviewed and the allowance is determined based on the difference between the loan’s carrying value compared with the loan’s fair value. Fair value is measured on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. No other allowance is provided on impaired loans. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $185 million.

      For consumer loans, the formula-based component of the allowance is a function of the delinquency profile of pools of homogeneous loans and the loss rates for each delinquency category. The loss rates are based on historical delinquency migration, vintage analyses, credit score-based forecasting methods and loss data. An additional amount is calculated to ensure that we are adequately reserved for product-specific trends that are not accounted for in the normal analysis. For example, a collateral devaluation from a real estate downturn increases losses in the consumer portfolio. The allowance for consumer loans amounted to $392 million at December 31, 2002.

      The final component of the allowance represents the impact of factors that are not fully captured elsewhere in the model, and includes factors for deteriorating industries, macroeconomic factors and imprecision in the models used to develop the allowance.

      Our commercial portfolio is affected by industry trends and events. In an economic downturn, some industries deteriorate more than others. We evaluate deteriorating industries by obtain-

21


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

ing current, external information on default probabilities. For those industries with a median default probability above a certain threshold, we apply an additional factor to our allowance for borrowers in those industries. The factor used varies depending on our estimate of the degree of deterioration in that industry. At December 31, 2002, this factor totaled $457 million. If we were to increase the factor by 25 percent, we would recognize an additional $114 million for this component of the allowance.

      We also consider macroeconomic factors to estimate the impact of certain events on our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans including adverse trends in macroeconomic variables, such as unemployment rates, income growth, inflation and political events. To gain insight on these qualitative factors, we consult with our chief economist and review recent risk assessment reports. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $302 million.

      In addition, we realize that a certain level of imprecision will always exist in any model. We have accounted for model imprecision in our allowance by calculating a percentage of the formula-based component of the allowance, which is typically between 10 percent and 25 percent. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $243 million. If we were to increase the percentages used by 25 percent, we would recognize an additional $60 million in allowance.

      We continuously monitor qualitative and quantitative trends in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. The distribution of the allowance as described above does not diminish the fact that the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses in the loan portfolio. Our principal focus is, therefore, on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses. The company’s Allowance for Loan Losses Committee, chaired by our chief risk management officer, meets quarterly and is responsible for the review and approval of the allowance for loan losses as well as policies and procedures surrounding the calculation of the allowance.

Retained Interests in Securitizations Fair values of retained interests in securitizations are based on quoted market prices, quoted prices for sales of similar assets, or if market prices are not available, then the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates. The valuation of retained interests in securitizations where there is little or no liquidity is a subjective process involving a high degree of judgment and small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation. Assumptions for losses are adjusted as a result of actual performance of the assets. Prepayment and discount rate assumptions are adjusted as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. In 2002, updates for credit loss assumptions were the most significant impact to the valuation of retained interests.

      Retained interests are primarily accounted for as securities available for sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded net of tax as a component of other comprehensive income unless the loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary. In these situations, which occur when the cash flow estimates indicate that the holder of the beneficial interest will not collect all estimated cash flows, then the security is considered impaired and written down to fair value through a charge to securities gains (losses). At December 31, 2002, we had $20 billion of retained interests from securitization transactions, including $14 billion of retained interests for which there are no quoted market prices. Of the $14 billion of retained interests for which there are no quoted market prices, $11 billion are collateralized by residential real estate assets. A 10 percent adverse change in prepayments speeds, expected credit losses or the discount rate in the discounted cash flow analyses would reduce the $11 billion collateralized by real estate assets by $34 million, $57 million or $132 million, respectively. Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information regarding the valuation of residual interests and the sensitivity of the assumptions used in the estimate of fair value.

      We believe that we have the appropriate policies and procedures in place and that we use the appropriate technology in terms of modeling and projections to enable us to value these investments in a reasonable and consistent manner. However, valuations are subject to change as a result of external factors beyond our control, which have a substantial degree of uncertainty. An internal, independent valuation team, using inputs validated by extensive market assessments, performs the valuation of our retained interests. The company’s Securities Retention Committee, consisting of management from our treasury, finance, credit and business units, reviews all of the valuations developed by this valuation team.

Principal Investing Principal investments, which are classified in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet, are recorded at fair value, with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in principal investing income in the results of operations. The carrying value of the principal investing portfolio at December 31, 2002, was $2.1 billion, consisting of $81 million in direct equity investments that are publicly traded, $524 million of direct investments in mezzanine securities (typically subordinated debt), $647 million of direct private equity investments and $846 million in private equity funds.

      For public equity investments, fair value is based on quoted market prices, net of applicable discounts for trading restrictions and liquidity. We have an established policy that stipulates the specific discounts to be used when valuing these investments.

      There is a lack of relevant market data on our direct investments in non-public securities. Therefore, our estimate of fair value is generally reflected as our original cost basis unless the investee has raised additional debt or equity capital, and we believe that such a transaction, taking into consideration differences in the terms of securities, is a better indicator of fair value; or we believe the fair value is less than our original cost basis. All of our investments are evaluated quarterly for declines in fair value. Factors that have an impact on our analysis include subjective assessments about a fair market valuation of the investee, including but not limited to assumptions regarding expected future financial performance of the investee and our assessment of the future prospects of the investee’s business model, the financial performance and market valuations of comparable companies in the investee’s industry, the investee’s liquidity, as well

22


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

as its ability to access additional sources of capital if needed. Within our privately held direct investment portfolio, we have access to management or directors of such companies, which provides us with information and insights to validate our assumptions used in these fair value estimates.

      For investments in private equity funds, we rely on information provided by the fund managers in initially determining estimated fair value. We interact with representatives of fund sponsors regularly and review quarterly fund reports to determine a given fund’s outlook and the need to record any write-downs. We also consider valuation factors such as the age of the fund and industry concentrations to derive our final estimated fair value. Due to the significant subjectivity of these factors and the impact they have on fair value estimates, it is our policy to recognize gains on our fund investments only when they have been realized through fund distributions. We do not record unrealized gains on funds where a fund sponsor’s valuation of our investment is in excess of our carrying value. Reductions in fair value of our fund investments, based on this valuation process, are recorded when identified.

      Our valuation assessments of non-public securities and private equity fund investments involve numerous factors, many of which are unique to an individual investment. Therefore, it is not meaningful to present the impact on valuations from changes in one or more valuation factors.

      The carrying value of our principal investing portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis by our Principal Investing Valuation Oversight Committee, which includes senior management representatives from our Corporate and Investment Bank, our finance group, risk management division and our Principal Investing group.

      The principal investing portfolio is diversified from both a size of investment and industry perspective. The average size of our direct investments is approximately $15 million. The average size of our indirect investments in companies in which other private equity funds are invested is estimated to be under $1 million as we are currently invested in over 200 different funds that hold collectively over 2,000 different portfolio investments. No single industry accounts for more than 20 percent of outstanding investments. Our maximum risk of loss from principal investing activities is represented by the carrying value of $2.1 billion and our undrawn legal commitments to private equity funds of $972 million at December 31, 2002.

      In 2002, principal investing net losses were $266 million, consisting of $162 million in gross gains and $428 million in gross losses recognized during the year. Net losses were attributable to both our direct investment portfolio and our investments in private equity funds, which accounted for $105 million and $161 million of net losses, respectively.

      Over the past two years, our principal investing portfolio has been adversely affected by the significant decline of the public equity market, the collapse of the “new economy” and the lack of new capital available to earlier stage venture investments as well as later stage leveraged investments.

      Our principal investing strategy entering 2003 contemplates minimal new commitments to private equity funds and a significantly reduced pace of direct investing activity compared with the investment pace of 1999 and 2000. While we expect near-term market conditions to remain difficult, we believe our future investing complements our corporate strategy and will create longer-term profitability.

Pensions We have a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees with at least one year of service. Pension expense is determined by an actuarial valuation, and it is based on assumptions that are evaluated annually as of September 30, the measurement date for our pension obligations. The most significant assumptions are the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate used to determine the present value of the pension obligations, and the weighted average rate of expected increase in future compensation levels. We have completed our annual review of the assumptions related to the accounting for these plans, which includes consultation with our external actuaries, and adjusted the assumptions to reflect current market conditions and our view of anticipated long-term market conditions. We refer to high quality, fixed-income investments in establishing the discount rate. The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets reflects the current and expected mix of our plan assets, which consist of U.S. Government and Government agency securities, equity securities, including 4.7 million shares of our common stock, and other investments. The weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels reflects our expectation of salary trends.

      Pension expense for 2002 and the assumptions used in that calculation are presented in Note 14 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In 2003, we will use an expected rate of return of 8.50 percent, compared with 10.00 percent in 2002; a discount rate of 6.75 percent, compared with 7.25 percent in 2002; and a weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels of 3.75 percent, compared with 4.25 percent in 2002. We estimate that changes in these rates, along with the impact of other changes in actuarial assumptions, will increase pension expense in 2003 by approximately $90 million to $100 million, before consideration of any contributions we make to the plan. Further, we estimate that each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the long-term rate of return or the discount rate would change pension expense by approximately $11 million and $23 million, respectively, before income taxes, with reductions in these rates leading to higher pension expense. We also estimate that each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels would change pension expense by approximately $12 million, with a reduction in this rate leading to lower pension expense.

      In 2002, we made contributions of $703 million to our qualified pension plan. As of September 30, 2002, the accumulated benefit obligation was $3.1 billion, which was less than the fair value of the plan assets at that date of $3.5 billion. Accordingly, our plan is overfunded in relation to accumulated benefits, and as a result, there is no minimum pension obligation to record. As disclosed in Note 14 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the total benefit obligation, which includes the impact of future compensation levels, is $3.7 billion.

23


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Stock Options We have stock option plans under which incentive and nonqualified stock options may be granted periodically to certain employees. The options are granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of grant, they generally vest one to three years following the date of grant, and they have a term of ten years.

      In July 2002, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options effective for grants made in 2002 and thereafter. Under the fair value method of accounting, expense is measured as the fair value of the stock options as of the grant date and is recognized evenly over the vesting period.

      The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of stock options. This option pricing model has certain limitations, such as not factoring in the non-transferability of employee options, and is generally used to value options with terms shorter than the contractual ten-year life of our awards. Because of these limitations, and the use of highly subjective assumptions in the model, this and other option pricing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our stock options. The more significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options include the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the weighted average expected life of the stock options and the expected price volatility of our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with a term equal to the expected life of the stock options. The dividend yield is based on our expected dividend payout level. The expected life is based on historical experience adjusted for changes in terms and the amount of awards granted. The expected volatility, which is the assumption where the most judgment is used, is based on historical volatility, adjusted to reflect factors such as significant changes that have occurred in our company that lead to a different expectation of future volatility.

      Using this model, the grant date fair value of options awarded in 2002 was $10.39 per share. The assumptions used in determining the fair value of these options included a risk-free interest rate of 4.65 percent, a dividend yield of 2.53 percent, a weighted average expected life of 6.0 years and a volatility of 29 percent. Each increase or decrease of one percent in the expected volatility assumption would change the fair value of an option by approximately 28 cents, or 2.7 percent. Additional information related to stock options is presented in Note 1 and Note 12 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill Impairment We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. This test involves assigning tangible assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a second test is required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The second test of the overall goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

      Fair values of reporting units were determined using discounted cash flow models. The discounted cash flow fair values were calculated by taking the net present value of estimated cash flows from future revenues and expenses. In estimating future revenues and expenses, we used our internal forecasts. The cash flows were discounted using market-based discount rates ranging from 8.2 percent to 12.4 percent.

      As we discuss in the Business Segment section, we operate in four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. We determined our reporting units for testing goodwill are our lines of business that are one level below core business segments, if applicable. These reporting units are General Bank — Retail and Small Business; General Bank — Commercial; Capital Management — Retail Brokerage Services; Capital Management — Asset Management; Wealth Management; Corporate and Investment Bank — Corporate Banking; Corporate and Investment Bank — Investment Banking; and Corporate and Investment Bank — Principal Investing.

      Our impairment evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the year ended December 31, 2002, indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired. If we were to decrease our estimates of net cash flows from future revenues and expenses by 20 percent and increase our discount rates by 20 percent, the fair value of each reporting unit would continue to be in excess of its carrying value, indicating that none of our goodwill would be impaired.

       Note 1 and Note 9 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provide additional information related to the valuation of goodwill and to the carrying amounts by core business segments.

Contingent Liabilities We are subject to contingent liabilities, including judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings, tax and other claims arising from the conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against us and/or our subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which we and/or our subsidiaries acted as lender, underwriter, financial advisor, broker or related activities. Reserves are established for legal and other claims when it becomes probable that we will incur an expense and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We involve internal and external experts, such as attorneys, consultants and other professionals, in assessing probability and in estimating any amounts involved. Throughout the life of a contingency, we or our experts may learn of additional information that can impact our assessments about probability or about the estimates of amounts involved; changes in these assessments can lead to changes in recorded reserves. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for those claims.

Corporate Results of Operations

Net Interest Income and Margin The interest rate environment in 2002, which saw average rates on federal funds decline 199 basis points year over year, was very favorable for net interest income and the margin, which increased 33 basis points to 3.92 percent in 2002. Our interest rate risk position generally benefits in a declining rate environment because liabilities reprice more quickly than assets. The increase in net interest income and in

24


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates

                                   
                      Years Ended December 31,
                     
(In millions)           2002           2001

         
         
      Average Balance   Rate   Average Balance   Rate
     
 
 
 
Interest-bearing bank balances
  $ 3,312       1.90 %   $ 2,359       3.92 %
Federal funds sold
    10,702       3.13       9,458       4.23  
Trading account assets
    14,774       4.89       12,965       6.03  
Securities
    62,253       6.08       51,681       7.02  
Commercial loans, net
    97,285       6.63       84,943       7.83  
Consumer loans, net
    56,912       6.86       48,905       8.03  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans, net
    154,197       6.71       133,848       7.91  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Other earning assets
    10,790       5.12       10,683       7.28  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total earning assets
    256,028       6.17       220,994       7.36  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Interest-bearing deposits
    142,172       2.41       120,711       3.93  
Federal funds purchased
    32,031       2.87       28,055       4.86  
Commercial paper
    3,061       1.08       2,912       3.84  
Other short-term borrowings
    9,901       2.42       9,719       2.68  
Long-term debt
    39,683       2.88       38,538       4.79  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    226,848       2.54       199,935       4.16  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Net interest income and margin
  $ 10,041       3.92 %   $ 7,934       3.59 %
 
   
     
     
     
 

the margin also was due to the increase in the proportion of low-cost core deposits and the addition of earning assets from the former Wachovia. These benefits were partially offset by the sale and securitization of home equity loans, as well as branch divestitures that took place in 2002. If interest rates continue to remain low into 2003, we expect to experience very modest margin compression from the fourth quarter 2002 net interest margin of 3.86 percent due to a narrowing of spreads from continued prepayments of higher coupon mortgages in both the loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. We employ balance sheet management strategies designed to minimize margin compression while maintaining an appropriate interest rate risk profile.

      The contribution of hedge-related derivatives to the net interest margin increased from 18 basis points in 2001 to 41 basis points in 2002. In order to maintain our targeted interest rate risk profile, derivatives are used to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities. In a declining rate environment, an increase in the contribution of derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps on fixed rate debt, and floating rate loans, offsets declining net interest income from our balance sheet positions. However, it is important to evaluate hedge-related derivative income within the overall context of interest rate risk management. Our derivatives activity is undertaken as part of a program to manage interest rate risk and maintain a stable net interest margin. As one example, we use derivatives to swap our fixed-rate debt issuances to floating rate debt. We do this rather than issue floating rate debt because there is a broader market for fixed rate debt. The Risk Governance and Administration section provides additional information on our methodology for interest rate risk management.

Premiums and discounts that resulted from recording the interest-earning assets and the interest-bearing liabilities of the former Wachovia at their respective fair values at September 1, 2001, are being accreted and amortized using methods that result in a constant effective yield over the terms of the assets and liabilities. This net accretion increased net interest income by $258

Fee and Other Income

                         
    Years Ended December 31,
   
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Service charges
  $ 1,698       1,361       1,142  
Other banking fees
    945       806       778  
Commissions
    1,876       1,568       1,591  
Fiduciary and asset management fees
    1,809       1,643       1,511  
Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees
    653       492       410  
Trading account profits
    24       344       308  
Principal investing
    (266 )     (707 )     395  
Securities gains (losses)
    169       (67 )     (1,125 )
Other income
    1,097       856       1,702  
   
 
 
Total fee and other income
  $ 8,005       6,296       6,712  
   
 
 

million, or 10 basis points, in 2002. When the assets and liabilities subject to purchase accounting mature, they will be replaced by new assets and liabilities with market yields. Therefore, we do not expect this reduction in net accretion to have a material effect on net interest income.

      The average rate on earning assets declined 119 basis points from 2001 to 6.17 percent in 2002, and the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 162 basis points from 2001 to 2.54 percent in 2002.

Fee and Other Income Traditionally banks have earned fee and other income from service charges on deposit accounts and other banking products and services, and these continue to be the largest components of our fee income. In addition, we have balanced our earnings stream with a diversified mix of businesses that provide alternative products and services for the more sophisticated needs of our clients. These alternative products produce income in our brokerage, asset management and investment banking businesses from commissions and fees for financial advice, custody, asset management, insurance and sophisticated financing alternatives such as loan syndications and asset securitizations. Additionally, we realize gains from selling our investments in securities such as bonds and equities. The fees on many of these products and services are based on market valuations, and therefore have been sensitive to downturns in the financial markets of the past two years. When the markets ultimately recover, we expect these market-sensitive businesses to rebound as well.

      Fee and other income increased from 2001 largely due to the addition of fee and other income from the former Wachovia. Fee and other income also benefited from significantly lower net principal investing losses, partially offset by lower trading results. The weak economic environment limited growth in market-related revenue, such as brokerage, asset management, and advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees.

      Service charges and other banking fees increased due to the addition of the former Wachovia. Growth in commissions, which include brokerage and insurance commissions, and fiduciary and asset management fees, also was due primarily to the addition of the former Wachovia. Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees primarily include fees from unused commitments, asset securitizations, loan syndications and debt underwriting. In these businesses, we act as the agent

25


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

between our clients and the investors who provide financing. With much uncertainty over the course of the year, the markets for many of these agency businesses were sluggish. Despite this environment, advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees increased $161 million in 2002. These fees in 2002 included an incremental $42 million in fees related to the securitization of assets from one of the multi-seller commercial paper conduits that we administer.

      The decline in trading account profits from 2001 was due to the increased volatility experienced by our fixed income and equity groups, widening credit spreads and credit-related losses in certain trading accounts. This included $67 million of losses related to liquidity agreements we have with the conduits that we administer. Trading account profits in 2001 included losses of $122 million primarily related to the purchase of assets from one of the conduits.

      Principal investing, which includes the results of investments in equity and mezzanine securities, had net losses of $266 million in 2002, a significant improvement from $707 million in net losses in 2001. The $266 million of net losses in 2002 was attributable to both our direct investment portfolio and our investments in private equity funds that accounted for $105 million and $161 million of net losses, respectively. The $707 million net losses in 2001 included write-downs largely to reflect declines in equity market valuations, particularly in the 1999 and 2000 vintage private equity investments in the telecommunications and technology sectors.

      Net portfolio securities gains of $169 million included net gains from portfolio sales of $341 million offset by $172 million in impairment losses. These net securities gains partially offset net trading losses in the third quarter of 2002 and the write-down of Argentine loans in the second quarter of 2002. Net portfolio securities losses of $67 million in 2001 included net gains from portfolio sales of $173 million offset by $240 million in impairment losses.

      Other income, including results from asset securitizations and sales, increased $241 million from 2001. This included a $128 million increase in asset securitization and sales income, of which $15 million was related to mortgage securitization and sales and $113 million was related to securitization and sales of prime equity lines. Market value adjustments or sales of loans held for sale were a net gain of $64 million in 2002 compared with a net loss of $86 million in 2001. Other income in 2002 included an increase of $99 million from investments classified as other assets primarily due to additions from the former Wachovia. Other income in 2001 included a $75 million gain recorded in connection with the sale of our investment in Star Systems, Inc., as well as $73 million related to branch sale gains.

Noninterest Expense The increase in noninterest expense from 2001 was due to the addition of expenses related to the former Wachovia, increased amortization related to intangibles and net merger-related and restructuring expenses recorded in connection with the merger. The increase in noninterest expense was partially offset by the impact of expense control initiatives, merger efficiencies and the elimination of goodwill amortization. Salaries and employee benefits in 2002 included $58 million

Noninterest Expense

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 6,597       5,810       5,659  
Occupancy
    786       730       622  
Equipment
    946       879       870  
Advertising
    80       66       114  
Communications and supplies
    545       480       503  
Professional and consulting fees
    421       359       348  
Goodwill and other intangible amortization
    628       523       361  
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
    387       106       2,190  
Sundry expense
    1,292       878       1,043  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 11,682       9,831       11,710  
 
   
     
     
 

related to the adoption of the fair value method of accounting for stock options. The increase in sundry expense included $161 million associated with legal settlements and additions to legal reserves in the second half of 2002, fully offset by the recognition of tax benefits discussed previously. The Accounting and Regulatory Matters-Business Combinations section has further information related to goodwill and other intangible assets.

Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses We are executing a number of plans to integrate the operations of First Union and the former Wachovia. Certain costs of the merger integration, such as employee termination benefits for employees of First Union and system integration costs, are recorded as merger-related and restructuring expenses in the results of operations. The merger-related and restructuring expenses in the results of operations will continue to be recognized throughout our previously announced three-year integration period. Additionally, in accordance with the purchase method of accounting, certain other costs associated with the integration plans, such as employee termination benefits for employees of the former Wachovia, were treated as adjustments to goodwill. We finalized all integration plans that would affect goodwill by September 1, 2002. After that date, all former Wachovia exit costs are recorded as merger-related and restructuring expenses.

      In 2002, we recorded $387 million pre-tax in net merger-related and restructuring expenses. These expenses consisted of $508 million primarily related to systems conversion, occupancy and equipment, advertising, and employee termination costs, which were partially offset by gains of $121 million from the sale of 27 First Union branch offices. Net merger-related and restructuring expenses included $45 million of incremental advertising expense specifically related to merger activity such as branch conversions. We expect these advertising expenses to increase significantly in conjunction with branch conversions and rebranding.

      In 2001, we recorded $106 million pre-tax in net merger-related and restructuring expenses primarily in connection with the Wachovia merger and with the completion of our strategic repositioning announced in June 2000. Net expenses in connection with the Wachovia merger were $178 million and consisted primarily of employee termination costs, costs associated with defending a hostile bid for the former Wachovia and other merger-related personnel costs. In addition, we recorded net reversals of $83 million of previously recorded restructuring expenses principally related to the finalization of estimates for employee terminations, contract cancellations and occupancy

26


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

costs in connection with the 2000 strategic repositioning. Also included in the $106 million were $25 million in systems integration costs related to other mergers and $14 million in reversals of costs from a prior year restructuring based on finalization of employee terminations and benefits.

Income Taxes Income taxes were $1.1 billion in 2002, an increase of $414 million from 2001. The effective tax rates were 23.29 percent and 29.39 percent in those respective periods. In 2002, income taxes included a benefit of $338 million largely due to a loss on our investment in The Money Store Inc., and, to a lesser extent, to the public issuance in the fourth quarter of 2002 of $450 million in tax-deductible preferred stock by a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) subsidiary. In June 2000, we recorded a $1.8 billion write-down for impairment of goodwill to reflect the lower fair value of our investment in The Money Store for financial reporting purposes, but did not record any related tax benefit. In the third quarter of 2002, The Money Store issued preferred stock to unrelated third parties resulting in the recognition of the tax benefit. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions taken in the last half of 2002 as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce risk. Based on current projections, we expect an effective tax rate for the full year 2003 of approximately 32 percent.

Business Segments

      Wachovia provides a diversified range of banking and non-banking financial services and products primarily through our four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. The following Business Segment discussion covers the results for these four core business segments plus the Parent, and is on a segment earnings basis, which excludes net merger-related and restructuring expenses. Segment earnings are the basis upon which we manage and allocate capital to our business segments.

      In 2001, we reported other charges and gains, in addition to merger-related and restructuring expenses, that were also excluded from individual segment earnings. Most of these other charges and gains were related to corporate actions taken in 2001, including:

  A $549 million provision for loan losses to provide for deterioration in our loan portfolio as a result of a weakening economy, and a $331 million provision for loan losses representing the impact of integrating the two loan portfolios of the former Wachovia and First Union, and of transferring $1.5 billion of higher risk loans to loans held for sale. These adjustments to the provision are a significant component of the $1.9 billion provision for loan losses in 2001 discussed in the Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses section.
 
  A $73 million gain on the sale of branches offset primarily by a net market value write-down of certain loans held for sale. This gain is included in the $6.3 billion of fee and other income in 2001 discussed in the Fee and Other Income section.
 
  $166 million in noninterest expense primarily due to employee termination costs, professional fees, premises consolidation costs and system deconversion costs. These expense items are included in the $9.8 billion of noninterest expense in 2001 discussed in the Noninterest Expense section.

General Bank

Performance Summary

                           
Years Ended December 31,

(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Income statement data
                       
Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)
  $ 6,854       5,138       4,382  
Fee and other income
    2,095       1,724       1,314  
Intersegment revenue
    162       143       100  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total revenue (Tax-equivalent)
    9,111       7,005       5,796  
Provision for loan losses
    471       425       219  
Noninterest expense
    5,011       4,074       3,790  
Income taxes (Tax-equivalent)
    1,325       884       608  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Segment earnings
  $ 2,304       1,622       1,179  
 
   
     
     
 
Performance and other data
                       
Economic profit
  $ 1,651       1,191       762  
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
    40.96 %     40.53       33.01  
Economic capital, average
  $ 5,512       4,173       3,629  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    55.00 %     57.62       64.40  
Average loans, net
  $ 101,631       75,552       59,100  
Average core deposits
  $ 140,487       109,959       97,606  
 
   
     
     
 

      We use cash earnings to measure our progress against our targeted goals, such as earnings per share growth, overhead efficiency ratios and dividend payout ratios. Segment and cash earnings exclude after-tax net merger-related and restructuring expenses, other charges and gains, and preferred stock dividends from our consolidated results of operations prepared using generally accepted accounting principles. Segment and cash earnings for each of the four core business segments also exclude after-tax deposit base intangible, goodwill and other intangible amortization. The cash overhead efficiency ratio is the result of dividing noninterest expense, excluding net merger-related and restructuring expenses and deposit base intangible, goodwill and other intangible amortization by the total of tax-equivalent net interest income and fee and other income. Additional information is also included in Note 13 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

General Bank The General Bank serves 8 million retail households and 900,000 small and middle-market businesses in 11 East Coast states and Washington, D.C., through 2,700 financial centers, 4,600 automated teller machines and online and telephone banking. Customized retail deposit and lending products include checking, savings and money market accounts, time deposits and IRAs, home equity, residential mortgage, student loans, credit cards and personal loans; and investment products include mutual funds and annuities. Small-business banking includes a full range of deposit, credit and investment products and services. Middle-market customers receive comprehensive commercial deposit, lending and commercial real estate solutions, as well as access to asset management, global treasury management and capital markets products and services through partnerships with Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank.

      Our strategic focus is on providing exceptional customer service combined with leveraging in-depth customer knowledge to acquire, deepen, enhance and retain customer relationships through tailored products and services. Our goal is to reduce the number of single-service customers and to increase the proportion of our customers who transact, save, invest and borrow with

27


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

us. The General Bank is particularly focused on providing excellent service to customers throughout the merger integration process, growing low-cost core deposits, and improving both loan spreads and efficiency.

      The General Bank segment includes Retail and Small Business, and Commercial. General Bank earnings increased $682 million in 2002 from 2001 due to strong growth in consumer real estate-secured loans and core deposits, as well as the addition of the former Wachovia. The increase in total revenue was due to wider spreads driven by strong growth in core deposits and mortgage-related revenue, as well as the addition of revenue from the former Wachovia.

      The rise in net interest income reflected increases in average loans and average core deposits due to organic growth as well as the addition of the former Wachovia. This growth excludes the impact of $195 million of commercial loans and $265 million of consumer loans divested in connection with branch sales in February 2002. Fee and other income rose due to mortgage-related revenue as well as revenue from the addition of the former Wachovia.

      Noninterest expense increased $937 million in 2002 from 2001, reflecting the addition of the former Wachovia, as well as an increase in investments in branch sales and service technology and infrastructure. Strong expense management and the realization of merger efficiencies were evident in an improved cash overhead efficiency ratio of 55.00 percent in 2002, down from 57.62 percent in 2001.

Capital Management Our Capital Management Group (CMG) has created a growing and diversified business with a balanced mix of products and multiple channels of distribution. Through these channels, we offer a full line of investment products and services, including retail brokerage services, fixed and variable annuities, defined benefit and defined contribution retirement services, mutual funds, other customized investment advisory services and corporate and institutional trust services. These products and services are available through more than 8,100 registered representatives operating in our national retail brokerage network of 533 offices in 48 states; full-service retail financial centers in our East Coast marketplace; and online brokerage.

      CMG lines of business are Retail Brokerage Services, which includes the retail brokerage and insurance groups; and Asset Management, which includes mutual funds, customized investment advisory services and corporate and institutional trust services.

      CMG earnings increased in 2002 due to relatively stable revenues despite the weak equity markets, as well as the addition of the former Wachovia. CMG total revenue increased $246 million from 2001 and noninterest expense rose $194 million from 2001, primarily due to the addition of the former Wachovia.

      Assets under management were a record $232 billion at December 31, 2002, as strong net sales in mutual funds offset the effects of the declining equity markets. Mutual fund assets grew to $113 billion at December 31, 2002, due primarily to strong fixed

Capital Management

Performance Summary

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Income statement data
                       
Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)
  $ 181       166       160  
Fee and other income
    3,032       2,799       2,820  
Intersegment revenue
    (72 )     (70 )     (50 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total revenue (Tax-equivalent)
    3,141       2,895       2,930  
Provision for loan losses
                 
Noninterest expense
    2,595       2,401       2,342  
Income taxes (Tax-equivalent)
    200       174       198  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Segment earnings
  $ 346       320       390  
 
   
     
     
 
Performance and other data
                       
Economic profit
  $ 274       246       286  
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
    52.87 %     51.60       45.16  
Economic capital, average
  $ 654       622       862  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    82.65 %     82.95       79.88  
Average loans, net
  $ 165       212       98  
Average core deposits
  $ 1,343       1,618       2,179  
 
   
     
     
 

income and money market inflows. The decline in equity market values was reflected in lower broker client assets of $265 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $285 billion in 2001.

      CMG 2002 results also reflected the acquisition of certain assets of E-Risk Services, LLC, a leading agency provider of management liability insurance, and J.L. Kaplan Associates, LLC, a privately held investment management firm with $3 billion in assets under management, both of which closed in the fourth quarter of 2002.

      On February 19, 2003, we announced that Wachovia and Prudential Financial Inc. plan to join retail brokerage forces in a transaction that is expected to close in the third quarter of 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, Wachovia will have a 62 percent interest in the new retail brokerage firm, and Prudential will own the remaining 38 percent interest. This will create the third largest retail brokerage firm in the country, based on combined client assets of $537 billion and 2002 estimated combined net revenue of $4.2 billion. The firm will have a national footprint of more than 3,500 brokerage locations, including 791 dedicated retail offices in 48 states and Washington, D.C. The new full-service firm will provide advice to clients based on research from multiple providers and have access to a broad suite of financial products and services from its parent organizations. The transaction is expected to be accretive to earnings per share in the first full year following closing, not including the effect of one-time expenses.

Wealth Management Wealth Management provides a comprehensive suite of private banking, trust and investment management, financial planning and insurance services primarily to high net worth individuals and families through 60 teams of relationship managers and product specialists. Strategic partnerships with the General Bank, Capital Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank ensure that a comprehensive array of financial solutions is available to clients across the entire Wachovia franchise. Products and services offered through Wealth Management include cash management; online account aggregation, banking and bill payment; credit and debt management products; risk

28


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

management services including insurance; investment management and advisory including equity, fixed income and alternative investment management; financial, tax and estate planning services; philanthropy management including charitable trusts, foundation and planned giving services; and legacy management including personal trust and estate settlement services.

      The $40 million increase in Wealth Management earnings in 2002 from 2001 primarily reflected the addition of the former Wachovia. The increase in total revenue of $307 million from 2001 reflected higher net interest income and insurance commissions, as well as the addition of revenue from the former Wachovia. The $227 million increase in noninterest expense year over year similarly was due to the addition of expenses from the former Wachovia.

      Strong loan and deposit production throughout the year, combined with the addition of the former Wachovia, drove average loans up 54 percent to $8.7 billion and average core deposits up 37 percent to $10.0 billion in 2002. Assets under management declined 14 percent from year-end 2001 to $66 billion at December 31, 2002, due to the decline in equity market valuations and attrition of certain large institutional accounts.

      Wealth Management’s acquisition of Cameron M. Harris & Company, a privately held insurance brokerage firm, closed on August 30, 2002.

Corporate and Investment Bank Our Corporate and Investment Bank serves more than 2,500 domestic and international corporate clients primarily in 10 key industry sectors: healthcare; technology; media and communications; information technology and business services; financial institutions; real estate; consumer and retail; industrial growth; defense and aerospace; and energy and power.

      The Corporate and Investment Bank segment includes Corporate Banking, Investment Banking and Principal Investing lines of business.

  Corporate Banking products and services include large corporate lending, commercial and rail leasing, treasury services, domestic and international correspondent banking operations and trade services.
 
  Investment Banking products and services include fixed income and convertible bond underwriting, sales, trading and research activities; equity underwriting, sales, trading and research activities; fixed income and equity derivatives; currency risk management; loan syndications; merger and acquisition advisory services; various real estate capital markets products and services; and asset securitizations.
 
  Principal Investing includes direct investments primarily in private equity and mezzanine securities and investments in funds sponsored by select private equity and venture capital groups.

      The increase in Corporate and Investment Bank total revenue and earnings from 2001 was due to lower Principal Investing net losses of $266 million in 2002 compared with net losses of $707 million in 2001 and to the inclusion of a full year of merged company results. Principal Investing results continued

Wealth Management

Performance Summary

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Income statement data
                       
Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)
  $ 399       251       190  
Fee and other income
    548       394       319  
Intersegment revenue
    6       1        
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total revenue (Tax-equivalent)
    953       646       509  
Provision for loan losses
    17       6        
Noninterest expense
    671       444       317  
Income taxes (Tax-equivalent)
    97       68       66  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Segment earnings
  $ 168       128       126  
 
   
     
     
 
Performance and other data
                       
Economic profit
  $ 123       98       102  
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
    47.16 %     59.60       75.54  
Economic capital, average
  $ 341       205       160  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    70.44 %     68.37       62.24  
Average loans, net
  $ 8,730       5,672       4,151  
Average core deposits
  $ 10,031       7,331       5,682  
 
   
     
     
 

Corporate and Investment Bank

Performance Summary

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Income statement data
                       
Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)
  $ 2,379       2,132       1,674  
Fee and other income
    1,715       924       1,708  
Intersegment revenue
    (87 )     (62 )     (49 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total revenue (Tax-equivalent)
    4,007       2,994       3,333  
Provision for loan losses
    993       543       422  
Noninterest expense
    2,085       2,016       1,863  
Income taxes (Tax-equivalent)
    351       144       219  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Segment earnings
  $ 578       291       829  
 
   
     
     
 
Performance and other data
                       
Economic profit
  $ 173       (325 )     277  
Risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC)
    13.39 %     7.15       16.73  
Economic capital, average
  $ 7,246       6,707       5,861  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    52.05 %     67.21       52.59  
Average loans, net
  $ 40,946       43,057       41,883  
Average core deposits
  $ 12,824       10,692       9,107  
 
   
     
     
 

to reflect weak equity markets. This was offset somewhat by a decline in trading profits, which were $49 million in 2002 and $302 million in 2001. Trading account profits declined $253 million from 2001 due to increased market volatility, widening credit spreads and certain credit-related losses. Additional information about Principal Investing is included in the Critical Accounting Policies section.

      The provision for loan losses increased from 2001 due to three factors: a larger loan portfolio as a result of the merger; net charge-offs of $443 million related to the telecommunications sector, Argentina and the energy services sector; and an additional provision of $287 million associated with the transfer of $1.3 billion of exposure to loans held for sale.

      Noninterest expense increased $69 million from 2001 due to the addition of the former Wachovia, offset by lower incentive expense due to weak markets.

29


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      The revenue from the Principal Investing and Investment Banking businesses is typically more volatile than revenue from more traditional banking businesses and can vary significantly from period to period with market conditions. In addition, Corporate Banking results may vary significantly from period to period as the credit quality of the loan portfolio changes.

Parent Parent includes all of our asset and liability management functions, as well as:

  The goodwill asset, funding cost and in 2001, the associated amortization expense;
 
  The deposit base intangible asset and funding cost;
 
  Certain revenue items not recorded in the business segments discussed in the Fee and Other Income section;
 
  Certain expenses that are not allocated to the business segments;
 
  Branch sale gains and the results of The Money Store home equity lending, mortgage servicing, indirect auto leasing and credit card businesses that have been divested or are being wound down; and
 
  The results of our HomEq Servicing business, which is responsible for loan servicing for the former Money Store loans and home equity loans generated by our mortgage company.

      Earnings in the Parent were $426 million in 2002 compared with a loss of $5 million in 2001. Total revenue in the Parent increased $169 million from 2001 to $834 million in 2002. In addition to revenue from former Wachovia corporate investments, this increase was the result of net securities gains that offset the impact of trading losses and credit actions taken during the year. Net securities gains in 2002 were $241 million compared with $52 million in 2001. As discussed in the Fee and Other Income section, fee and other income in 2002 included an incremental $42 million in fees related to the securitization of assets from a multi-seller commercial paper conduit that we administer. Also included was a $42 million loss related to liquidity agreements we have with the conduit. Fee and other income in 2001 included a $75 million gain recorded in connection with the sale of our investment in Star Systems, Inc.

      Noninterest expense of $933 million in 2002 increased $309 million from 2001 due to incremental deposit base intangible amortization expense as a result of the merger, costs associated with legal settlements, additions to legal reserves and $58 million of expense related to stock options as discussed in the Noninterest Expense section. The increase was partially offset by expense efficiencies resulting from merger integration, expense control initiatives and the elimination of goodwill amortization in 2002.

      Parent earnings in 2002 included a significantly lower tax provision than in 2001. The lower tax provision in 2002 was due primarily to the recognition of a tax benefit recorded in the second half of 2002 related to a loss on our investment in The Money Store and, to a lesser extent, to the public issuance in the fourth quarter of 2002 of $450 million in tax deductible preferred stock by a REIT subsidiary. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions taken in the second half of 2002 as part our ongoing strategies to reduce risk.

      The Funding Sources and Risk Governance and Administration sections provide information about our funding sources and asset and liability management functions.

Balance Sheet Analysis

Earning Assets The primary types of earning assets for our company are securities and loans. Year-end 2002 earnings assets were $285 billion, a 6 percent increase from $268 billion in 2001. Average earning assets in 2002 were $256 billion, which represented a 16 percent increase from 2001.

Securities The securities portfolio, all of which is classified as available for sale, consists primarily of U.S. Government agency and asset-backed securities. Activity in this portfolio is undertaken primarily to manage liquidity, interest rate risk and regulatory capital, and to take advantage of market conditions that create more economically attractive returns on these investments. We had securities available for sale with a market value of $76 billion at December 31, 2002, with the increase from $58 billion at December 31, 2001, reflecting the addition of retained interests from securitizations of loans and the purchase of shorter duration agency and other asset-backed securities in the open market partially offset by sales. The average rate earned on securities available for sale was 6.08 percent in 2002 and 7.02 percent in 2001.

      In 2002, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans to reduce funding costs, diversify funding sources and achieve more efficient capital levels. Residential mortgage loans of $4.4 billion were securitized into agency and other asset-backed securities, substantially all of which we retained as securities available for sale. In addition, we securitized and sold $5.6 billion of prime equity lines, retaining $2.2 billion in the form of asset-backed securities and $168 million in the form of residual interests.

      In connection with certain securitizations, we retain interests in the form of either bonds or residual interests. The retained interests resulted primarily from the securitization of residential mortgage loans and prime equity lines. Included in securities available for sale at December 31, 2002, were residual interests with a market value of $1.3 billion, which included an unrealized gain of $491 million, and retained bonds from securitizations with a market value of $18 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $649 million. At December 31, 2001, securities available for sale included residual interests with a market value of $1.0 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $205 million and retained bonds from securitizations with a market value of $15.9 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $303 million. Other assets at December 31, 2001, also included residual interests with a book value and market value of $112 million.

      At December 31, 2002, retained bonds with an amortized cost of $11.6 billion and a market value of $11.9 billion were rated as investment grade based on external ratings. Retained bonds with an amortized cost and market value of $10.9 billion and $11.2 billion as of December 31, 2002, respectively, have external credit ratings of AA and above.

The increase in retained interests in securities available for sale from December 31, 2001, was primarily due to retained interests from 2002 securitizations. In 2002, we realized $26 million in

30


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Loans – On-Balance Sheet

                           
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Commercial
                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 56,501       61,258       54,207
Real estate–construction and other
    6,849       7,969       3,104  
Real estate–mortgage
    16,655       17,234       9,218  
Lease financing
    22,667       21,958       15,465  
Foreign
    6,425       7,653       5,453  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total commercial
    109,097       116,072       87,447  
 
   
     
     
 
Consumer
Real estate–mortgage
    24,979       22,139       17,708  
Installment loans
    38,817       34,666       22,972  
Vehicle leasing
    80       618       2,115  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total consumer
    63,876       57,423       42,795  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total loans
    172,973       173,495       130,242  
Unearned income
    9,876       9,694       6,482  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Loans, net (on-balance sheet)
  $ 163,097       163,801       123,760  
 
   
     
     
 

Loans – Managed Portfolio (Including on-balance sheet)

                           
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Commercial
  $ 112,455       123,377       93,277  
Real estate–mortgage
    34,247       29,903       22,274  
Installment loans
    65,279       62,402       50,208  
Vehicle leasing
    80       618       2,115  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total managed portfolio
  $ 212,061       216,300       167,874  
 
   
     
     
 

Year-End 2002 Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases (a)

Industry Classification

                     
                Committed
(In millions)   Outstanding   Exposure(b)

 
 
Manufacturing
               
 
Consumer products
  $ 1,325       5,326  
 
Chemicals
    871       3,639  
 
Paper
    765       3,190  
 
Steel and metal products
    1,041       3,060  
 
Machinery and equipment
    829       2,939  
 
Electronics
    713       2,906  
 
Publishing and printing
    1,225       2,869  
 
All other manufacturing
    5,168       18,423  
 
 
   
     
 
   
Total manufacturing
    11,937       42,352  
Financial services
    7,515       37,769  
Services
    10,918       32,988  
Retail trade
    5,181       14,284  
Wholesale trade
    4,927       12,331  
Public administration
    1,247       10,279  
Public utilities
    2,458       9,573  
Property management
    4,958       7,889  
Individuals
    5,037       7,463  
Transportation
    2,147       5,179  
Insurance
    462       5,056  
Mining
    1,282       3,370  
Building contractors
    1,326       3,360  
Telecommunications
    928       3,093  
Agriculture,forestry and fishing
    887       1,609  
Cable
    517       1,180  
All other(c)
    13,675       13,784  
 
 
   
     
 
 
Total
  $ 75,402       211,559  
 
 
   
     
 


(a)   Net of unearned income.
 
(b)   Commitment includes amount outstanding.
 
(c)   Leases included in “Other” category.

Year-End 2002 Commercial Real Estate Loans

Project Type

                   
              Committed
(In millions)   Outstanding   Exposure(a)

 
 
Apartments
  $ 4,741       5,663  
Office buildings
    4,169       4,739  
Retail
    3,215       3,621  
Industrial
    1,750       1,926  
Single family
    1,170       2,371  
Lodging
    1,148       1,226  
Land–improved
    852       1,245  
Land–unimproved
    899       1,132  
Condominiums
    379       845  
All other
    5,181       6,035  
 
   
     
 
 
Total
  $ 23,504       28,803  
 
   
     
 


(a)   Commitment includes amount outstanding.

Distribution by Facility Size (Percent)

                   
Less than $10 million
    60 %     56  
$10 million to $25 million
    26       28  
$25 million to $50 million
    12       13  
All other
    2       3  
 
   
     
 
 
Total
    100 %     100  
 
   
     
 

Asset Quality

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Loans, net
  $ 163,097       163,801       123,760  
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 2,798       2,995       1,722  
Allowance as % of loans, net
    1.72 %     1.83       1.39  
Allowance as % of nonaccrual and restructured loans
    177       195       146  
Allowance as % of nonperforming assets
    161 %     175       135  
Net charge-offs
  $ 1,122       937       751  
Net charge-offs as % average loans, net
    0.73 %     0.70       0.59  
Nonperforming assets
                       
 
Nonaccrual loans
  $ 1,585       1,534       1,176  
 
Foreclosed properties
    150       179       103  
 
Loans held for sale
    138       228       334  
       
     
     
 
 
     Total nonperforming assets
  $ 1,873       1,941       1,613  
       
     
     
 
Nonperforming assets to loans, net, foreclosed properties and loans held for sale
    1.11 %     1.13       1.22  
       
     
     
 

Year-End 2002 Nonaccruing Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases

Industry Classification

           
(In millions)        

 
Manufacturing
  $ 360  
Services
    163  
Cable
    162  
Retail and wholesale trade
    94  
Telecommunications
    73  
Transportation
    57  
Energy
    38  
All other
    322  
 
   
 
 
Total
  $ 1,269  
 
   
 

31


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

interest income related to revisions in cash flow estimates for certain retained interests to reflect our intent to terminate the related securitizations at the earliest possible date because of their high funding costs. This action will have an ongoing benefit to interest income. See Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on retained interests.

Loans While consumer loan originations were robust, the $704 million decline in net loans from 2001 represented reductions related to commercial portfolio management actions to reduce risk and to improve returns, weak commercial loan demand, and consumer loan sales and securitizations of $4.9 billion. In addition, branch sales and runoff of the discontinued indirect auto leasing portfolio reduced loans by $1.0 billion from 2001. Commercial loans represented 63 percent and consumer loans 37 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2002.

      The $4.2 billion decline in managed loans from 2001 was primarily driven by planned reductions from commercial portfolio management actions and weak commercial loan demand as discussed above, coupled with the sale of a portfolio management platform. The managed loan portfolio includes the on-balance sheet loan portfolio, loans securitized for which the assets are classified in securities on-balance sheet, loans held for sale that are classified in other assets on-balance sheet and the off-balance sheet portfolio of securitized loans sold where we service the loans. The average rate earned on loans decreased 120 basis points from 2001 to 6.71 percent in 2002, which was in line with reductions in interest rates.

Nonperforming Assets The 4 percent decline in nonperforming assets from 2001 included the effect of a $113 million loan that was restructured to an equity position. Nonperforming assets related to the telecommunications sector and Argentina were also reduced by net charge-offs and write-downs in the loans held for sale portfolio in 2002.

Past Due Loans Accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding loans that are classified as loans held for sale, increased 6 percent from December 31, 2001. Of these past due loans in 2002, $32 million were commercial loans or commercial real estate loans and $272 million were consumer loans.

Net Charge-offs Net charge-offs increased 20 percent from 2001, due mainly to net charge-offs of $263 million in the telecommunications sector, $123 million related to Argentina, $57 million related to an energy services company, and net charge-offs related to loans acquired in the Wachovia merger. We expect net charge-offs to be in the 0.50 percent to 0.60 percent range for the full year 2003.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses The provision for loan losses declined $468 million, or 24 percent, from 2001. The provision for loan losses was higher in 2001 primarily due to steps we took in the third quarter of 2001 to reduce the risk inherent in a larger loan portfolio resulting from the merger by transferring higher risk and overlapping loans to loans held for sale, as well as to reflect deterioration in our loan portfolio driven by a weakened economic environment.

Year-End 2002 Nonaccruing Loans Held for Sale

Industry Classification

           
(In millions)        
 
Telecommunications
  $ 45  
Financial services
    17  
Manufacturing
    14  
Mining
    14  
Services
    6  
All other (a)
    42  
 
   
 
 
Total
  $ 138  
 
   
 


(a)   Includes consumer home equity loans.

      In 2002, we continued to mitigate risk and strengthen our balance sheet by transferring many at-risk credits to loans held for sale. The provision for loan losses in 2002 included $297 million associated with the transfer of $1.4 billion of exposure, including emerging telecommunications exposure, to loans held for sale. The emerging telecommunications sector includes competitive local exchange carriers; affiliated wireless and broadband providers; and data centers. The provision for loan losses in 2001 included $284 million related to loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale and $726 million in excess of net charge-offs. The provision related to the transfer of loans to loans held for sale was recorded to reduce the carrying value of these loans to their respective fair values. In addition, the provision included $2 million related to sales of consumer loans and $58 million related to sales of commercial loans directly out of the loan portfolio.

      Loans transferred to loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value, and accordingly, they are not included in the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses subsequent to the initial transfer.

      The allowance for loan losses declined from 2001 reflecting reduced risk in the corporate loan portfolio as a result of loan portfolio actions and the increase of lower risk, real-estate-secured consumer loans in the portfolio.

Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale include loans originated for sale or securitization as part of our core business strategy as well as the activities related to our ongoing portfolio risk management to reduce exposure to areas of perceived higher risk, such as the textile, technology, telecommunications and asbestos-related sections.

      In 2002, we sold or securitized $25.6 billion in loans out of the held for sale portfolio. Of the $25.6 billion, $1.8 billion were commercial loans and $23.8 billion were consumer loans, primarily residential mortgages and prime equity lines. Substantially all of the consumer loan sales and securitizations represented normal core business activity, which means we originate the loans with the intent to sell them to third parties. Of the loans sold, $74 million were nonperforming. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2002, we made the decision not to sell certain loans classified as loans held for sale because changes in market conditions made their yields more attractive, and accordingly, we transferred $3.6 billion of student loans back to the loan portfolio.

32


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      As part of our ongoing portfolio management activities, we transferred a net $2.2 billion of loans to held for sale in 2002, including $1.4 billion of consumer home equity loans. Substantially all of the home equity loans were subsequently sold in the second half of 2002. In addition, we transferred $859 million of largely telecommunications loans and $422 million of additional exposure to loans held for sale. In connection with this transfer to loans held for sale, these loans were written down to the lower of cost or market value, and in the aggregate these loans were recorded in loans held for sale at 60 percent of their original face value at December 31, 2002. Following these credit actions, the telecommunications portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, at December 31, 2002, contained $3.1 billion of exposure, of which $928 million was outstanding. Approximately 64 percent of the $3.1 billion was investment grade or equivalent. The $3.1 billion also included $244 million of emerging telecommunications exposure, of which $125 million was outstanding. Our telecommunications exposure, excluding loans held for sale, has declined $1.5 billion since year-end 2001. Table 8 includes more information related to loans held for sale.

      In 2002, we also sold $1.5 billion of loans directly out of the loan portfolio. Of these nonflow loans, $1.2 billion were performing and $340 million were nonperforming at the time of the sale. Loan sales are recorded as sales directly out of the loan portfolio in situations where the sale is closed in the same period in which the decision to sell was made. We will continue to look for market opportunities to reduce risk in the loan portfolio by either selling loans directly out of the loan portfolio or by transferring loans to loans held for sale.

Funding Sources

Core Deposits Deposits are our primary source of funding. We are one of the nation’s largest core deposit-funded banking institutions with a deposit base that is spread across the economically strong South Atlantic region and high per-capita income Middle Atlantic region. We believe this geographic diversity creates considerable funding diversity and stability. The stability of this funding source is affected by other factors including returns available to customers on alternative investments, the quality of customer service levels and competitive forces. Core deposits include savings, negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW), money market, noninterest-bearing and other consumer time deposits. In 2002, core deposits increased 4 percent from 2001 to $176 billion despite our decision to allow higher cost consumer certificate of deposit balances to run off as we focus on increasing the proportion of low-cost core deposits. Average low-cost core deposits grew 42 percent to $117 billion in 2002 from 2001.

      In both 2002 and 2001, average noninterest-bearing deposits were 23 percent of average core deposits. The portion of core deposits in higher-rate, other consumer time deposits was 19 percent at December 31, 2002, and 23 percent at December 31, 2001. Other consumer time and other noncore deposits usually pay higher rates than savings and transaction accounts, but they generally are not available for immediate withdrawal. They are also less expensive to service.

Purchased Funds Average purchased funds, which include wholesale borrowings with maturities of 12 months or less, were $60 billion in 2002 and in 2001. Purchased funds were $63 billion at December 31, 2002, and at December 31, 2001.

Long-term Debt Long-term debt declined 5 percent from 2001 to $40 billion at December 31, 2002, due to scheduled maturities. In 2003, scheduled maturities of long-term debt amount to $5.1 billion. We anticipate either extending the maturities of these obligations or replacing the maturing obligations.

      Long-term debt included $3 billion of trust preferred securities at both December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001. Subsidiary trusts issued these preferred securities and used the proceeds to purchase junior subordinated debentures from the Parent. These preferred securities are considered tier i capital for regulatory purposes.

      In 2002, we issued $2.0 billion of floating rate, collateralized notes that are secured by asset-backed securities.

      Wachovia Bank has available a global note program for the issuance of up to $45 billion of senior or subordinated notes. The sale of any notes under this program will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors.

      Under a current shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have $11 billion of senior or subordinated debt securities, common stock or preferred stock available for issuance. In addition, we have available for issuance up to $4 billion under a medium-term note program covering senior or subordinated debt securities. The sale of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors.

Stockholders’ Equity The management of capital in a regulated banking environment requires a balance between optimizing leverage and return on equity while maintaining sufficient capital levels and related ratios to satisfy regulatory requirements. Our goal is to generate attractive returns on equity to our stockholders while maintaining sufficient regulatory capital ratios.

      Stockholders’ equity increased 13 percent from 2001 to $32 billion at December 31, 2002. Common shares outstanding amounted to 1.4 billion at both December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2002, we had authority to repurchase up to 98 million shares of our common stock.

      In October 2002, we settled our remaining equity forward contract and one forward purchase contract. The aggregate number of shares settled was 12 million, at an aggregate cost of $536 million. At December 31, 2002, we had one outstanding forward purchase contract involving 24 million shares at an aggregate cost of $753 million. In January 2003, we partially settled our remaining forward purchase contract by purchasing 15 million shares at a cost of $485 million. We plan to settle the remaining portion in the first half of 2003.

      In the third quarter of 2002, we entered into transactions involving the simultaneous sale of put options and the purchase of call options on 4.9 million shares of our common stock with

33


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

expiration dates from late October 2003 to mid-November 2003. We entered into these collar transactions to manage the potential dilution associated with employee stock options. The put options were sold to offset the cost of purchasing the call options.

      We paid $1.4 billion in dividends to common stockholders in 2002 and $1.0 billion in 2001. This represented a dividend payout ratio on cash earnings of 32.68 percent in 2002 and 38.40 percent in 2001.

      In connection with the Wachovia merger, we issued 97 million shares of Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs), which were recorded at their fair value as of September 1, 2001, of 24 cents per share or $23 million. Dividends of 20 cents per DEP share, or $19 million, were paid to holders of the DEPs in 2002 representing the difference between the Wachovia dividends paid to common stockholders in 2002 of $1.00 per share and the last common stock dividend paid by the former Wachovia of $1.20 per share on an annualized basis. Since September 1, 2001, DEPs dividends of $25 million, or 26 cents per DEP share, have been paid.

      In connection with preferred stock issued by The Money Store, as discussed in the Income Taxes section, we agreed that we could declare or pay a dividend on our common stock only after quarterly distributions of an estimated $1.8 million have been paid in full on the preferred units for each quarterly distribution period occurring prior to the proposed common stock cash dividend.

Subsidiary Dividends Wachovia Bank is the largest source of subsidiary dividends paid to the Parent. Capital requirements established by regulators limit dividends that this subsidiary and certain other of our subsidiaries can pay. Under these and other limitations, which include an internal requirement to maintain all deposit-taking banks at the well capitalized level, at December 31, 2002, our subsidiaries had $1.3 billion available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval. Our subsidiaries paid $1.5 billion in dividends to the Parent in 2002.

Regulatory Capital Our tier 1 and total capital ratios were 8.22 percent and 12.01 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2002, and 7.04 percent and 11.08 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2001. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2002, was 6.77 percent and at December 31, 2001, 6.19 percent. The $450 million of tax-deductible preferred stock issued by our REIT subsidiary, Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp., in the fourth quarter of 2002 qualifies as tier 1 capital for regulatory reporting purposes. At December 31, 2002, our deposit-taking bank subsidiaries met the capital and leverage ratio requirements for well capitalized banks. The 118 basis point improvement in our tier 1 capital ratio enabled us to exceed our year-end 2002 goal of achieving an 8.00 percent tier 1 capital ratio.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

      In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, under generally accepted accounting principles, either are not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. These transactions fall under two broad categories: corporate transactions and customer transactions. Corporate transactions are designed to diversify our funding sources; reduce our credit, market or liquidity risk; and optimize capital. Customer transactions are executed to facilitate customers’ funding needs or risk management objectives. Within these two categories, there are many types of transactions, which for purposes of the table on the next page, we have grouped into lending commitments, conduit transactions, asset securitizations, other credit enhancements, leasing and other transactions. Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, will affect the accounting for some of these transactions. The Accounting and Regulatory Matters section has additional information.

Lending Commitments Lending commitments include unfunded loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. A large majority of loan commitments and standby letters of credit expire without being funded, and accordingly, total contractual amounts are not representative of our actual future credit exposure or liquidity requirements. Loan commitments and letters of credit expose us to credit risk in the event that the counterparty draws on the commitment and subsequently fails to perform under the terms of the lending agreement.

      This risk is incorporated into our overall evaluation of on-and off-balance sheet credit risk, and to the extent necessary, we record reserves on these commitments. The Credit Risk Management section describes how we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.

      Uncertainties around the timing and amount of funding under these commitments expose us to liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Management section describes the way in which we manage liquidity with respect to both on- and off-balance sheet exposures.

      We make loan commitments to customers in the normal course of our commercial and retail lending businesses. For commercial customers, loan commitments generally take the form of revolving credit arrangements to finance customers’ working capital requirements. For retail customers, loan commitments generally are lines of credit secured by residential property. These instruments are not recorded on the balance sheet until we advance funds under the commitment. For loan commitments, the contractual amount of a commitment represents the maximum potential credit risk that could result if the entire commitment had been funded, the borrower had not performed according to the terms of the contract and no collateral had been provided. Loan commitments were $149 billion at December 31, 2002, and $148 billion at December 31, 2001.

      Loan commitments include revolving loan commitments available to a customer in the event that the customer is unable to issue additional commercial paper for the repayment of maturing amounts of commercial paper outstanding. These commitments were $9 billion at December 31, 2002, and $10 billion at December 31, 2001.

34


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Summary of Off-Balance Sheet Exposures

                                                     
        December 31,
       
        Business Segments   Total
       
 
                        Corporate and                        
(In millions)   General Bank   Wealth Management   Investment Bank   Parent   2002   2001

 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending commitments
                                               
Commercial
  $ 26,076       2,486       88,354       15,211       132,127       129,744  
Consumer
    31,282       802                   32,084       30,780  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total lending commitments
    57,358       3,288       88,354       15,211       164,211       160,524  
Conduit transactions
                17,604             17,604       23,481  
Asset securitizations
                3,256       9,601       12,857       11,463  
Other credit enhancements
    7,084             3,939             11,023       11,934  
Leasing transactions
                595             595        
Other transactions
                                               
 
Principal investing
                972             972       1,209  
 
Transactions in our own stock
                      1,155       1,155       1,252  
 
Contingent consideration
                      281       281        
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 64,442       3,288       114,720       26,248       208,698       209,863  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

      For commercial loan commitments, we typically charge a fee for making the commitment plus a fee based on the percentage of the commitment that is unfunded. Generally no fees are associated with unfunded retail commitments.

      We also issue commercial and standby letters of credit to customers in the normal course of our commercial lending businesses. Commercial or trade letters of credit are used to support international and domestic trade activities. Standby letters of credit are guarantees of performance primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financings and similar transactions. Undrawn letters of credit amounted to $15 billion at December 31, 2002, and $13 billion at December 31, 2001.

      For letters of credit, we typically charge a fee equal to a percentage of the unfunded commitment. We recognized fee income on unfunded letter of credit commitments of $238 million in 2002 and $197 million in 2001.

Conduit Transactions We arrange financing for certain customer transactions through multi-seller commercial paper conduits that provide the customers with access to the commercial paper market. Conduits purchase a variety of asset-backed loans and receivables, trade receivables, securities and other assets from borrowers and issuers, and issue commercial paper to fund those assets.

      At December 31, 2002, we administered two off-balance sheet conduits with combined commercial paper outstanding of $13 billion. We provide liquidity facilities on substantially all of the commercial paper issued by the conduits that we administer. All transactions are governed through our Credit Policy Committee and we maintain a credit relationship with all clients with assets financed through the conduits. The Credit Risk Management section describes how we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.

      Under liquidity facilities, we are obligated to purchase an interest in the assets that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. The ability to market commercial paper is affected by general economic conditions as well as the credit rating of the party providing the liquidity facility. From the time these conduits began issuing commercial paper, we have never been required to provide liquidity because the conduit could not issue commercial paper.

      This risk is incorporated in the overall assessment of our liquidity risk as described in the Liquidity Risk Management section. Off-balance sheet conduit liquidity facilities were $18 billion at December 31, 2002, and $23 billion at December 31, 2001. The excess exposure to loss over the total liabilities of these conduits represents unfunded customer purchase facilities. We received $38 million in 2002 and $34 million in 2001 in fees for providing liquidity facilities.

      In addition, at the discretion of the conduit administrator, the liquidity facilities may be drawn to require that we purchase assets from the conduit. In some cases, the par value of the assets may be less than their fair value and consequently, we will record a loss for the difference between the par value and the fair value. In 2002 and 2001, we purchased $843 million and $178 million of assets from the conduits we administered and recorded $67 million and $122 million of losses, respectively.

Asset Securitizations From time to time, we securitize assets originated through our normal loan production channels or purchased in the open market. In securitization transactions for assets originated through our normal loan production channels, assets are typically sold to a qualifying special purpose entity (QSPE), which then issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated interests, including residual interests, collateralized by the assets. The QSPE is a legally distinct, bankruptcy remote entity that is used in these transactions to isolate the assets’ cash flows from originator default. This legal isolation and the allocation of risk to different tranches of securities issued by the QSPE allow securitization transactions to generally receive cost-advantaged funding rates.

      These securitizations are also used to provide an alternative funding source, to reduce credit risk and to manage capital. Certain securitization transactions result in a complete transfer of risk to investors, and in others, we retain risk in the form of senior or subordinated notes or residual interests in the securities issued by the QSPE.

35


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      In certain cases, the investors in the debt issued by the QSPE are conduits that are administered by other parties. We provide liquidity guarantees on the commercial paper issued by the conduits to fund the purchase of the QSPE’s debt. Similar to the discussion above in Conduit Transactions, under these liquidity facilities, we are obligated to purchase asset interests that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. To date, we have not been required to provide liquidity under these agreements because the conduit could not issue commercial paper. These off-balance sheet liquidity guarantees amounted to $7.9 billion at December 31, 2002, and $7.7 billion at December 31, 2001. We received $13 million in 2002 and $2 million in 2001 in fees for providing liquidity facilities.

      In addition, at the discretion of the conduit administrator, the liquidity facilities may be drawn to require us to purchase assets from the conduit. In some cases, the par value of the assets may be less than their fair value and consequently, we will record a loss for the difference between the par value and the fair value. In 2002 and 2001, we did not have significant losses associated with these purchases.

      Generally, we are paid fees by the QSPE for servicing the assets owned by the QSPE. We received $23 million in fees in 2002 and $6 million in fees in 2001.

      In 2002, we securitized residential mortgage loans of $4.4 billion into agency and other asset-backed securities, and retained substantially all as securities available for sale. In addition, we securitized and sold $5.6 billion of prime equity lines, retaining $2.2 billion in the form of asset-backed securities and $168 million in the form of residual interests. Included in other income were gains of $159 million in 2002 related to these securitizations. Retained interests from securitizations, recorded as either available for sale securities, trading account assets or other assets, were $20 billion at December 31, 2002, and $18 billion at December 31, 2001.

      We also structure collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). In these transactions, securities or loans are purchased in the open market or transferred to special purpose entities (SPEs). These SPEs are capitalized with equity contributed by third parties in an amount driven by market conditions but not less than 3 percent of the fair value of the financial assets held by the SPE. In certain transactions, we also may invest in non-controlling interests in the form of equity and/or senior or subordinated notes in the entities. These retained interests are recorded as available for sale securities and were $151 million at December 31, 2002, and $46 million at December 31, 2001. Impairment losses included in other income related to retained interests in CLOs and CDOs were $42 million in 2002 and $29 million in 2001. We have varying levels of credit, interest and prepayment rate risk associated with our investment in these debt securities and residual interests as described in the Critical Accounting Policies section. We are also paid fees on these transactions, primarily structuring fees.

      We also securitize fixed rate municipal bonds. Similar to other securitization transactions, the bonds are sold to a QSPE, which issues short-term tax-exempt debt securities and residual interests collateralized by the assets. Investors purchase the tax-exempt debt securities, and generally, we retain the residual interests. At December 31, 2002, retained interests were $318 million and at December 31, 2001, $342 million. We also provide liquidity guarantees on the debt securities issued by the QSPEs. The market for tax-exempt securities is generally very liquid, but in the event the debt securities could not be remarketed due to market conditions, the liquidity guarantee would require us to purchase the debt securities from the QSPE at par value. Off-balance sheet liquidity guarantees were $5.0 billion at December 31, 2002, and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2001.

Other Credit Enhancements We also assist commercial, municipal, nonprofit and other customers in obtaining long-term tax-exempt funding through municipal bond issues, by providing credit enhancement in the form of standby letters of credit or liquidity facilities. Under these agreements and in certain conditions, in the event the bonds are put back to the issuer by the bondholder prior to maturity and cannot be remarketed, we are obligated to provide funding to finance repurchase of the bonds. We have not been required to provide any funding under these agreements in 2002. Other off-balance sheet credit enhancements were $11 billion at December 31, 2002, and $12 billion at December 31, 2001. Fees from these agreements are included in the letter of credit fees above.

      This risk is incorporated in the overall assessment of our liquidity risk as described in the Liquidity Risk Management section. The Credit Risk Management section describes how we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.

Leasing Transactions We have leasing transactions similar to synthetic leases. Synthetic leases generally involve leasing assets from a trust and providing a residual value guarantee to support non-recourse borrowings of the trust. Our leasing transactions are not with trusts, but with a leasing subsidiary of a major financial institution. We provide residual value guarantees in these transactions. Our synthetic leases involve certain corporate assets, primarily real estate. These assets were previously held in legally distinct special purpose entities (trusts) to which a third party provided some or all of the equity investment. In 2002, these trusts were acquired by a leasing subsidiary of a large financial institution and the various leases were amended and restated.

      In December 2002, we entered into a sale and leaseback transaction with a large financial institution under which we committed to sell $1.3 billion of railcars and lease them back over a six-year period. In December 2002, we sold $600 million of railcars and leased them back. The remaining railcars are expected to be sold and leased back early in 2003. The purchase was financed by the purchaser/lessor through the issuance of non-recourse debt to independent third parties. No gain or loss was recognized in these transactions.

      Total assets within these off-balance sheet lease structures were $876 million at December 31, 2002. Assets of $198 million have been classified as capital leases; accordingly, the present value of the minimum lease payments, including the present value of the maximum residual guarantee at the end of the lease term, has been recorded as a capital asset and as long-term debt.

36


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      We provided residual guarantees to the lessors of $767 million at December 31, 2002, with $595 million representing assets under operating leases. Included in this amount are residual value guarantees of $370 million related to the operating leases of railcars. The residual value guarantees protect the lessor from loss on sale of the property at the end of the lease term. To the extent that a sale results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80 percent to 89 percent) of the property’s cost less depreciation, we will be required to reimburse the lessor under our residual value guarantee.

Principal Investing Our Principal Investing business involves investments primarily in private equity and mezzanine securities and in investments in funds sponsored by selected private equity and venture capital groups. These investments were recorded on the balance sheets at a fair value of $2.1 billion at December 31, 2002, and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2001. These investments are subject to all the risks of the equity markets and many of these investments are illiquid. Direct investments in public and private companies typically do not involve legally binding commitments to participate in subsequent equity or debt offerings. Fund investments do however involve legally binding commitments to contribute capital pursuant to the terms of limited partnership agreements. At December 31, 2002, we had unfunded commitments to more than 200 fund sponsors amounting to $972 million. We expect that these commitments will be drawn over the next three to five years.

Transactions in Our Own Stock Since 1999 we have entered into derivative transactions in our own stock, including forward purchase contracts and equity collars. The Stockholders’ Equity section has a detailed description of these transactions. We use forward purchase contracts as part of our stock repurchase program. Under the forward purchase contracts, a counterparty purchased shares from us or in the open market. Simultaneously, we entered into a forward contract with the same counterparty to repurchase the shares at the same price plus a premium that accrues over the term of the contract. This allowed us to set the price of a share repurchase without reducing stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2002, we had a forward contract involving 24 million shares at a cost of $753 million. We use equity collars to offset potential dilution from stock options. Under the collar transactions, we purchased a call option and sold a put option to the same counterparty. At December 31, 2002, we had collar transactions involving 12 million shares at a cost of $402 million.

      We have the option to settle these contracts by purchasing the shares for cash or by settling on a net cash or net share basis. If we settle the contracts by purchasing the shares, we will pay cash and realize a corresponding reduction to stockholders’ equity. Net cash and net share settlement would involve a counterparty selling the shares they hold, with the remaining obligation settled in cash or shares, respectively. Depending on the market price of our stock relative to the price of the contracts at settlement, we may either receive or pay cash or issue shares under net settlement.

Contingent Consideration As part of our acquisition activity, we often negotiate terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on future events, typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability targets. The additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and recorded as additional goodwill. At December 31, 2002, we had $263 million in cash and $18 million of our common stock committed under such agreements that may be paid through 2011 if the contingencies are met.

Risk Governance and Administration

      We have adopted a comprehensive approach to managing risk, allocating economic capital and measuring risk-adjusted returns. Our risk management activities are administered by the chief risk management officer and chief financial officer. Risk management governance is provided through various executive and board level oversight committees. Our risk management objectives include evaluating the inherent risks in our business strategies, establishing appropriate risk and return guidelines, and effectively managing those risks to minimize the probability of future negative outcomes.

      Our chief risk management officer reports directly to the chief executive officer and is responsible for credit, market and operational risk governance. The chief risk management officer provides loan portfolio, market risk and other information to appropriate management and board of directors oversight committees on a regular basis. These management committees include the Credit Policy Committee, the Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Market Risk Committee, all of which meet monthly. The Credit & Finance Committee and Audit & Compliance Committee of the board of directors, composed of outside directors, also meets bimonthly. An Operational Risk Committee, headed by our chief risk management officer, meets at least quarterly and is responsible for oversight of all operational risk issues. The Allowance for Loan Losses Committee, also chaired by the chief risk management officer, meets quarterly and is responsible for the review and approval of the level of the allowance for loan losses.

      Our risk management practices include key elements such as independent checks and balances, formal authority limits, well-defined policies and procedures, quantitative modeling, diversification, active portfolio management and experienced risk management personnel. Our internal audit department also evaluates risk management activities. These activities include performing internal audits, the results of which are reviewed with management and the Audit & Compliance Committee, as appropriate.

Credit Risk Management Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a borrower’s ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed upon terms. We are subject to credit risk in our lending, trading, investing, liquidity/funding and asset management activities. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the types of transactions, the structure of those transactions and the parties involved. In general, credit risk is incidental to our trading, liquidity/funding and asset management activities, while it is central to the profit strategy in lending. As a result, the majority of our credit risk is associated with our lending activities.

37


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      Credit risk is managed through a combination of policies and procedures and risk-taking or commitment authorities that are tracked and regularly updated in a centralized database. All credit authorities are delegated through the independent risk management organization. Most officers who are authorized to incur credit exposure are in the risk management organization and are independent of the officers who are responsible for generating new business.

      The maximum level of credit exposure to individual commercial borrowers is limited by policy guidelines. These guidelines are based on the default probabilities associated with the credit facilities extended to each borrower or related group of borrowers.

      Concentration risk is managed through geographic and industry diversification, country limits and loan quality factors.

Commercial Credit All commercial loans are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the probability of the borrower defaulting on any obligation, the probability of a default on any particular Wachovia credit facility and the probable loss in the event of a default.

      Commercial credit extensions are also evaluated using a Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) model that considers pricing, internal risk ratings, loan structure and tenor, among other variables. This produces a risk/return analysis, enabling the efficient use of economic capital attributable to credit risk. The same credit processes and checks and balances are used for unfunded commitments as well as for funded exposures.

      Economic capital for all credit risk assets is calculated by the portfolio management group within the risk management organization. As part of their annual capital level review, this group analyzes factors that are used to determine the amount of economic capital needed to support credit risk in the loan portfolio.

      Credit Risk Review is an independent unit that performs risk process reviews and evaluates a representative sample of credit extensions after the fact. Credit Risk Review has the authority to change internal risk ratings and is responsible for assessing the adequacy of credit underwriting and servicing practices. This unit reports directly to the Credit & Finance Committee of the board of directors.

      Credit approvals are based, among other factors, on the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management, industry sector trends, the type of exposure, the transaction structure and the general economic outlook. There are two processes for approving credit risk exposures. The first involves standard approval structures (e.g., rapid approval grids) for use in retail, certain small business lending and most trading activities. The second, and more prevalent approach, involves individual approval of exposures consistent with the authority delegated to officers experienced in the industries and loan structures over which they have responsibility.

      In commercial lending, servicing of credit exposure may be as often as weekly for certain types of asset-based lending, to annually for certain term loans. Some term loans having characteristics similar to retail loans are monitored for delinquencies only. In general, quarterly servicing is normal for all significant exposures. The internal risk ratings are confirmed with each major servicing event. In addition, portfolio modeling is employed to verify default probabilities and to estimate losses.

      Borrower exposures may be designated as “watch list” accounts when warranted by either environmental factors or individual company performance. Such accounts are subjected to additional quarterly reviews by the business line management, risk management and credit risk review staff and our chief risk management officer in order to adequately assess the borrower’s credit status and to take appropriate action. In addition, projections of both nonperforming assets and losses for future quarters are performed monthly.

      We have also established special teams composed of highly skilled and experienced lenders to manage problem credits. These teams handle commercial recoveries, workouts and problem loan sales.

      Commercial credit checks and balances, the independence of risk management functions and specialized processes are all designed to avoid problems where possible and to recognize and address problems early in the cycle when they do occur.

Retail Credit In retail lending, we manage credit risk from a portfolio view rather than by specific borrower as in commercial lending. The risk management division, working with the line of business, determines the appropriate risk/return profile for each portfolio, utilizing a variety of tools including quantitative models and scorecards tailored to meet our specific needs.

      By incorporating these models and policies into computer programs or “decisioning engines,” much of the underwriting is automated. Once a line of credit or other retail loan is extended, it is included in the overall portfolio, which is continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. Delinquency action on individual credits is taken monthly or as needed if collection efforts are necessary. The independent credit risk review unit also has a retail component to ensure adequacy and timeliness of retail credit processes. The portfolio management group also calculates economic capital for retail credit assets.

Market Risk Management We trade a variety of debt securities, foreign exchange instruments and derivatives in order to provide customized solutions for the risk management needs of our customers and for proprietary trading. Risk is controlled through the use of Value-at-Risk (VAR) methodology with limits approved by the Asset and Liability Management Committee and an active, independent monitoring process. Our 1-day VAR limit for 2002 was $30 million.

      The VAR methodology uses recent market volatility to estimate within a given level of confidence the maximum trading loss over a period of time that we would expect to incur from an adverse movement in market rates and prices over the period. We calculate 1-day VAR at the 97.5 percent confidence level. The VAR model uses historical data from the most recent 252 trading days. The Daily VAR Backtesting table shows the daily trading profit and loss, and compares this to the daily VAR. The VAR model is supplemented by stress testing on a daily basis. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. The total 1-day

38


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

VAR was $13 million at December 31, 2002, and $11 million at December 31, 2001, and primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk. The high, low and average VARs in 2002 were $18 million, $9 million and $13 million, respectively.

      High, low and average 1-day VARs by major risk category and on an aggregate basis are shown in the VAR Profile by Risk Type table. The Histogram of Daily Profit and Loss in 2002 table shows the distribution of daily trading revenues versus 1-day VAR projections and the consistency of the trading pattern in terms of daily profitability.

Operational Risk Management Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This risk is inherent in all of our businesses.

      Our corporate governance structure for the management of operational risk is composed of the Credit & Finance Committee of the board of directors, an enterprise-wide operational risk executive committee and functional risk committees focused on managing a specific risk such as vendor, compliance, technology and business continuity planning. Outside our governance process, we devote significant emphasis and resources to continuous refinement of processes and tools that aid us in proactive identification and management of material operational risks. Additionally, we focus on training, education and development of a risk management culture that reinforces the message that management of operational risk is the responsibility of all our employees.

      We manage operational risk under the leadership of the chief risk management officer. An enterprise-wide operational risk team, reporting to the chief risk management officer, is composed of professionals who work with business line and risk management resources to deploy and improve operational risk management competencies, processes and technologies. Additionally, this group is responsible for corporate operational risk governance and information reporting to executive management and to the board of directors, including the Audit & Compliance Committee and Credit & Finance Committee.

      Clearly, managing merger integration risk and change in general is a key component of operational risk. To manage this risk, our merger integration team, led by experienced merger executives, is following a paced, methodical and deliberate integration plan for the conversion and integration of the former Wachovia and First Union. A disciplined process to assess organizational readiness for change has been implemented. This process provides readiness/risk information relative to staffing, training, customer communication, compliance, vendors, corporate real estate, technology infrastructure, application systems, operational support and balancing/reconcilement.

      We are also focused on operational risks outside the merger context such as business continuity, reliance on vendors and privacy/information security. These risks are not unique to our institution and are inherent in the financial services industry.

      The management of business continuity and availability risk includes consideration of the people, processes and technologies that support our day-to-day operations, as well as specific contin-

                                                   
VAR Profile by Risk Type        
 
(In millions)   2002   2001
   
 
Risk Category   High   Low   Avg   High   Low   Avg

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
    16.6       2.7       11.2       14.3       5.3       9.8  
Foreign exchange
    4.7       0.2       1.3       5.3       0.4       1.4  
Equity
    11.0       3.3       6.9       11.8       2.2       5.2  
       
     
     
     
     
     
 
Aggregate
    l7.8       9.4       13.5       15.5       6.5       11.3  
       
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
BACKTESTING GRAPH
                               
HISTOGRAM BAR GRAPH
                               

gency plans for business disruptions such as natural disasters, terrorism or failure of systems. We manage this risk by developing business continuity plans and periodic testing and validation.

      Vendor risks include the strategic, reputation, financial, compliance or transaction impact that might result from reliance on third-party vendors and alliance partners for delivery of services to our customers. We manage this risk by performing both initial and periodic assessments of each third-party relationship to ensure that the delivery of products and services to our customers is not negatively affected. Additionally, we require that

39


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

service providers implement appropriate measures to meet the objectives of our security guidelines. We continue to refine our governance structure, processes and training in order to manage this risk more effectively.

      Privacy and information security risks include threats of improper access to data and threats to the integrity of data. We manage this risk by a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards for customer records and information. This program requires periodic training of our employees and the continual enhancement of security tools and processes. Our security systems use the most current technologies such as firewalls, intrusion detection and encryption. These systems are also subject to periodic internal and external testing.

      Our strategy continues to link business performance measurements to operational risk through risk profiles and capital allocation.

Liquidity Risk Management Liquidity risk involves the risk of being unable to fund assets with the appropriate duration and rate-based liability, as well as the risk of not being able to meet unexpected cash needs. Liquidity planning and management are necessary to ensure we maintain the ability to fund operations cost-effectively and to meet current and future potential obligations such as loan commitments, lease obligations, contingent liquidity commitments and unexpected deposit outflows. In this process, we focus on both assets and liabilities and on the manner in which they combine to provide adequate liquidity to meet our needs. However, the Liquidity Risk Management table focuses only on future obligations.

      In the table that follows, all deposits with indeterminate maturities such as demand deposits, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts are presented as having a maturity of one year or less.

      Funding sources primarily include customer-based core deposits, purchased funds, collateralized borrowings, cash flows from operations, and asset securitizations and sales.

      Cash flows from operations are a significant component of liquidity risk management and consider both deposit maturities and the scheduled cash flows from loan and investment maturities and payments. Deposits are our primary source of liquidity. We are one of the nation’s largest core deposit-funded banking institutions with a deposit base that is spread across the economically strong South Atlantic region and high per-capita income Middle Atlantic region. We believe this geographic diversity creates considerable funding diversity and stability. The stability of this funding source is affected by other factors, including returns available to customers on alternative investments, the quality of customer service levels and competitive forces.

      We purchase funds on an unsecured basis in the federal funds, commercial paper, bank note, national certificate of deposit and long-term debt markets. In addition, we routinely use securities in our trading portfolio and in our available for sale portfolio as collateral for secured borrowings. In the event of severe market disruptions, we have access to secured

Liquidity Risk Management

                                   
    December 31, 2002
   
            Over One   Over
        One Year   Year Through   Three
(In millions)   Total   or Less   Three Years   Years

 
 
 
 
Contractual Commitments
                               
Deposit maturities
  $ 191,518       176,535       11,159       3,824  
Short-term borrowings
    47,093       47,093              
Long-term debt
    39,662       5,078       12,387       22,197  
Operating lease obligations
    2,548       356       611       1,581  
Capital lease obligations
    228       10       19       199  
Commitments to purchase securities
    2,382       2,382              
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 283,431       231,454       24,176       27,801  
 
   
     
     
     
 

borrowings through the Federal Reserve Bank. Our ability to access unsecured funding markets and the cost of funds acquired in these markets is primarily dependent upon our credit rating, which is currently P-1/A-1 for short-term paper and Aa3/A for senior debt (Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively). Our goal is to maintain a long-term AA credit rating. We believe a long-term credit rating of AA will provide us with many benefits, including access to additional funding sources at lower rates (assuming a static interest rate environment). Conversely, a downgrade from our current long-term debt ratings would have an adverse impact, including higher costs of funds, access to fewer funding sources and possibly the triggering of liquidity agreements such as those with the multi-seller commercial paper conduits. Providing funding under liquidity agreements may result in our forgoing more profitable lending and investing opportunities because of funding constraints.

      Asset securitizations provide an alternative source of funding. Outside the customer-oriented conduit activities, we do not rely heavily on the securitization markets as a source of funds but instead we use securitizations to diversify risk and manage regulatory capital levels. Widening of the credit spreads in the securitization market may make accessing these markets undesirable. If securitizations become undesirable, we may discontinue certain lending activities and/or increase our reliance on alternative funding sources.

      The Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for liquidity risk management. This Committee approves liquidity limits and receives thorough periodic reports on our liquidity position. The liquidity reporting details compliance with limits and with guidelines. It includes a review of forecasted liquidity needs based on scheduled and discretionary asset and liability maturities. It evaluates the adequacy of funding sources to meet these needs. In addition, stress scenario tests are evaluated to ensure adequacy of funding in an adverse environment. These stress tests include reduced access to traditional funding sources in addition to expected drawdowns of contingent liquidity exposures (for example, liquidity agreements with conduits).

Derivatives We use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist our customers with their risk management objectives. All derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included either in the

40


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

results of operations or in other comprehensive income, depending on the nature and purpose of the derivative transaction. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not usually exchanged, but is used only as the basis upon which interest or other payments are calculated.

      For interest rate risk management, we use derivatives as a cost-and capital-efficient way to hedge on-balance sheet assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions. Derivatives used for interest rate risk management include various interest rate swap, futures, forward and option structures with indices that relate to the pricing of specific on-balance sheet instruments. Trading and customer derivatives include a wide array of interest rate, foreign currency, credit and equity derivatives.

      Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a future date or dates, which may range from a few days to a number of years, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Futures and forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell at a future date a financial instrument, commodity or currency at a contracted price and may be settled in cash or through delivery. Option contracts give the purchaser, for a fee, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited time, a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash, based on differentials between specified indices. Credit derivatives are contractual agreements that provide insurance against a credit event including bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations of one or more referenced credits in exchange for a fee.

      We measure the credit exposure on our derivative contracts by taking into account both the current market value of each contract in a gain position, which is reported on the balance sheet, plus a prudent estimate of potential change in value over each contract’s life. The measurement of the potential future exposure for each credit facility is based on a simulation of market rates and generally takes into account legally enforceable risk mitigating agreements for each obligor such as netting and collateral.

      We manage the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way that we manage credit risk of our loan portfolios, by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For nondealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When we have more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with that counterparty. The Credit Risk Management section has more information on the management of credit risk.

      The market risk associated with interest rate risk management derivatives is fully incorporated into our earnings simulation model in the same manner as financial instruments for which the interest-bearing balance is reflected on the balance sheet. The Interest Rate Risk Management section describes the way in which we manage this risk. The market risk associated with trading and customer derivative positions is managed using the VAR methodology, as described in the Market Risk Management section.

      Detailed information on our derivatives used for interest rate risk management is included in Table 17 through Table 19. Additional information is also included in Note 1, Note 4 and Note 18 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk Management Managing interest rate risk is fundamental to banking. The inherent maturity and repricing characteristics of our day-to-day lending and deposit activities create a naturally asset-sensitive structure. By using a combination of financial instruments, we manage the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates within our established policy guidelines. The Asset and Liability Management Committee oversees the interest rate risk management process and approves policy guidelines. Balance sheet management and finance personnel monitor the day-to-day exposure to changes in interest rates in response to loan and deposit flows. They make adjustments within established policy guidelines as needed to manage overall risk exposure.

      In analyzing interest rate sensitivity for policy measurement, we compare our forecasted earnings per share in both a “high rate” and “low rate” scenario to base-line scenarios. Our base-line scenario is our estimated most likely path for future short-term interest rates over the next 24 months. The second base-line scenario holds short-term rates flat at their current level over our forecast horizon. The “high rate” and “low rate” scenarios assume gradual 200 basis point increases or decreases in the federal funds rate from the beginning point of each base-line scenario over the next 12-month period. Our policy limit for the maximum negative impact on earnings per share resulting from “high rate” or “low rate” scenarios is 5 percent. The policy limit applies to the “most likely rate” and the “flat rate” base-line scenarios. The policy measurement period is 12 months in length, beginning with the first month of the forecast.

Earnings Sensitivity Our “flat rate” scenario holds the federal funds rate constant at 1.25 percent through December 2003. Based on our December 2002 outlook, if interest rates were to follow our “high rate” scenario (i.e., a 200 basis point increase in short-term rates from our “flat rate” scenario), our earnings sensitivity model indicates earnings during the policy measurement period would decline by 0.9 percent. Typically, we analyze a 200 basis point decline for our “low rate” scenario. However, because of the current federal funds rate level, we believe a 50 basis point decline in rates is more appropriate. If rates were to follow the “low rate” scenario relative to “flat rates,” earnings would decline by 0.1 percent.

      For our “most likely rate” scenario, we believe the market forward implied rate (“market rate”) is the most appropriate. This scenario assumes the federal funds rate remains level at 1.25 percent through the second quarter of 2003 and gradually rises to 2.00 percent by December 2003. Sensitivity to the “market rate” scenario is measured using a gradual 200 basis point increase over a 12-month period. Our model indicates that earnings would

41


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

be negatively affected by 1.9 percent in a “high rate” scenario relative to the market rate over the policy period. Additionally, we measure a scenario where rates gradually decline 50 basis points over a 12-month period relative to the “most likely rate” scenario. The model indicates that earnings would be negatively affected in this scenario by 0.1 percent.

      In addition to the standard scenarios used to analyze rate sensitivity over the policy measurement period, we regularly analyze the potential impact of other more extreme interest rate scenarios. These alternate “what if” scenarios may include interest rate paths that are higher, lower and more volatile than those used for policy measurement. For example, based on our December 2002 outlook, if short-term rates rise by 300 basis points over the course of 2003, earnings in 2003 would decline by 1.6 percent.

      While our interest rate sensitivity modeling assumes that management takes no action, we regularly assess the viability of strategies to reduce unacceptable risks to earnings and we implement such strategies when we believe those actions are prudent. As new monthly outlooks become available, we formulate strategies aimed at protecting earnings from the potential negative effects of changes in interest rates.

Financial Disclosure We have always maintained internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As a bank holding company, we are subject to the internal control reporting and attestation requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, and therefore, we are very familiar with the process of maintaining and evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting. In connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management focused its attention in 2002 on our “disclosure controls and procedures,” which as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are generally those controls and procedures designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in our reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In light of new regulatory requirements, we engaged in a process of reviewing our disclosure controls and procedures. As a result of our review, and although we believed that our pre-existing disclosure controls and procedures were effective in enabling us to comply with our disclosure obligations, we implemented minor enhancements to our disclosure controls and procedures. These enhancements, which included the establishment of a disclosure committee, generally formalized and documented the disclosure controls and procedures that we already had in place.

      The disclosure committee, which includes senior representatives from our treasury, accounting and investor relations departments, as well as from our four core business segments, assists senior management in its oversight of the accuracy and timeliness of our disclosures, as well as in implementing and evaluating our overall disclosure process. As part of our disclosure process, accounting representatives in our finance division and representatives from our four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank, prepare and review monthly, quarterly and annual financial reports, which also are reviewed by each of the business segment’s chief financial officers and senior management. Accounting representatives in our finance division also conduct further reviews with our senior management team, other appropriate personnel involved in the disclosure process, including the disclosure committee and internal audit, and our external auditors and counsel, as appropriate. Financial results and other financial information also are reviewed with the Audit & Compliance Committee of the board of directors on a quarterly basis. In addition, accounting representatives in our finance division meet with representatives of our primary federal banking regulators on a quarterly basis to review, among other things, income statement and balance sheet trends, any significant or unusual transactions, changes in or adoption of significant accounting policies, and other significant non-financial data, as identified by our representatives. The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer also meet with the federal banking regulators on a semiannual basis. As required by applicable regulatory requirements, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer review and make various certifications regarding the accuracy of our periodic public reports filed with the SEC and our disclosure controls and procedures. With the assistance of the disclosure committee, we will continue to assess and monitor our disclosure controls and procedures and will make refinements as necessary.

Accounting and Regulatory Matters

      The following information addresses new or proposed accounting pronouncements related to our industry as well as new or proposed legislation that will continue to have a significant impact on our industry.

Consolidations In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, which addresses consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs), certain of which are also referred to as SPEs. VIEs are entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinate financial support from other parties. Under the provisions of FIN 46, a company will consolidate a VIE if the company has a variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns if they occur or both. The company that consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary. The provisions of FIN 46 are applicable to variable interests in VIEs created after January 31, 2003. Variable interest in VIEs created before February 1, 2003, are subject to the provision of FIN 46 no later than July 1, 2003. In addition, if it is reasonably possible that a company will consolidate or disclose information about a VIE when FIN 46 becomes effective, the company is required to disclose the nature, purpose, size and activities of the VIE and the company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE in its December 31, 2002, financial statements.

42


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Because of the extensive analysis that is required to adopt FIN 46, we have not fully assessed the impact of adopting this standard, including whether any cumulative effect of an accounting change will be recognized in the results of operations in the period of adoption, which will be no later than the quarter ended September 30, 2003. Certain entities that are preliminarily considered VIEs in which we have a significant or majority variable interest may change before adoption of FIN 46. We have provided the required disclosures in Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, which amended SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 148 provides three methods for transition to the fair value method of accounting for stock options for those companies that elect the fair value method under SFAS 123. The three methods include: the prospective method for new stock options awarded after the date of the adoption of the fair value method, which is the method originally required by SFAS 123; the modified prospective method for all stock options unvested as of the date of adoption of the fair value method; and the retroactive restatement method of all periods presented. In 2002, we adopted the fair value method of accounting using the prospective method. SFAS 148 also requires more prominent disclosures about the method of accounting for stock options and the impact on the results of operations of the method used. We have provided these required disclosures in Note 1 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Guarantees In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN 45. FIN 45 requires a company to record as a liability the fair value of certain guarantees initiated by the company. The offsetting entry is dependent on the nature of the guarantee, with an asset generally being recorded, such as the consideration received for providing a letter of credit or prepaid rent for a residual value guarantee in an operating lease. The liability recorded will typically be reduced by a credit to the results of operations as the guarantee lapses, which generally will occur on a systematic basis over the term of the guarantee or at settlement of the guarantee.

      The initial measurement and recognition provisions of FIN 45 are effective for applicable guarantees written or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of these recognition provisions will result in recording liabilities associated with certain guarantees that we provide. These include the residual value guarantees issued in conjunction with the railcar sale/leaseback discussed in the Off-Balance Sheet Profile section, standby letters of credit for which the consideration is received at periods other than at the beginning of the term, and certain liquidity facilities we provide to the conduits we administer. The impact of the initial measurement and recognition provisions of FIN 45 is dependent on the number and size of applicable future guarantees that we provide; however, we do not anticipate that the impact will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures beginning with the December 31, 2002, financial statements of these and other guarantees. We have provided the disclosure required by FIN 45 in Note 18 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for all applicable guarantees in effect at December 31, 2002.

Exit Costs In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. Under the provisions of SFAS 146, a liability for costs associated with exit or disposal activities is recognized only when a liability has been incurred. Previously, a liability was recognized when management committed to a plan of disposal and the plan met certain criteria, even though commitment to a plan did not, by itself, necessarily result in a liability.

      Specifically, under SFAS 146, involuntary employee termination costs will be recorded on the date that employees are notified, if the period between notification and termination is the lesser of 60 days or the legally required notification period. Otherwise, these costs will be recognized evenly over the period from notification to termination. Costs associated with terminating a contract, including leases, will be recognized when the contract is legally terminated or the benefits of the contract are no longer being realized.

      SFAS 146 is effective for exit plans initiated after December 31, 2002. The impact this standard will have is dependent on the number and size of any exit or disposal activities that we undertake, and the effect will be largely on the timing of expense recognition.

Asset Impairment In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which supercedes both SFAS 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for the disposal of a segment of a business. SFAS 144 retains the fundamental provisions in SFAS 121 for recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets held for use and long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale and resolves significant implementation issues associated with SFAS 121. Unlike SFAS 121, an impairment assessment under SFAS 144 does not result in a write-down of goodwill. Rather, goodwill is evaluated for impairment under SFAS 142, as described below.

      We adopted SFAS 144 on January 1, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 144 for long-lived assets held for use had no material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. The provisions of SFAS 144 for assets held for sale or other disposal generally are required to be applied prospectively after the adoption date to newly initiated disposal activities.

Business Combinations In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS 141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, be accounted for using the purchase method. Also under SFAS 141, identified intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination must be sep-

43


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

arately valued and recorded on the balance sheet if they meet certain requirements. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives acquired in purchase business combinations completed before July 1, 2001, are subject to amortization through December 31, 2001, at which time amortization ceases. We adopted SFAS 141 and the provisions of SFAS 142 relating to amortization of intangible assets on July 1, 2001.

      Under the provisions of SFAS 142, goodwill and identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Rather they are subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and when appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced. Unamortized intangible assets associated with disposed assets are included in the determination of gain or loss on sale of the disposed assets.

      The merger of First Union and the former Wachovia was accounted for using the purchase method, and in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 141, the goodwill recorded in connection with the merger was never subject to amortization.

      Under the provisions of SFAS 142, all goodwill and identified intangible assets with an indefinite useful life must be tested for impairment as of January 1, 2002, and annually thereafter. This test involves assigning tangible assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further test is required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. Under SFAS 142, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We determined that lines of business were our reporting units. Our impairment evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the year ended December 31, 2002, indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired.

Derivatives Used in Trading Activities In November 2002, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) concluded in EITF Issue 02-3, Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities, that a company could not recognize an unrealized gain at the inception of a derivative contract unless the fair value of that contract was based on either quoted market prices in an active market, observable prices of other current market transactions or valuation models where the variables in the models were based on observable data. The impact of EITF 02-3 does not change the actual gain or loss over the life of a contract. Rather, it affects the timing of the recognition of unrealized gains and losses over the life of a contract. EITF 02-3 was effective for all transactions entered into after November 21, 2002. We have an insignificant number of contracts subject to EITF 02-3, and accordingly, this consensus had no impact on our 2002 results of operations. The impact in 2003 and thereafter will depend on the type and volume of contracts subject to EITF 02-3.

Regulatory Matters On October 26, 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 became law. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the IMLAFA). The IMLAFA contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. The IMLAFA requires U.S. financial institutions to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering and grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’ operations. As of the date of this filing, the impact of the IMLAFA on our operations is not expected to be material. We are establishing policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the IMLAFA.

      In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (Modernization Act) became law. The Modernization Act allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of nonbanking activities than was permissible before enactment, including underwriting insurance and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies. It also allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks; removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities activities. This part of the Modernization Act became effective in March 2000. In 2000, we became a financial holding company pursuant to the Modernization Act and are thereby permitted to engage in the broader range of activities that the Modernization Act permits.

      The Modernization Act also modifies current law related to financial privacy and community reinvestment. The new privacy provisions generally prohibit financial institutions, such as ours, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information to non-affiliated third parties unless customers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure.

      On July 30, 2002, President George W. Bush signed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 into law. The intent of this law is to reform specific matters pertaining to public accounting oversight, auditor independence and corporate responsibility. Requirements in the act will affect certain of our corporate governance policies and certain of our business lines, such as securities analysis. We continue to assess and refine our corporate governance policies in response to this law. We do not believe this law will negatively affect our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      Various legislative and regulatory proposals concerning the financial services industry are pending in Congress, the legislatures in states in which we conduct operations and before various regulatory agencies that supervise our operations. Given the

44


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

uncertainty of the legislative and regulatory process, we cannot assess the impact of any such legislation or regulations on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Earnings Analysis for Fourth Quarter 2002

      Fourth quarter 2002 net income available to common stockholders was $891 million, or 66 cents per share, up 22 percent from $730 million, or 54 cents in the fourth quarter of 2001. These results included after-tax net merger-related and restructuring expenses of $92 million, or six cents per share, in 2002, and $63 million, or four cents, in 2001. Total revenues were down from the fourth quarter of 2001 primarily due to weak trading results and higher net principal investing losses, partially offset by gains on the sale of loans and securities. The provision for loan losses declined from the fourth quarter of 2001, primarily due to charge-offs on exposure to an energy services company that filed for bankruptcy in the fourth quarter of 2001. The fourth quarter 2002 provision did, however, exceed net charge-offs by $109 million due to the transfer of exposure to loans held for sale and the sale of loans directly out of the portfolio. Additionally, income tax expense for the fourth quarter of 2002 included the recognition of a tax benefit primarily related to a loss on our investment in The Money Store. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions taken as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce risk. See Table 5 for additional information.

Earnings and Balance Sheet Analysis for Prior Year
(2001 Compared with 2000)

      Net income available to common stockholders was $1.6 billion in 2001 compared with $92 million in 2000. Results in each period were diminished by after-tax net merger-related, restructuring and other net expenses, which amounted to $737 million in 2001 and $2.8 billion in 2000. Also in 2000, we recorded a $46 million after-tax charge for the cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests.

      Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased 5 percent from 2000 to $7.9 billion in 2001. This increase was due to the lower interest rate environment, an increase in the proportion of low-cost core deposits and the addition of earning assets from the former Wachovia. This was offset by a number of factors in the second half of 2000 and in 2001. Actions taken in the second half of 2000 as a result of our strategic repositioning negatively affected net interest income, including the sale of the credit card portfolio, securitization of home equity loans and branch divestitures. Because these actions were taken late in the year, they had a partial impact in 2000 but affected the full year of 2001. Additionally, derivative positions that contributed positively to the margin matured in December 2000. Actions taken in 2001 that negatively affected net interest income included branch divestitures and home equity securitizations.

      The contribution of hedge-related derivative income to the net interest margin declined from 23 basis points in 2000 to 18 basis points in 2001 largely due to derivatives that matured in December 2000. The average rate earned on earning assets declined 96 basis points from 2000 to 7.36 percent in 2001 and the average rate paid on liabilities decreased 115 basis points from 2000 to 4.16 percent in 2001.

      Fee and other income was $6.3 billion in 2001, down 6 percent from 2000. The decline largely reflected a $707 million net loss in principal investing compared with principal investing net gains of $395 million in 2000, which was partially offset by the addition of four months of fee and other income related to the former Wachovia.

      Service charges increased 19 percent to $1.4 billion and other banking fees increased 4 percent to $806 million from 2000 due in part to the addition of the former Wachovia. Commissions, which include brokerage and insurance commissions, decreased $23 million to $1.6 billion in 2001 reflecting the weakened trading environment. Fiduciary and asset management fees increased 9 percent to $1.6 billion primarily due to increased asset-based fees in brokerage asset management accounts and to the addition of fee income from the former Wachovia. Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees increased 20 percent to $492 million primarily due to strength in the fixed income businesses in the Corporate and Investment Bank.

      Trading account profits were $344 million in 2001, up from $308 million in 2000. Securities transactions resulted in a net loss of $67 million in 2001, including impairment losses of $240 million offset by realized gains. In 2000, securities transactions resulted in a net loss of $1.1 billion, including impairment losses of $80 million.

      Other income, including results from asset sales and securitizations, decreased $846 million from 2000 to $856 million in 2001. Asset sales and securitization gains amounted to $282 million in 2001 and $265 million in 2000. Net market value write-downs on loans held for sale were $86 million in 2001 and $217 million in 2000. In 2001, we recorded a $21 million loss on the discontinued indirect auto lending and leasing business, and in 2000, a $73 million loss principally related to reserves on auto lease residuals.

      Other income also included affordable housing write-downs of $99 million in 2001 compared with $111 million in 2000. Offsetting these affordable housing write-downs were related tax credits amounting to $163 million and $187 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively, which are included in income taxes. Other income in 2001 also included a $75 million gain recorded in connection with the sale of our investment in Star Systems, Inc. In 2000, other income included gains on the sale of the credit card portfolio of $937 million, $71 million on the sale of servicing and $357 million in branch sale gains.

      Noninterest expense was $9.8 billion in 2001, down 16 percent from 2000. The decrease in noninterest expense from 2000 primarily reflected a 2000 net restructuring expense of $2.2 billion offset by the addition of four months of expenses from the former Wachovia in 2001, as well as amortization of intangibles other than goodwill recorded in connection with the merger. The decrease in noninterest expense also reflected our expense control initiatives, divestitures of certain businesses in late 2000 and lower variable compensation expense.

      Income taxes were $674 million in 2001 and $565 million in 2000 and the effective tax rate was 29.39 percent in 2001 and 80.37 percent in 2000. Net income in 2000 included a $1.8 billion

45


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

write-down for impairment of intangible assets, primarily goodwill. This charge is not deductible for federal or state income tax purposes. Accordingly, this charge had the effect of significantly increasing the effective tax rate in 2000.

      General Bank total revenue was $7.0 billion in 2001 and $5.8 billion in 2000. The increase was due to improved sales production, increased core deposits and to four months of revenue related to the former Wachovia. Net interest income was $5.1 billion in 2001 and $4.4 billion in 2000, reflecting increases in average loans and average core deposits. Fee and other income, which reflected improved service charge income, higher mortgage-related income and strong debit card revenues, was $1.7 billion in 2001 and $1.3 billion in 2000. The provision for loan losses was $425 million in 2001 and $219 million in 2000. The higher provision was due to increased charge-offs related to the normal aging of the home equity portfolio, increased commercial provisions and provisions recorded in connection with loan sales and transfers to loans held for sale. Noninterest expense, excluding the addition of four months of noninterest expense from the former Wachovia, was essentially flat, reflecting solid expense control.

      Loan growth was largely due to across-the-board strength in consumer loans and the addition of loans from the former Wachovia. General Bank average core deposits were $110 billion in 2001, an increase of $12 billion from 2000, including core deposits from the former Wachovia. Both consumer and commercial deposits increased, primarily in interest checking, savings and money market accounts, reflecting our focus on acquiring low-cost core deposits.

      Capital Management total revenue remained steady at $2.9 billion in both 2001 and 2000, as the effects of the declining financial markets were essentially offset by strong product sales and revenue from the former Wachovia. The continued focus on expense control was apparent, as noninterest expense remained essentially flat with 2000 levels, despite the higher noninterest expense base associated with the addition of the former Wachovia.

      Wealth Management total revenue was $646 million in 2001 and $509 million in 2000 reflecting the addition of four months of revenue from the former Wachovia. Net interest income was $251 million in 2001 and $190 million in 2000. Fee and other income amounted to $394 million in 2001 and $319 million in 2000. The increase in noninterest expense year over year reflects the addition of four months of noninterest expense from the former Wachovia.

      Overall Corporate and Investment Bank results were adversely affected by a $1.1 billion decline in principal investing results with a $707 million net loss in principal investing in 2001 compared with principal investing net gains of $395 million in 2000. Our principal investing business was negatively affected by the significant decline in equity market valuations, particularly in the telecommunications and technology sectors, and the related change in debt and private equity capital availability afforded to venture capital-backed companies in 2001. Excluding principal investing, the Corporate and Investment Bank’s 2001 revenue increased $763 million from 2000, partly due to the addition of four months of revenue from the former Wachovia. Noninterest expense increased $153 million from 2000 due to the addition of four months of noninterest expense from the former Wachovia.

      Net interest income in the Parent decreased $883 million due to divested businesses. The $224 million decline in fee and other income was also primarily related to the divested businesses. Noninterest expense declined $277 million due to the divested businesses, reduced management expenses and other reductions in corporate expenses.

      We had securities available for sale with a market value of $58 billion at December 31, 2001, compared with $48 billion at December 31, 2000. Investment securities were $1.6 billion at December 31, 2000.

      Included in securities available for sale at December 31, 2001, were residual interests with a market value of $1.0 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $205 million. At December 31, 2000, securities available for sale included residual interests with a market value of $298 million, which included a net unrealized gain of $43 million.

      Net loans were $164 billion at December 31, 2001, and $124 billion at December 31, 2000. This increase included loans from the former Wachovia, offset by consumer portfolio loan sales and securitizations, transfers to loans held for sale, the sale of specific commercial loans and strategic reductions in less profitable commercial loans in connection with loan portfolio management actions in 2001. Commercial loans represented 67 percent and consumer loans 33 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2001. Managed loans were $216 billion at December 31, 2001, and $168 billion at December 31, 2000. The average rate earned on loans decreased 98 basis points from 2000 to 7.91 percent in 2001, which was in line with reductions in interest rates.

      At December 31, 2001, nonperforming assets, including non-performing loans classified as loans held for sale, were $1.9 billion and at December 31, 2000, $1.6 billion. The increase in 2001 was due largely to the addition of nonperforming assets from the former Wachovia. The increase also included $200 million of nonperforming assets related to an energy services company that filed for bankruptcy in 2001 and to the transfer to nonperforming assets of part of our Argentinean exposure. Nonperforming loans classified as loans held for sale in 2001 amounted to $228 million compared with $334 million in 2000. As a percentage of net loans, foreclosed properties and loans held for sale, nonperforming assets improved to 1.13 percent at December 31, 2001, compared with 1.22 percent at December 31, 2000.

      Accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding loans that are classified as loans held for sale, amounted to $288 million at December 31, 2001, compared with $183 million at December 31, 2000. Substantially all of the increase was the result of the addition of loans from the former Wachovia. Of these past due loans at December 31, 2001, $82 million were commercial loans or commercial real estate loans and $206 million were consumer loans.

46


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

      Net charge-offs were 0.70 percent of average net loans in 2001 and 0.59 percent in 2000. Net charge-offs were $937 million in 2001 and $751 million in 2000. The $186 million increase in net charge-offs year over year reflected a $97 million charge-off related to the energy services company referred to above and to net charge-offs related to loans from the former Wachovia.

      The provision for loan losses was $1.9 billion in 2001 and $1.7 billion in 2000. Components of the provision in 2001 included $937 million equal to net charge-offs, $284 million related to loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale and $726 million in incremental provision. The incremental provision was recorded in response to the deterioration in the credit environment as well as to the integration of the loan portfolios as a result of the merger. Components of the provision in 2000 included $751 million equal to net charge-offs, $657 million related to loans transferred to loans held for sale and $328 million in incremental provision.

      As a result of these actions and the addition of $766 million in allowance from the former Wachovia, the allowance for loan losses increased $1.3 billion to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2001. The allowance rose to 1.83 percent of net loans at December 31, 2001, from 1.39 percent at December 31, 2000.

      At December 31, 2001, loans held for sale amounted to $7.8 billion compared with $8.1 billion at December 31, 2000. In 2001, we transferred a net $1.3 billion of loans to loans held for sale; $968 million of these were performing and $291 million were nonperforming at the time of the transfer. Of the $335 million allowance associated with the loans transferred to loans held for sale, $87 million represented existing reserves and $248 million represented additional provision to adjust the loans to the lower of cost or market value at the date of transfer. This activity included the post-merger, third quarter 2001 transfer to loans held for sale of $1.5 billion of overlapping loans and loans representing areas of perceived higher risk. Of these overlapping and higher risk loans, $1.4 billion were performing loans and $113 million were nonperforming.

      In 2001, we sold $23 billion in loans out of the loans held for sale portfolio. Of this total, $1.8 billion were commercial loans and $21 billion were consumer loans, primarily mortgages sold to agencies. Substantially all of the consumer loan sales represented normal flow business, which is originated directly into the loans held for sale portfolio. A total of $378 million of the loans sold were nonperforming. Included in the $23 billion was the securitization of $3.2 billion of The Money Store home equity loans that were transferred into loans held for sale in connection with our June 2000 strategic repositioning.

      Core deposits were $169 billion at December 31, 2001, and $122 billion at December 31, 2000. The majority of this increase was the result of the addition of deposits from the former Wachovia. Our renewed focus on gathering deposits stemmed a negative growth trend and led to deposit growth in low-cost core deposits in 2001, more than offsetting a decline in higher cost consumer certificate of deposit balances. In 2001 and 2000, average noninterest-bearing deposits were 23 percent and 24 percent, respectively, of average core deposits. The portion of core deposits in higher-rate, other consumer time deposits was 23 percent at December 31, 2001, and 29 percent at December 31, 2000.

      Average purchased funds, which include wholesale borrowings with maturities of 12 months or less, were $60 billion in 2001 and $66 billion in 2000. The decrease from 2000 was due to lower funding needs, primarily the result of the sale of $13 billion in securities in connection with our 2000 strategic repositioning and an increase in low-cost core deposits. Purchased funds were $63 billion at December 31, 2001, and $61 billion at December 31, 2000.

      Long-term debt was $42 billion at December 31, 2001, and $36 billion at December 31, 2000. Long-term debt included $3 billion of trust preferred securities at December 31, 2001, and $2 billion at December 31, 2000.

      Stockholders’ equity was $28 billion at December 31, 2001, including $13 billion from the issuance of shares in connection with the merger with the former Wachovia, and $15 billion at December 31, 2000. Common shares outstanding amounted to 1.4 billion at December 31, 2001, and 980 million at December 31, 2000, with the increase attributable to the 407 million shares issued in the Wachovia merger. In 2001, we repurchased 2 million shares of common stock in the open market at a cost of $64 million. We also retired 16 million shares at a cost of $568 million held by the former Wachovia. In addition, we retired 12 million shares at a cost of $652 million by settling a forward purchase contract and an equity forward contract. In 2000, we repurchased in the open market 15 million shares of common stock at a cost of $479 million.

      We paid $1.0 billion in dividends to common stockholders in 2001 and $1.9 billion in 2000. The decline from 2000 reflected a 50 percent reduction in the dividend rate to 24 cents per share, offset by dividends paid on the shares issued in connection with the merger. This represented a cash earnings dividend payout ratio of 38.40 percent in 2001 and 58.18 percent in 2000.

      At December 31, 2001, our tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.04 percent and 11.08 percent, respectively, and 7.02 percent and 11.19 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2000. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2001, was 6.19 percent and at December 31, 2000, 5.92 percent.

47


 

Financial Performance

“U.S. BANK of the YEAR”

Wachovia was honored in 2002 to be named “U.S. Bank of the Year” by the prestigious international finance magazine, The Banker, based in London. The award represents one of the HIGHEST ACCOLADES in the GLOBAL BANKING WORLD, reflecting OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENT and FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.

TRUCK

CONTENTS

     
49   Financial Tables
66   Five-Year Net Interest Income Summaries
68   Management's Statement of Responsibility
69   Independent Auditors' Report
70   Consolidated Balance Sheets
71   Consolidated Statements of Income
72   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
73   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
74   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48


 

Financial Tables

Table 1

SELECTED STATISTICAL DATA

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,
   
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
PROFITABILITY
                                       
Return on average common stockholders’ equity
    11.72 %     7.98       0.59       20.23       18.21  
Net interest margin (a)
    3.92       3.59       3.55       3.79       3.81  
Fee and other income as % of total revenue
    44.36       44.24       47.11       47.80       46.53  
Effective income tax rate
    23.29 %     29.39       80.37       33.29       27.09  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
ASSET QUALITY
                                       
Allowance as % of loans, net
    1.72 %     1.83       1.39       1.32       1.36  
Allowance as % of nonperforming assets (b)
    161       175       135       165       216  
Net charge-offs as % of average loans, net
    0.73       0.70       0.59       0.53       0.48  
Nonperforming assets as % of loans, net, foreclosed properties and loans held for sale
    1.11 %     1.13       1.22       0.78       0.63  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
                                       
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.22 %     7.04       7.02       7.08       6.81  
Total capital ratio
    12.01       11.08       11.19       10.87       10.99  
Leverage
    6.77 %     6.19       5.92       5.97       5.91  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
OTHER DATA
                                       
FTE employees
    80,778       84,046       70,639       71,659       71,486  
Total financial centers/brokerage offices
    3,280       3,434       2,568       2,650       2,714  
ATMs
    4,560       4,675       3,772       3,778       3,690  
Registered common stockholders
    181,455       191,231       157,524       168,989       146,775  
Actual common shares (In millions)
    1,357       1,362       980       988       982  
Common stock price
  $ 36.44       31.36       27.81       32.94       60.81  
Market capitalization
  $ 49,461       42,701       27,253       32,553       59,731  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Tax-equivalent.
 
(b)   These ratios do not include nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale.

49


 

Financial Tables

Table 2

SUMMARIES OF INCOME, PER COMMON SHARE AND BALANCE SHEET DATA

                                             
        Years Ended December 31,
       
(In millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARIES OF INCOME
                                       
Interest income
  $ 15,586       16,100       17,534       15,151       14,988  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Interest income (a)
  $ 15,804       16,259       17,633       15,269       15,105  
Interest expense
    5,763       8,325       10,097       7,699       7,711  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income (a)
    10,041       7,934       7,536       7,570       7,394  
Provision for loan losses
    1,479       1,947       1,736       692       691  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses (a)
    8,562       5,987       5,800       6,878       6,703  
Securities gains (losses)
    169       (67 )     (1,125 )     (63 )     357  
Fee and other income
    7,836       6,363       7,837       6,996       6,078  
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
    387       106       2,190       404       1,212  
Other noninterest expense
    11,295       9,725       9,520       8,458       7,844  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (a)
    4,885       2,452       802       4,949       4,082  
Income taxes
    1,088       674       565       1,608       1,074  
Tax-equivalent adjustment
    218       159       99       118       117  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    3,579       1,619       138       3,223       2,891  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (46 )            
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income
    3,579       1,619       92       3,223       2,891  
Dividends on preferred stock
    19       6                    
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,613       92       3,223       2,891  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
                                       
Basic
                                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.12       3.35       2.98  
 
Net income
    2.62       1.47       0.07       3.35       2.98  
Diluted
                                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
    2.60       1.45       0.12       3.33       2.95  
 
Net income
    2.60       1.45       0.07       3.33       2.95  
Cash dividends
  $ 1.00       0.96       1.92       1.88       1.58  
Average common shares — Basic
    1,356       1,096       971       959       969  
Average common shares — Diluted
    1,369       1,105       974       967       980  
Average common stockholders’ equity
  $ 30,384       20,218       15,541       15,932       15,878  
Book value per common share
    23.63       20.88       15.66       16.91       17.20  
Common stock price
                                       
 
High
    39.50       36.38       38.88       65.06       65.69  
 
Low
    28.75       27.81       24.00       32.44       44.69  
 
Year-end
  $ 36.44       31.36       27.81       32.94       60.81  
   
To earnings ratio (b)
    14.02 X     21.63       397.29       9.89       20.61  
   
To book value
    154 %     150       178       195       353  
BALANCE SHEET DATA
                                       
Assets
  $ 341,839       330,452       254,170       253,024       237,087  
Long-term debt
  $ 39,662       41,733       35,809       31,975       22,949  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Tax-equivalent.
 
(b)   Based on diluted earnings per common share.

50


 

Financial Tables

Table 3

FEE AND OTHER INCOME — CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK (a)

                                     
        Years Ended December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE BANKING
                               
Lending/Treasury services
  $ 638       313       249       208  
Leasing
    164       179       182       163  
International
    296       251       231       227  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,098       743       662       598  
Intersegment revenue
    (57 )     (40 )     (39 )     (39 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total Corporate Banking
    1,041       703       623       559  
 
   
     
     
     
 
INVESTMENT BANKING
                               
Agency
    281       306       414       496  
Fixed income
    510       516       348       310  
Affordable housing
    92       66       (111 )     (82 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    883       888       651       724  
Intersegment revenue
    (30 )     (22 )     (10 )     (10 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total Investment Banking
    853       866       641       714  
 
   
     
     
     
 
PRINCIPAL INVESTING
    (266 )     (707 )     395       592  
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
Total fee and other income — Corporate and Investment Bank
  $ 1,628       862       1,659       1,865  
 
   
     
     
     
 


(a)   The aggregate amounts of trading account profits included in this table in 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $49 million, $302 million, $295 million and $281 million, respectively.

Table 4

SELECTED RATIOS

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,
   
    2002   2001   2000   1999   1998
   
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS (a)
                                       
Assets to stockholders’ equity
    10.54 X     13.37       15.93       14.46       13.99  
Return on assets
    1.12 %     0.60       0.04       1.40       1.30  
Return on common stockholders’ equity
    11.72       7.98       0.59       20.23       18.21  
Return on total stockholders’ equity
    11.78 %     8.00       0.59       20.23       18.21  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
DIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIOS
                                       
Common shares
    38.46 %     66.21       2,742.86       56.46       52.72  
Preferred and common shares
    38.72 %     64.13       2,742.86       56.46       52.72  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Based on average balances and net income.

51


 

Financial Tables

Table 5

SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA

                                                                   
      2002   2001
     
 
(In millions, except per                                                                
share data)   Fourth   Third   Second   First   Fourth   Third   Second   First

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
  $ 3,877       3,912       3,894       3,903       4,311       3,944       3,820       4,025  
Interest expense
    1,407       1,446       1,433       1,477       1,879       2,014       2,109       2,323  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    2,470       2,466       2,461       2,426       2,432       1,930       1,711       1,702  
Provision for loan losses
    308       435       397       339       381       1,124       223       219  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    2,162       2,031       2,064       2,087       2,051       806       1,488       1,483  
Securities gains (losses)
    46       71       58       (6 )     (16 )     (35 )           (16 )
Fee and other income
    1,932       1,819       2,052       2,033       2,076       1,067       1,630       1,590  
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
    145       107       143       (8 )     88       85       (69 )     2  
Other noninterest expense
    2,897       2,838       2,783       2,777       2,942       2,310       2,266       2,207  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefits)
    1,098       976       1,248       1,345       1,081       (557 )     921       848  
Income taxes (benefits)
    203       60       393       432       345       (223 )     288       264  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    895       916       855       913       736       (334 )     633       584  
Dividends on preferred stock
    4       3       6       6       6                    
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 891       913       849       907       730       (334 )     633       584  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
                                                               
 
Basic earnings
  $ 0.66       0.67       0.62       0.67       0.54       (0.31 )     0.65       0.60  
 
Diluted earnings
    0.66       0.66       0.62       0.66       0.54       (0.31 )     0.64       0.59  
 
Cash dividends
    0.26       0.26       0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24       0.24  
 
Common stock price
                                                               
 
High
    37.43       37.47       39.50       37.50       31.90       36.38       34.94       34.09  
 
Low
    28.75       30.51       35.98       30.26       27.90       27.95       29.70       27.81  
 
Period-end
  $ 36.44       32.69       38.18       37.08       31.36       31.00       34.94       33.00  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
SELECTED RATIOS (a)
                                                               
Return on assets
    1.08 %     1.13       1.09       1.17       0.91       (0.50 )     1.03       0.96  
Return on total stockholders’ equity
    11.12       11.68       11.59       12.81       10.22       (6.52 )     15.84       14.95  
Stockholders’ equity to assets
    9.68 %     9.67       9.40       9.17       8.94       7.59       6.47       6.45  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Based on average balances and net income (loss).

52


 

Financial Tables

Table 6

SECURITIES

                                                                             
        December 31, 2002
       
                                                Gross Unrealized           Average
        1 Year   1-5   5-10   After 10          
  Amortized   Maturity
(In millions)   or Less   Years   Years   Years   Total   Gains   Losses   Cost   in Years

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET VALUE
                                                                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ 325       7       862             1,194       21             1,173       4.21  
U.S. Government agencies
    116       32,432       1,414             33,962       860       10       33,112       2.34  
Asset-backed
                                                                       
 
Residual interests from securitizations
    28       472       754       95       1,349       491             858       5.17  
 
Retained bonds from securitizations
    138       9,751       2,940       54       12,883       427       9       12,465       4.62  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    33       8,685       12             8,730       48       5       8,687       2.12  
   Commercial mortgage-backed
          507       6,381             6,888       548       1       6,341       6.41  
   Other
    42       252             3       297       6       1       292       2.48  
State, county and municipal
    73       268       576       1,865       2,782       249       25       2,558       16.49  
Sundry
    199       2,079       3,588       1,853       7,719       184       78       7,613       6.44  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total market value
  $ 954       54,453       16,527       3,870       75,804       2,834       129       73,099       3.99  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
MARKET VALUE
                                                                       
Debt securities
  $ 954       54,453       16,527       2,296       74,230       2,819       112       71,523          
Equity securities
                      1,574       1,574       15       17       1,576          
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total market value
  $ 954       54,453       16,527       3,870       75,804       2,834       129       73,099          
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
AMORTIZED COST
                                                                       
Debt securities
  $ 919       52,985       15,459       2,160       71,523                                  
Equity securities
                      1,576       1,576                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 
   
Total amortized cost
  $ 919       52,985       15,459       3,736       73,099                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD
                                                                       
U.S. Treasury
    1.52 %     8.68       2.24             2.07                                  
U.S. Government agencies
    6.28       5.26       5.69             5.28                                  
Asset-backed
                                                                       
 
Residual interests from securitizations
          82.38       14.90       7.81       38.49                                  
 
Retained bonds from securitizations
    6.74       5.35       2.79       8.29       4.79                                  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    6.12       4.01       2.87             4.02                                  
   Commercial mortgage-backed
          6.51       6.21             6.23                                  
   Other
    3.33       5.86                   5.45                                  
State, county and municipal
    8.08       9.19       9.20       7.68       8.12                                  
Sundry
    6.57       6.57       7.04       5.43       6.51                                  
 
Consolidated
    4.73 %     5.60       5.87       7.37       5.68                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 

53


 

Financial Tables

                                                                           
      December 31, 2001
     
                                  Gross Unrealized       Average
      1 Year   1-5   5-10   After 10          
  Amortized   Maturity
(In millions)   or Less   Years   Years   Years   Total   Gains   Losses   Cost   in Years

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET VALUE
                                                                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ 862       44       1       92       999       2       8       1,005       2.83  
U.S. Government agencies
    250       7,070       22,356       929       30,605       308       250       30,547       6.54  
Asset-backed
                                                                       
 
Residual interests
    28       724       264             1,016       205             811       2.55  
 
Other
    222       10,366       4,806       886       16,280       549       175       15,906       4.20  
State, county and municipal
    60       274       480       1,606       2,420       142       59       2,337       17.95  
Sundry
    287       1,258       4,009       1,593       7,147       89       112       7,170       7.36  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total market value
  $ 1,709       19,736       31,916       5,106       58,467       1,295       604       57,776       6.31  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
MARKET VALUE
                                                                       
Debt securities
  $ 1,709       19,736       31,916       3,871       57,232       1,279       590       56,543          
Equity securities
                      1,235       1,235       16       14       1,233          
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total market value
  $ 1,709       19,736       31,916       5,106       58,467       1,295       604       57,776          
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
AMORTIZED COST
                                                                       
Debt securities
  $ 1,694       19,191       31,680       3,978       56,543                                  
Equity securities
                      1,233       1,233                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 
 
Total amortized cost
  $ 1,694       19,191       31,680       5,211       57,776                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD
                                                                       
U.S. Treasury
    1.06 %     4.43       8.04       5.21       1.62                                  
U.S. Government agencies
    5.45       6.32       6.37       6.00       6.34                                  
Asset-backed
                                                                       
 
Residual interests
    11.69       15.99       27.26             17.46                                  
 
Other
    7.42       6.03       7.12       6.39       6.39                                  
State, county and municipal
    6.90       7.75       9.78       7.96       8.24                                  
Sundry
    7.52       6.60       7.39       5.52       6.83                                  
 
Consolidated
    3.97 %     6.54       6.73       6.51       6.57                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                                 


         At December 31, 2002 and 2001, all securities were classified as available for sale.
 
         Included in U.S. Government agencies are agency securities retained from the securitization of residential mortgage loans. These securities had an amortized cost and market value of $4.9 billion and $5.1 billion at December 31, 2002, respectively, and an amortized cost and market value of $5.3 billion and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2001, respectively.
 
         Included in asset-backed securities are retained bonds from the securitization of primarily prime equity lines, residential mortgage, commercial real estate, SBA and student loans. At December 31, 2002, retained bonds with an amortized cost of $11.6 billion and a market value of $11.9 billion are rated as investment grade. Retained bonds with an amortized cost and market value of $10.9 billion and $11.2 billion at December 31, 2002, respectively, have an external credit rating of AA and above. At December 31, 2001, retained bonds from securitizations had an amortized cost and market value of $10.2 billion and $10.5 billion, respectively. Also included in asset-backed securities at December 31, 2001, are collateralized mortgage obligations with an amortized cost and market value of $686 million and $689 million, respectively, and commercial mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost and market value of $4.7 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively.
 
         Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $44 billion at December 31, 2002, are pledged to secure U.S. Government and other public deposits and for other purposes as required by various statutes or agreements.
 
         Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Average maturity excludes equity securities and money market funds.
 
         Yields related to securities exempt from federal and state income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate of 35 percent and applicable state tax rates.
 
         At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were forward commitments to purchase securities at a cost that approximates a market value of $5.3 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were commitments to sell securities at a cost that approximates a market value of $3.7 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.
 
         Gross gains and losses realized on the sale of debt securities in 2002 were $380 million and $180 million (including $172 million of impairment losses), respectively, and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of equity securities were $14 million and $45 million, respectively. Gross gains and losses realized on the sale of debt securities in 2001 were $176 million and $160 million (including $240 million of impairment losses), respectively, and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of equity securities were $46 million and $129 million, respectively. Gross gains and losses realized on the sale of debt securities in 2000 were $144 million and $1.3 billion (including $151 million of impairment losses), respectively, and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of equity securities were $24 million and $28 million, respectively.

54


 

Financial Tables

Table 7

LOANS — ON-BALANCE SHEET, AND MANAGED AND SERVICING PORTFOLIOS

                                             
        December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
ON-BALANCE SHEET LOAN PORTFOLIO
                                       
 
COMMERCIAL
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 56,501       61,258       54,207       51,683       53,961  
 
Real estate — construction and other
    6,849       7,969       3,104       2,435       2,628  
 
Real estate — mortgage
    16,655       17,234       9,218       8,768       8,565  
 
Lease financing
    22,667       21,958       15,465       12,742       9,730  
 
Foreign
    6,425       7,653       5,453       4,991       4,805  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total commercial
    109,097       116,072       87,447       80,619       79,689  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
CONSUMER
                                       
 
Real estate — mortgage
    24,979       22,139       17,708       27,793       21,729  
 
Installment loans
    38,817       34,666       22,972       25,795       30,595  
 
Vehicle leasing
    80       618       2,115       4,483       6,162  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total consumer
    63,876       57,423       42,795       58,071       58,486  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total loans
    172,973       173,495       130,242       138,690       138,175  
 
Unearned income
    9,876       9,694       6,482       5,513       4,026  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Loans, net (on-balance sheet)
  $ 163,097       163,801       123,760       133,177       134,149  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
MANAGED PORTFOLIO(a)
                                       
COMMERCIAL
                                       
On-balance sheet loan portfolio
  $ 109,097       116,072       87,447       80,619       79,689  
Securitized loans — off-balance sheet
    2,218       5,827       4,877       3,011       916  
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    1,140       1,478       953       2,465        
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total commercial
    112,455       123,377       93,277       86,095       80,605  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
CONSUMER
                                       
Real estate — mortgage
                                       
 
On-balance sheet loan portfolio
    24,979       22,139       17,708       27,793       21,729  
 
Securitized loans — off-balance sheet
    325                          
 
Securitized loans included in securities
    6,223       5,344       3,455              
 
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    2,720       2,420       1,111       1,503        
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total real estate — mortgage
    34,247       29,903       22,274       29,296       21,729  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Installment loans
                                       
 
On-balance sheet loan portfolio
    38,817       34,666       22,972       25,795       30,595  
 
Securitized loans — off-balance sheet
    13,217       14,095       11,862       18,146       20,074  
 
Securitized loans included in securities
    11,093       9,776       9,292       8,112       429  
 
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    2,152       3,865       6,082       898        
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total installment loans
    65,279       62,402       50,208       52,951       51,098  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Vehicle leasing — on-balance sheet loan portfolio
    80       618       2,115       4,483       6,162  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total consumer
    99,606       92,923       74,597       86,730       78,989  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total managed portfolio
  $ 212,061       216,300       167,874       172,825       159,594  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
SERVICING PORTFOLIO(b)
                                       
Commercial
  $ 59,336       42,210       31,028       29,193       19,646  
Consumer
  $ 2,272       2,900       2,964       38,218       41,943  
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   The managed portfolio includes the on-balance sheet loan portfolio, loans securitized for which the assets are classified in securities on- balance sheet, loans held for sale that are classified in other assets on-balance sheet and the off-balance sheet portfolio of securitized loans sold, where we service the loans.
 
(b)   The servicing portfolio consists of third party commercial and consumer loans for which our sole function is that of servicing the loans for the third parties.

55


 

Financial Tables

Table 8

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

                   
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001

 
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 7,763       8,146  
 
   
     
 
Core business activity
               
Core business activity, beginning of year
    6,991       3,447  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          180  
Originations/purchases
    27,443       22,712  
Transfer of performing loans from loans held for sale, net
    (3,800 )     (193 )
Lower of cost or market value adjustments
    (52 )     (52 )
Performing loans sold or securitized
    (23,755 )     (18,207 )
Nonperforming loans sold
    (11 )     (2 )
Other, principally payments
    (1,328 )     (894 )
 
   
     
 
Core business activity, end of year
    5,488       6,991  
 
   
     
 
Portfolio management activity
               
Portfolio management activity, beginning of year
    772       4,699  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          117  
Transfers to loans held for sale, net
               
 
Performing loans
    1,941       1,161  
 
Nonperforming loans
    306       291  
Lower of cost or market value adjustments
    (1 )     (136 )
Performing loans sold
    (1,768 )     (4,252 )
Nonperforming loans sold
    (63 )     (376 )
Allowance for loan losses related to loans transferred to loans held for sale
    (435 )     (335 )
Other, principally payments
    (228 )     (397 )
 
   
     
 
Portfolio management activity, end of year
    524       772  
 
   
     
 
Balance, end of year (a)
  $ 6,012       7,763  
 
   
     
 


(a)   Nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale at December 31, 2002 and 2001, were $138 million and $228 million, respectively.

Table 9

COMMERCIAL LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES (a)

                                           
      December 31, 2002
     
              Real                        
      Commercial,   Estate-                        
      Financial   Construction   Real                
      and   and   Estate-                
(In millions)   Agricultural   Other   Mortgage   Foreign   Total

 
 
 
 
 
FIXED RATE
                                       
1 year or less
  $ 1,579       8       206       2,568       4,361  
1-5 years
    3,693       36       1,340       26       5,095  
After 5 years
    3,594       41       927             4,562  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total fixed rate
    8,866       85       2,473       2,594       14,018  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
ADJUSTABLE RATE
                                       
1 year or less
    17,591       3,340       2,578       2,584       26,093  
1-5 years
    25,347       3,213       7,214       1,246       37,020  
After 5 years
    4,697       211       4,390       1       9,299  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total adjustable rate
    47,635       6,764       14,182       3,831       72,412  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 56,501       6,849       16,655       6,425       86,430  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Excludes lease financing.

56


 

Financial Tables

Table 10

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND NONPERFORMING ASSETS

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,
   
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 2,995       1,722       1,757       1,826       1,847  
Provision for loan losses relating to loans transferred to other assets or sold
    357       284       657              
Provision for loan losses
    1,122       1,663       1,079       692       691  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          766                    
Allowance relating to loans acquired, transferred to other assets or sold
    (554 )     (503 )     (1,020 )     (73 )     (74 )
Net charge-offs
    (1,122 )     (937 )     (751 )     (688 )     (638 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 2,798       2,995       1,722       1,757       1,826  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
as % of loans, net
    1.72 %     1.83       1.39       1.32       1.36  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
as % of nonaccrual and restructured loans (a)
    177 %     195       146       181       246  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
as % of nonperforming assets (a)
    161 %     175       135       165       216  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
LOAN LOSSES
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 890       768       531       355       281  
Real estate — commercial construction and mortgage
    22       10       13       24       15  
Real estate — residential mortgage
    9       4       13       20       27  
Installment loans and vehicle leasing
    368       297       310       429       476  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total loan losses
    1,289       1,079       867       828       799  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
LOAN RECOVERIES
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
    93       75       53       63       65  
Real estate — commercial construction and mortgage
    2       8       3       9       11  
Real estate — residential mortgage
    1       1       2       3       1  
Installment loans and vehicle leasing
    71       58       58       65       84  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total loan recoveries
    167       142       116       140       161  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs
  $ 1,122       937       751       688       638  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial loan net charge-offs as % of average commercial loans, net
    0.84 %     0.82       0.65       0.42       0.31  
Consumer loan net charge-offs as % of average consumer loans, net
    0.54       0.49       0.51       0.67       0.69  
Total net charge-offs as % of average loans, net
    0.73 %     0.70       0.59       0.53       0.48  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
                                       
Nonaccrual loans
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,269       1,294       884       551       362  
Real estate — commercial construction and mortgage
    105       87       55       55       67  
Real estate — residential mortgage
    79       60       63       150       184  
Installment loans and vehicle leasing
    132       93       174       212       128  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total nonaccrual loans
    1,585       1,534       1,176       968       741  
Foreclosed properties (b)
    150       179       103       98       103  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 1,735       1,713       1,279       1,066       844  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale (c)
  $ 138       228       334       14        
Nonperforming assets included in loans and in loans held for sale
  $ 1,873       1,941       1,613       1,080       844  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
as % of loans, net, and foreclosed properties (a)
    1.06 %     1.04       1.03       0.80       0.63  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
as % of loans, net, foreclosed properties and loans in other assets as held for sale (c)
    1.11 %     1.13       1.22       0.78       0.63  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Accruing loans past due 90 days
  $ 304       288       183       144       346  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   These ratios do not include nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale.
 
(b)   Restructured loans are not significant.
 
(c)   These ratios reflect nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale. Loans held for sale, which are included in other assets, are recorded at the lower of cost or market value, and accordingly, the amounts shown and included in the ratios are net of the transferred allowance for loan losses and the lower of cost or market value adjustments.

57


 

Financial Tables

Table 11

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

                                                                                   
      December 31,
     
      2002   2001   2000   1999   1998
     
 
 
 
 
              Loans           Loans           Loans           Loans           Loans
              % of           % of           % of           % of           % of
              Total           Total           Total           Total           Total
(In millions)   Amt.   Loans   Amt.   Loans   Amt.   Loans   Amt.   Loans   Amt.   Loans

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,058       33 %   $ 1,114       35 %   $ 763       42 %   $ 754       37 %   $ 724       39 %
Real estate -
                                                                               
 
Construction and other
    75       4       59       5       33       2       20       2       34       2  
 
Mortgage
    167       24       122       23       83       21       83       26       103       22  
Installment loans and vehicle leasing
    353       22       255       20       168       19       358       22       352       27  
Lease financing
    66       13       45       13       42       12       15       9       5       7  
Foreign
    77       4       64       4       37       4       19       4       12       3  
Unallocated
    1,002             1,336             596             508             596        
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,798       100 %   $ 2,995       100 %   $ 1,722       100 %   $ 1,757       100 %   $ 1,826       100 %
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

58


 

Financial Tables

Table 12

NONACCRUAL LOAN ACTIVITY (a)

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 1,534       1,176       968  
 
   
     
     
 
Commercial nonaccrual loan activity
                       
Commercial nonaccrual loans, beginning of year
    1,381       939       606  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          209        
 
   
     
     
 
New nonaccrual loans and advances
    2,275       1,719       1,434  
Gross charge-offs
    (912 )     (778 )     (544 )
Transfers to loans held for sale
    (239 )     (20 )     (258 )
Transfers to other real estate owned
    (12 )     (45 )      
Sales
    (278 )     (150 )     (15 )
Other, principally payments
    (841 )     (493 )     (284 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net commercial nonaccrual loan activity
    (7 )     233       333  
 
   
     
     
 
Commercial nonaccrual loans, end of year
    1,374       1,381       939  
 
   
     
     
 
Consumer nonaccrual loan activity
                       
Consumer nonaccrual loans, beginning of year
    153       237       362  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          33        
 
   
     
     
 
New nonaccrual loans and advances, net
    178       262       118  
Transfers to loans held for sale
    (58 )     (288 )     (243 )
Sales and securitizations
    (62 )     (91 )      
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net consumer nonaccrual loan activity
    58       (117 )     (125 )
 
   
     
     
 
Consumer nonaccrual loans, end of year
    211       153       237  
 
   
     
     
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 1,585       1,534       1,176  
 
   
     
     
 


(a)   Excludes nonaccrual loans included in loans held for sale and foreclosed properties.

Table 13

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

                                         
    December 31,
   
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
  $ 10,880       10,616       3,481       5,091       4,376  
Deposit base
    1,225       1,822       174       257       360  
Customer relationships
    239       244       9       4       6  
Tradename not subject to amortization
    90       90                    
Network intangible
                      274       294  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total goodwill and other intangible assets
  $ 12,434       12,772       3,664       5,626       5,036  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

Table 14

TIME DEPOSITS IN AMOUNTS OF $100,000 OR MORE

         
(In millions)   December 31, 2002  

 
 
MATURITY OF
       
3 months or less
  $ 3,884  
Over 3 months through 6 months
    1,998  
Over 6 months through 12 months
    2,662  
Over 12 months
    3,915  
 
   
 
Total
  $ 12,459  
 
   
 

59


 

Financial Tables

Table 15

DEPOSITS (a)

                                           
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
CORE DEPOSITS
                                       
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 44,640       43,464       30,315       31,375       35,614  
Savings and NOW accounts
    51,691       47,175       36,215       37,748       38,649  
Money market accounts
    45,649       39,022       19,840       19,121       20,424  
Other consumer time
    33,763       39,649       35,223       33,812       35,809  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total core deposits
    175,743       169,310       121,593       122,056       130,496  
OTHER DEPOSITS
                                       
Foreign
    6,608       9,116       7,795       6,729       5,427  
Other time
    9,167       9,027       13,280       12,262       6,544  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total deposits
  $ 191,518       187,453       142,668       141,047       142,467  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Certain amounts presented in years prior to 2002 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2002.

Table 16

CAPITAL RATIOS

                                           
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RATIOS (a)
                                       
Qualifying capital
                                       
 
Tier 1 capital
  $ 21,411       18,999       13,952       14,204       13,327  
 
Total capital
    31,289       29,878       22,253       21,810       21,518  
Adjusted risk-weighted assets
    260,609       269,726       198,849       200,704       195,757  
Adjusted leverage ratio assets
  $ 316,473       306,745       235,749       238,082       225,534  
Ratios
                                       
 
Tier 1 capital
    8.22 %     7.04       7.02       7.08       6.81  
 
Total capital
    12.01       11.08       11.19       10.87       10.99  
 
Leverage
    6.77       6.19       5.92       5.97       5.91  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY TO ASSETS
                                       
 
Year-end
    9.38       8.61       6.04       6.60       7.13  
 
Average
    9.49 %     7.49       6.28       6.92       7.15  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
BANK CAPITAL RATIOS
                                       
Tier 1 capital
                                       
 
Wachovia Bank, National Association
    7.42 %     7.55       6.92       7.26       7.48  
 
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
    14.35       12.51       12.20       10.83       11.44  
Total capital
                                       
 
Wachovia Bank, National Association
    11.81       11.68       10.73       10.22       10.38  
 
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
    16.58       13.98       13.97       11.89       12.82  
Leverage
                                       
 
Wachovia Bank, National Association
    6.25       6.29       6.04       6.48       6.69  
 
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association
    11.04 %     7.92       7.76       7.08       6.96  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Risk-based capital ratio guidelines require a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00 percent and a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00 percent. The minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets is from 3.00 percent to 4.00 percent.

60


 

Financial Tables

Table 17

RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (a)

                                                     
        December 31, 2002
       
            Gross Unrealized           In-   Average
        Notional  
          effective-   Maturity in
(In millions)   Amount   Gains   Losses (f)   Equity (g)   ness (h)   Years (i)

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Cash flow hedges (b)
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 32,972       3,362       (230 )     1,936       13       6.72  
 
Forward purchase commitments
    2,100       34             21       1       0.04  
 
Interest rate options
    1,000       49             31             2.42  
 
Futures
    8,000       71             44             0.25  
Fair value hedges (c)
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
    359             (9 )                 18.64  
 
Forward sale commitments
    1,372             (25 )           2       0.03  
 
Interest rate options
    27                               1.78  
 
Futures
                            (1 )     0.25  
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total asset hedges
  $ 45,830       3,516       (264 )     2,032       15       5.08  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Cash flow hedges (d)
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 23,283             (2,099 )     (1,299 )     (6 )     6.75  
 
Interest rate options
    30,200             (682 )     (420 )     (4 )     4.70  
 
Put options on Eurodollar futures
    6,000             (9 )     (6 )           0.25  
 
Futures
    13,708             (89 )     (55 )           0.25  
Fair value hedges (e)
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
    15,772       1,754                         4.43  
 
Interest rate options
    300       2                         0.45  
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total liability hedges
  $ 89,263       1,756       (2,879 )     (1,780 )     (10 )     4.19  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                     
        December 31, 2001
       
            Gross Unrealized           In-   Average
        Notional  
          effective-   Maturity in
(In millions)   Amount   Gains   Losses (f)   Equity (g)   ness (h)   Years (i)

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Cash flow hedges
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 32,503       799       (465 )     211       (6 )     6.84  
 
Forward purchase commitments
    757             (4 )     (3 )           0.15  
 
Interest rate options
    1,000       8             5             3.42  
 
Futures
    10,025       1       (1 )                 0.25  
Fair value hedges
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
    6             (1 )                 13.34  
 
Forward sale commitments
    791       6                   (1 )     0.07  
 
Futures
    117             (7 )                 0.25  
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total asset hedges
  $ 45,199       814       (478 )     213       (7 )     5.06  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Cash flow hedges
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 16,411       192       (738 )     (340 )     2       8.65  
 
Interest rate options
    11,100       37       (6 )     19             3.51  
 
Put options on Eurodollar futures
    5,300             (4 )     (2 )           0.21  
 
Futures
    32,810       2       (246 )     (151 )           0.25  
Fair value hedges
                                               
 
Interest rate swaps
    18,208       703       (75 )                 5.41  
 
Interest rate options
    300       3                         1.45  
 
   
     
     
     
     
         
   
Total liability hedges
  $ 84,129       937       (1,069 )     (474 )     2       3.44  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

61


 

Financial Tables


(a)   Includes only derivative financial instruments related to interest rate risk management activities. All other derivative financial instruments are classified as trading.
 
(b)   Receive-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $31.3 billion, of which $2.9 billion are forward-starting, and with pay rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR are primarily designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate resets of one-to-six month LIBOR-indexed loans. Pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $1.7 billion and with receive rates based on one-month LIBOR are designated as cash flow hedges of securities and have a loss, net of income taxes, of $142 million in accumulated other comprehensive income. An interest rate collar that qualifies as a net purchased option with a notional amount of $1.0 billion is designated as a cash flow hedge of the variability in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate resets of one-month LIBOR-indexed loans, when one-month LIBOR is below the purchased floor or above the sold cap. Forward purchase commitments of $2.1 billion are designated as a cash flow hedge of the variability of the consideration to be paid in the forecasted purchase of available for sale securities. Eurodollar futures with a notional amount of $8.0 billion are primarily designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate resets of three-month LIBOR-indexed loans.
 
(c)   Pay-fixed swaps with a notional amount of $359 million, of which $86 million are forward-starting, and receive rates based on one-month LIBOR are designated as fair value hedges of securities. Forward sale commitments of $1.4 billion are designated as fair value hedges of mortgage loans in the warehouse.
 
(d)   Derivatives with a notional amount of $66.3 billion are designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows attributable to the forecasted issuance of fixed rate short-term liabilities that are part of a rollover strategy, primarily repurchase agreements and deposit products. Of this amount, $13.7 billion are Eurodollar futures, $19.9 billion are pay-fixed interest rate swaps with receive rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR, of which $10.6 billion are forward-starting, and $23.9 billion are purchased options on pay-fixed swaps with a strike based on three-month LIBOR. Interest rate collars that qualify as net purchased options with a notional amount of $2.8 billion and collars on Eurodollar futures that qualify as net purchased options with a notional amount of $6.0 billion also hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed rate short-term liabilities that are part of a rollover strategy, when three-month LIBOR is below the sold floor or between the purchased and written caps. Derivatives with a notional amount of $6.9 billion are primarily designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate resets of one-to-three month LIBOR-indexed long-term debt. Of this amount, $3.5 billion are purchased options on pay-fixed swaps with a strike based on three-month LIBOR, and $3.4 billion are pay-fixed interest rate swaps with receive rates based on one-to-three month LIBOR.
 
(e)   Receive-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $15.8 billion and with pay rates based primarily on one-to-six month LIBOR are designated as fair value hedges of fixed rate liabilities, primarily CDs, long-term debt and bank notes.
 
(f)   Represents the fair value of derivative financial instruments less accrued interest receivable or payable.
 
(g)   At December 31, 2002, the net unrealized gain on derivatives included in accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders’ equity, was $476 million, net of income taxes. Of this net of tax amount, a $252 million gain represents the effective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges, and a $224 million gain relates to terminated and/or redesignated derivatives. At December 31, 2002, $541 million of net gains, net of income taxes, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, are expected to be reclassified as interest income or expense during the next twelve months. The maximum length of time over which cash flow hedges are hedging the variability in future cash flows associated with the forecasted transactions is 23.35 years. At December 31, 2001, the net unrealized gain on derivatives included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $22 million, net of income taxes. Of this net of tax amount, a $261 million loss represents the effective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges, and a $283 million gain relates to terminated and/or redesignated derivatives.
 
(h)   In 2002 and 2001, gains (losses) in the amount of $5 million and $(5) million, respectively, were recognized in other fee income representing the ineffective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that qualify as cash flow and fair value hedges. In addition, net interest income in 2002 and 2001, was reduced by $7 million and $119 million, respectively, representing ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges caused by differences between the critical terms of the derivative and the hedged item, primarily differences in reset dates.
 
(i)   Estimated maturity approximates average life.

62


 

Financial Tables

Table 18

RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — EXPECTED MATURITIES

                                                 
    December 31, 2002
   
    1 Year   1-2   2-5   5-10   After 10        
(In millions)   or Less   Years   Years   Years   Years   Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 1,922       727       3,714       26,431       178       32,972  
Notional amount — other
  $ 10,100             1,000                   11,100  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    6.31 %     5.84       5.92       5.11       5.10       5.30  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    1.51 %     1.47       1.74       1.52       2.43       1.55  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ 155       45       443       2,625       18       3,286  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
FAIR VALUE ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $                         359       359  
Notional amount — other
  $ 1,372       27                         1,399  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    %                       0.94       0.94  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    %                       3.66       3.66  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (25 )                       (9 )     (34 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOW LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 741       1,525       5,731       12,507       2,779       23,283  
Notional amount — other
  $ 15,143       9,780       9,285       15,700             49,908  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    1.46 %     1.44       1.44       1.40       1.33       1.40  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    4.76 %     2.56       5.95       7.18       6.45       6.21  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (332 )     (206 )     (425 )     (1,564 )     (352 )     (2,879 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
FAIR VALUE LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 825       2,100       8,550       3,775       522       15,772  
Notional amount — other
  $ 300                               300  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    6.50 %     6.71       6.53       6.45       6.66       6.54  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    1.53 %     1.44       1.67       1.52       1.41       1.59  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ 15       144       883       598       116       1,756  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

63


 

Financial Tables

                                                 
    December 31, 2001
   
    1 Year   1-2   2-5   5-10   After 10        
(In millions)   or Less   Years   Years   Years   Years   Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 5,283       1,644       2,282       16,648       6,646       32,503  
Notional amount — other
  $ 2,782       8,000       1,000                   11,782  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    7.14 %     6.44       6.43       5.30       5.92       5.92  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    1.80 %     2.14       2.52       2.21       1.98       2.11  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ 149       69       88       (85 )     116       337  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
FAIR VALUE ASSET HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $                         6       6  
Notional amount — other
  $ 791       30       77       10             908  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    %                       2.43       2.43  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    %                       7.36       7.36  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ 6       (2 )     (4 )           (1 )     (1 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOW LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 950       644       2,518       7,979       4,320       16,411  
Notional amount — other
  $ 39,810             7,700       1,700             49,210  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    2.07 %     1.96       2.07       1.97       1.95       2.01  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    5.29 %     4.61       4.62       6.64       6.22       5.57  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (258 )     (17 )     (56 )     (178 )     (254 )     (763 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
FAIR VALUE LIABILITY HEDGES
                                               
Notional amount — swaps
  $ 725       825       10,485       5,400       773       18,208  
Notional amount — other
  $       300                         300  
Weighted average receive rate (a)
    7.37 %     6.50       6.22       6.83       6.64       6.48  
Weighted average pay rate (a)
    2.00 %     2.32       2.29       2.38       2.05       2.30  
Unrealized gain (loss)
  $ 21       23       339       218       30       631  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Weighted average receive and pay rates include the impact of currently effective interest rate swaps and basis swaps only and not the impact of forward-starting interest rate swaps. All of the interest rate swaps have variable pay or receive rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR, and they were the pay or receive rates in effect at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

64


 

Financial Tables

Table 19

RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS ACTIVITY

                         
    Asset   Liability        
(In millions)   Hedges   Hedges   Total

 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2000
  $ 34,519       141,032       175,551  
Additions
    48,687       84,143       132,830  
Maturities and amortizations
    (6,953 )     (78,503 )     (85,456 )
Terminations
    (2,804 )     (180 )     (2,984 )
Redesignations and transfers to trading account assets
    (28,250 )     (62,363 )     (90,613 )
 
   
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    45,199       84,129       129,328  
Additions
    44,070       101,701       145,771  
Maturities and amortizations
    (24,616 )     (78,905 )     (103,521 )
Terminations
    (18,525 )     (17,735 )     (36,260 )
Redesignations and transfers to trading account assets
    (298 )     73       (225 )
 
   
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
  $ 45,830       89,263       135,093  
 
   
     
     
 

Table 20

INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL

                                                   
      2002 Compared to 2001   2001 Compared to 2000
     
 
      Interest   Variance   Interest   Variance        
      Income/   Attributable to (c)   Income/   Attributable to (c)
      Expense  
  Expense  
(In millions)   Variance   Rate   Volume   Variance   Rate   Volume

 
 
 
 
 
 
EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Interest-bearing bank balances
  $ (29 )     (56 )     27       38       (18 )     56  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    (66 )     (112 )     46       (47 )     (129 )     82  
Trading account assets (a)(b)
    (59 )     (158 )     99       (46 )     (130 )     84  
Securities (a)
    156       (536 )     692       (327 )     (201 )     (126 )
Loans (a)
    (233 )     (1,720 )     1,487       (705 )     (1,290 )     585  
Other earning assets
    (224 )     (231 )     7       (287 )     (250 )     (37 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total earning assets
  $ (455 )     (2,813 )     2,358       (1,374 )     (2,018 )     644  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Deposits
    (1,314 )     (1,994 )     680       (525 )     (890 )     365  
Short-term borrowings
    (545 )     (694 )     149       (800 )     (654 )     (146 )
Long-term debt
    (703 )     (747 )     44       (447 )     (691 )     244  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ (2,562 )     (3,435 )     873       (1,772 )     (2,235 )     463  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
  $ 2,107       622       1,485       398       217       181  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Yields related to securities and loans exempt from federal and state income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate of 35 percent and applicable state tax rates. Lease financing amounts include related deferred income taxes.
 
(b)   Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2002.
 
(c)   Changes attributable to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and volume on an equal basis.

65


 

Financial Tables

       WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

       NET INTEREST INCOME SUMMARIES (a)

                                                       
        YEAR ENDED 2002   YEAR ENDED 2001
       
 
                        Average                   Average
                Interest   Rates           Interest   Rates
        Average   Income/   Earned/   Average   Income/   Earned/
(In millions)   Balances   Expense   Paid   Balances   Expense   Paid

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSETS
                                               
Interest-bearing bank balances
  $ 3,312       63       1.90 %   $ 2,359       92       3.92 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    10,702       334       3.13       9,458       400       4.23  
Trading account assets (b)(d)
    14,774       723       4.89       12,965       782       6.03  
Securities (b)(d)
    62,253       3,782       6.08       51,681       3,626       7.02  
Investment securities (b)(d)
                                   
 
U.S. Government and other
                                   
 
State, county and municipal
                                   
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total investment securities
                                   
 
   
     
             
     
         
Loans (b)(c)(d)
                                               
 
Commercial
                                               
   
Commercial, financial and agricultural
    58,275       4,216       7.23       56,094       4,572       8.15  
   
Real estate — construction and other
    7,793       319       4.10       4,726       281       5.95  
   
Real estate — mortgage
    17,107       911       5.33       11,466       776       6.77  
   
Lease financing
    7,235       762       10.54       6,548       685       10.46  
   
Foreign
    6,875       239       3.48       6,109       339       5.55  
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total commercial
    97,285       6,447       6.63       84,943       6,653       7.83  
 
   
     
             
     
         
 
Consumer
                                               
   
Real estate — mortgage
    19,945       1,262       6.33       19,741       1,416       7.17  
   
Installment loans and vehicle leasing
    36,967       2,640       7.14       29,164       2,513       8.61  
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total consumer
    56,912       3,902       6.86       48,905       3,929       8.03  
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total loans
    154,197       10,349       6.71       133,848       10,582       7.91  
 
   
     
             
     
         
Other earning assets
    10,790       553       5.12       10,683       777       7.28  
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total earning assets
    256,028       15,804       6.17       220,994       16,259       7.36  
 
           
     
             
     
 
Cash and due from banks
    10,313                       8,784                  
Other assets
    54,079                       40,525                  
 
   
                     
                 
     
Total assets
  $ 320,420                     $ 270,303                  
 
   
                     
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
 
Interest-bearing deposits
                                   
 
Savings and NOW accounts
    49,367       728       1.47       41,979       1,012       2.41  
   
Money market accounts
    41,711       980       2.35       23,461       944       4.02  
   
Other consumer time
    36,486       1,442       3.95       36,037       1,941       5.39  
   
Foreign
    7,323       131       1.78       7,318       294       4.01  
   
Other time
    7,285       149       2.04       11,916       553       4.64  
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    142,172       3,430       2.41       120,711       4,744       3.93  
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    32,031       919       2.87       28,055       1,364       4.86  
 
Commercial paper
    3,061       33       1.08       2,912       112       3.84  
 
Other short-term borrowings
    9,901       239       2.42       9,719       260       2.68  
 
Long-term debt
    39,683       1,142       2.88       38,538       1,845       4.79  
     
 
   
     
             
     
         
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    226,848       5,763       2.54       199,935       8,325       4.16  
 
           
     
             
     
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    38,972                       30,796                  
 
Other liabilities
    24,208                       19,351                  
 
Stockholders’ equity
    30,392                       20,221                  
 
   
                     
                 
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 320,420                     $ 270,303                  
 
   
                     
                 
Interest income and rate earned
          $ 15,804       6.17 %           $ 16,259       7.36 %
Interest expense and equivalent rate paid
            5,763       2.25               8,325       3.77  
 
           
     
             
     
 
Net interest income and margin (e)
          $ 10,041       3.92 %           $ 7,934       3.59 %
 
           
     
             
     
 


(a)   Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2002.
 
(b)   Yields related to securities and loans exempt from federal and state income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate of 35 percent and applicable state tax rates. Lease financing amounts include related deferred income taxes.
 
(c)   The loan averages are stated net of unearned income, and the averages include loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued.

66


 

Financial Tables

                                                                     
YEAR ENDED 2000   YEAR ENDED 1999   YEAR ENDED 1998

 
 
            Interest Income/   Average Rates           Interest Income/   Average Rates           Interest Income/   Average Rates
Average Balances       Expense   Earned/ Paid   Average Balances   Expense   Earned/ Paid   Average Balances   Expense   Earned/ Paid

     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,095
          54       4.93 %   $ 835       39       4.58 %   $ 2,331       134       5.76 %
 
7,800
          447       5.73       9,526       459       4.82       12,381       626       5.06  
 
11,680
          828       7.10       9,512       609       6.41       8,256       555       6.72  
 
51,751
          3,816       7.37       43,767       2,989       6.83       35,177       2,322       6.60  
 
1,095
          76       6.93       1,163       78       6.73       1,727       121       6.99  
 
582
          61       10.58       700       75       10.62       867       88       10.12  
 
         
             
     
             
     
 
1,677
          137       8.20       1,863       153       8.19       2,594       209       8.04  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
53,518
          4,908       9.17       52,710       4,197       7.96       50,080       3,926       7.84  
 
2,639
          224       8.49       2,648       202       7.63       2,912       245       8.42  
 
9,176
          779       8.49       8,468       663       7.82       9,663       821       8.50  
 
5,194
          611       11.75       4,967       629       12.65       4,454       502       11.28  
 
4,856
          342       7.04       4,500       273       6.08       4,297       287       6.68  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
75,383
          6,864       9.11       73,293       5,964       8.14       71,406       5,781       8.10  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
23,804
          1,762       7.40       23,435       1,661       7.09       26,114       1,968       7.54  
 
27,701
          2,661       9.60       33,063       3,069       9.28       34,540       3,423       9.91  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
51,505
          4,423       8.59       56,498       4,730       8.37       60,654       5,391       8.89  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
126,888
          11,287       8.89       129,791       10,694       8.24       132,060       11,172       8.46  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
11,125
          1,064       9.56       4,516       326       7.23       1,175       87       7.41  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
212,016
          17,633       8.32       199,810       15,269       7.64       193,974       15,105       7.79  
 
 
         
     
             
     
             
     
 
 
8,028
                          9,314                       9,118                  
 
27,725
                          21,331                       19,107                  
 

                         
                     
                 
$
247,769
                        $ 230,455                     $ 222,199                  
 

                         
                     
                 
 
38,518
          1,169       3.03       37,448       1,035       2.77       34,917       937       2.68  
 
15,327
          654       4.27       19,684       614       3.12       22,541       746       3.31  
 
35,519
          1,966       5.53       33,542       1,675       4.99       37,286       1,987       5.33  
 
8,780
          514       5.85       5,553       259       4.66       4,429       238       5.38  
 
14,115
          966       6.85       7,876       471       5.98       6,544       408       6.23  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
112,259
    5,269       4.69       104,103       4,054       3.89       105,717       4,316       4.08  
 
30,997
          1,893       6.11       30,046       1,452       4.83       33,121       1,676       5.06  
 
2,882
          173       6.00       2,224       107       4.81       1,954       102       5.23  
 
9,697
          470       4.85       9,188       460       5.01       11,109       595       5.36  
 
34,279
          2,292       6.69       28,738       1,626       5.66       16,268       1,022       6.28  
 

         
             
     
             
     
         
 
190,114
          10,097       5.31       174,299       7,699       4.42       168,169       7,711       4.59  
 
 
         
     
             
     
             
     
 
 
28,784
                          31,145                       30,599                  
 
13,330
                          9,079                       7,553                  
 
15,541
                          15,932                       15,878                  
 

                         
                     
                 
$
247,769
                        $ 230,455                     $ 222,199                  
 

                         
                     
                 
 
 
        $ 17,633       8.32 %           $ 15,269       7.64 %           $ 15,105       7.79 %
 
 
          10,097       4.77               7,699       3.85               7,711       3.98  
 
 
         
     
             
     
             
     
 
 
 
        $ 7,536       3.55 %           $ 7,570       3.79 %           $ 7,394       3.81 %
 
 
         
     
             
     
             
     
 


(d)   Tax-equivalent adjustments included in trading account assets, securities, investment securities, commercial, financial and agricultural loans, and lease financing are (in millions): $58, $107, $0, $44 and $9, respectively, in 2002; $22, $92, $0, $34 and $11, respectively, in 2001; and $8, $32, $18, $28 and $13, respectively, in 2000.
 
(e)   The net interest margin includes (in basis points): 41, 18 and 23 for the years ended 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, in net interest income from hedge-related derivative transactions.

67


 

Statement of Responsibility

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

MANAGEMENT’S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY


      Management of Wachovia Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is committed to the highest standards of quality customer service and the enhancement of stockholder value. Management expects the Company’s employees to respect its customers and to assign the highest priority to customer needs.

      Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. Management of the Company is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, including the safeguarding of assets. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management. Other financial information contained in this annual report is presented on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements unless otherwise indicated.

      To ensure the integrity, objectivity and fairness of the information in these consolidated financial statements, management of the Company has established and maintains internal controls supplemented by a program of internal audits. The internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed, recorded and reported in accordance with management’s intentions and authorizations and to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The internal control system includes an organizational structure that provides appropriate delegation of authority and segregation of duties, established policies and procedures, and comprehensive internal audit and loan review programs. To enhance the reliability of internal controls, management recruits and trains highly qualified personnel, and maintains sound risk management practices.

      There are inherent limitations in any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time. The Internal Audit Division of the Company reviews, evaluates, monitors and makes recommendations on policies and procedures, which serves as an integral, but independent, component of internal control.

      The consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent auditors, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In performing its audit, KPMG LLP considers the Company’s internal control structure to the extent it deems necessary in order to issue its opinion on the consolidated financial statements. KPMG LLP reviews the results of its audit with both management and the Audit & Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

      The Company’s financial reporting and internal controls are under the general oversight of the Board of Directors, acting through the Audit & Compliance Committee. The Audit & Compliance Committee is composed entirely of independent directors. KPMG LLP and internal auditors have direct and unrestricted access to the Audit & Compliance Committee at all times. The Audit & Compliance Committee meets periodically with management, internal auditors and KPMG LLP to determine that each is fulfilling its responsibilities and to support actions to identify, measure and control risks and augment internal controls.

     
(-S- G. KENNEDY THOMPSON)   (-S- ROBERT P. KELLY)
     
G. Kennedy Thompson   Robert P. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer   Senior Executive Vice President and
    Chief Financial Officer
     
January 16, 2003    

68


 

Independent Auditors’ Report

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Wachovia Corporation

     We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2001, Wachovia Corporation adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations and certain provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets as required for goodwill and intangible assets resulting from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142 were adopted on January 1, 2002. Also as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, Wachovia Corporation adopted the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, effective for grants made in 2002.

SIGNATURE

KPMG LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina

January 16, 2003

69


 

Audited Financial Statements

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                   
      December 31,
     
(In millions, except per share data)   2002   2001

 
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 12,264       13,917  
Interest-bearing bank balances
    3,512       6,875  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (carrying amount of collateral held $4,740 at December 31, 2002, $2,363 repledged)
    9,160       13,919  
 
   
     
 
 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    24,936       34,711  
 
   
     
 
Trading account assets
    33,155       25,386  
Securities (amortized cost $73,099 in 2002; $57,776 in 2001)
    75,804       58,467  
Loans, net of unearned income ($9,876 in 2002; $9,694 in 2001)
    163,097       163,801  
Allowance for loan losses
    (2,798 )     (2,995 )
 
   
     
 
 
Loans, net
    160,299       160,806  
 
   
     
 
Premises and equipment
    4,903       5,719  
Due from customers on acceptances
    1,051       745  
Goodwill
    10,880       10,616  
Other intangible assets
    1,554       2,156  
Other assets
    29,257       31,846  
 
   
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 341,839       330,452  
 
   
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    44,640       43,464  
Interest-bearing deposits
    146,878       143,989  
 
   
     
 
 
Total deposits
    191,518       187,453  
Short-term borrowings
    47,093       44,385  
Bank acceptances outstanding
    1,061       762  
Trading account liabilities
    16,983       11,437  
Other liabilities
    13,444       16,227  
Long-term debt
    39,662       41,733  
 
   
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    309,761       301,997  
 
   
     
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Preferred stock, Class A, 40 million shares, no par value; 10 million shares, no par value; none issued
           
Dividend Equalization Preferred shares, no par value, outstanding 97 million shares in 2002; 96 million shares in 2001
          17  
Common stock, $3.33-1/3 par value; authorized 3 billion shares, outstanding 1.357 billion shares in 2002; 1.362 billion shares in 2001
    4,524       4,539  
Paid-in capital
    18,070       17,911  
Retained earnings
    7,349       5,551  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    2,135       437  
 
   
     
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    32,078       28,455  
 
   
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 341,839       330,452  
 
   
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

70


 

Audited Financial Statements

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
INTEREST INCOME
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 10,296       10,537       11,246  
Interest and dividends on securities
    3,675       3,534       3,903  
Trading account interest
    665       760       820  
Other interest income
    950       1,269       1,565  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total interest income
    15,586       16,100       17,534  
 
   
     
     
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Interest on deposits
    3,430       4,744       5,269  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    1,191       1,736       2,536  
Interest on long-term debt
    1,142       1,845       2,292  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total interest expense
    5,763       8,325       10,097  
 
   
     
     
 
Net interest income
    9,823       7,775       7,437  
Provision for loan losses
    1,479       1,947       1,736  
 
   
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    8,344       5,828       5,701  
 
   
     
     
 
FEE AND OTHER INCOME
                       
Service charges
    1,698       1,361       1,142  
Other banking fees
    945       806       778  
Commissions
    1,876       1,568       1,591  
Fiduciary and asset management fees
    1,809       1,643       1,511  
Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees
    653       492       410  
Trading account profits
    24       344       308  
Principal investing
    (266 )     (707 )     395  
Securities gains (losses)
    169       (67 )     (1,125 )
Other income
    1,097       856       1,702  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total fee and other income
    8,005       6,296       6,712  
 
   
     
     
 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    6,597       5,810       5,659  
Occupancy
    786       730       622  
Equipment
    946       879       870  
Advertising
    80       66       114  
Communications and supplies
    545       480       503  
Professional and consulting fees
    421       359       348  
Goodwill and other intangible amortization
    628       523       361  
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
    387       106       2,190  
Sundry expense
    1,292       878       1,043  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total noninterest expense
    11,682       9,831       11,710  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    4,667       2,293       703  
Income taxes
    1,088       674       565  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    3,579       1,619       138  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (46 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net income
    3,579       1,619       92  
Dividends on preferred stock
    19       6        
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,613       92  
 
   
     
     
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
                       
Basic
                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.12  
 
Net income
    2.62       1.47       0.07  
Diluted
                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
    2.60       1.45       0.12  
 
Net income
    2.60       1.45       0.07  
Cash dividends
  $ 1.00       0.96       1.92  
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
                       
Basic
    1,356       1,096       971  
Diluted
    1,369       1,105       974  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

71


 

Audited Financial Statements

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                                   
                                                      Accumulated        
      Preferred Shares   Common Stock                   Other        
     
 
  Paid-in   Retained   Comprehensive        
(In millions)   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Capital   Earnings   Income, Net   Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 1999
        $       988     $ 3,294       5,980       8,365       (930 )     16,709  
Comprehensive income
                                                               
 
Net income
                                  92             92  
 
Net unrealized gain on debt and equity securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        717       717  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                  92       717       809  
Purchases of common stock
                (19 )     (63 )     (79 )     (548 )           (690 )
Common stock issued for
 
Stock options and restricted stock
                7       23       131                   154  
 
Dividend reinvestment plan
                3       9       68                   77  
 
Acquisitions
                1       4       30                   34  
Deferred compensation, net
                                    142                   142  
Cash dividends, $1.92 per share
                                  (1,888 )           (1,888 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2000
                980       3,267       6,272       6,021       (213 )     15,347  
Comprehensive income
                                                               
 
Net income
                                  1,619             1,619  
 
Net unrealized gain on debt and equity securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        628       628  
 
Net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
                                        22       22  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                  1,619       650       2,269  
Preferred shares issued
    96       23                                       23  
Purchases of common stock
                (30 )     (103 )     (124 )     (1,057 )           (1,284 )
Common stock issued for
 
Stock options and restricted stock
                3       11       81                   92  
 
Dividend reinvestment plan
                2       6       52                   58  
 
Acquisitions
                407       1,358       11,453                   12,811  
Stock options issued in acquisition
                              187                   187  
Deferred compensation, net
                            (10 )                 (10 )
Cash dividends
                                                               
 
Preferred shares
          (6 )                                   (6 )
 
Common at $0.96 per share
                                  (1,032 )           (1,032 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    96       17       1,362       4,539       17,911       5,551       437       28,455  
Comprehensive income
                                                               
 
Net income
                                  3,579             3,579  
 
Net unrealized gain on debt and equity securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        1,244       1,244  
 
Net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
                                        454       454  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                  3,579       1,698       5,277  
Preferred shares issued
    1                                            
Purchases of common stock
                (15 )     (51 )     (210 )     (413 )           (674 )
Common stock issued for
 
Stock options and restricted stock
                9       31       177                   208  
 
Acquisitions
                1       5       46                   51  
Deferred compensation, net
                            146                   146  
Cash dividends
                                                               
 
Preferred shares
          (17 )                       (2 )           (19 )
 
Common at $1.00 per share
                                  (1,366 )           (1,366 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    97     $       1,357     $ 4,524       18,070       7,349       2,135       32,078  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

72


 

Audited Financial Statements

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
          Years Ended December 31,
         
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income
  $ 3,579       1,619       92  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities
                       
 
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
                46  
 
Accretion and amortization of securities discounts and premiums, net
    59       178       264  
 
Provision for loan losses
    1,479       1,947       1,736  
 
Securitization gains
    (410 )     (282 )     (265 )
 
(Gain) loss on sale of mortgage servicing rights
    (65 )     (86 )     2  
 
Securities transactions
    (169 )     67       1,125  
 
Depreciation, goodwill and other intangible amortization
    1,611       1,389       1,253  
 
Goodwill impairment
                1,754  
 
Deferred income taxes
    1,068       36       91  
 
Trading account assets, net
    (7,769 )     (2,822 )     (6,684 )
 
Mortgage loans held for resale
    (299 )     (1,311 )     381  
 
(Gain) loss on sales of premises and equipment
    12       5       (18 )
 
Contribution to qualified pension plan
    (703 )     (205 )     (197 )
 
Gain on sales of credit card and mortgage servicing portfolios
                (1,008 )
 
Other assets, net
    1,769       1,642       1,581  
 
Trading account liabilities, net
    5,546       3,962       3,906  
 
Other liabilities, net
    (5,204 )     1,148       3,838  
 
   
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    504       7,287       7,897  
 
   
     
     
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
 
Sales of securities
    30,179       13,506       16,388  
 
Maturities of securities
    17,557       8,826       3,413  
 
Purchases of securities
    (56,536 )     (18,629 )     (8,361 )
 
Origination of loans, net
    (3,188 )     4,123       (9,334 )
 
Sales of premises and equipment
    750       155       398  
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (720 )     (523 )     (884 )
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    (154 )     (115 )     (40 )
 
Purchase of bank-owned separate account life insurance
    (804 )     (284 )     (135 )
 
Cash equivalents acquired, net of purchases of banking organizations
    (81 )     3,591       3  
 
   
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    (12,997 )     10,650       1,448  
 
   
     
     
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
                       
 
Purchases of deposits, net
    4,065       1,639       1,621  
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings, net
    2,708       (3,169 )     (10,661 )
 
Issuances of long-term debt
    5,518       9,338       17,491  
 
Payments of long-term debt
    (7,589 )     (13,076 )     (13,662 )
 
Issuances of preferred shares
          23        
 
Issuances of common stock
    75       (44 )     152  
 
Purchases of common stock
    (674 )     (1,284 )     (690 )
 
Cash dividends paid
    (1,385 )     (1,038 )     (1,888 )
 
   
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    2,718       (7,611 )     (7,637 )
 
   
     
     
 
     
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (9,775 )     10,326       1,708  
     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    34,711       24,385       22,677  
 
   
     
     
 
   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 24,936       34,711       24,385  
 
   
     
     
 
CASH PAID FOR
                       
Interest
  $ 6,067       8,752       9,759  
Income taxes
    568       672       203  
NONCASH ITEMS
                       
Transfer to securities from loans
    4,167       3,025       9,342  
Transfer to securities from other assets
    2,246       908        
Transfer to other assets from trading account assets
          201        
Transfer to other assets from securities
                1,335  
Transfer to other assets from loans, net
    (1,553 )     1,643       7,901  
Issuance of common stock for purchase accounting merger
  $ 51       12,998       34  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

73


 

Audited Financial Statements

WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

GENERAL

     Wachovia Corporation (the “Parent Company”) is a bank holding company whose principal wholly owned subsidiaries are Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association; Wachovia Securities, Inc., a retail brokerage and investment banking company; and Wachovia Mortgage Corporation, a mortgage banking company. Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries (together the “Company”) is a diversified financial services company whose operations are principally domestic.

     The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and they conform to general practices within the applicable industries. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and all its subsidiaries. In consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

     Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

     In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS 141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, be accounted for using the purchase method. Also under SFAS 141, identified intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination must be separately valued and recognized on the balance sheet if they meet certain requirements. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives acquired in purchase business combinations completed before July 1, 2001, are subject to amortization through December 31, 2001, at which time all amortization ceased. The Company adopted SFAS 141 and the provisions of SFAS 142 relating to amortization of intangible assets on July 1, 2001.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. Generally, cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

SECURITIES PURCHASED AND SOLD AGREEMENTS

     Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amount at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. It is the Company’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements, which are primarily U.S. Government and Government agency securities. The market value of securities purchased and sold is monitored and collateral is obtained from or returned by the counterparty when appropriate.

SECURITIES AND TRADING ACTIVITIES

     Securities are classified at the date of commitment or purchase as trading or as available for sale securities. The fair value of securities is based on quoted market prices or if quoted market prices are not available, then the fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models or discounted cash flow analyses, generally using readily observable market data. The determination of fair value considers various factors including closing exchange or over-the-counter market price quotations; time value and volatility factors underlying options, warrants and derivatives; price activity for equivalent or synthetic instruments; and counterparty credit quality. Realized gains and losses are recognized on a specific identification, trade date basis.

Trading Account Assets and Liabilities

     Trading account assets and liabilities include primarily debt securities and trading derivatives, and are recorded at fair value. Trading derivatives include interest rate, currency, equity and credit swap agreements; options, caps, and floors; and financial futures and forward contracts. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account assets and liabilities are recorded in trading account profits (losses) in the results of operations. Interest on trading account assets is recorded in interest income. The reported receivables (unrealized gains) and payables (unrealized losses) related to trading derivatives include the effect of master netting agreements. Derivatives in a net gain position, as well as purchased options, are reported as trading account assets. Similarly, derivatives in a net loss position, as well as written options, are reported as trading account liabilities.

74


 

Audited Financial Statements

Securities Available for Sale

     Securities available for sale are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy, and they may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks and other factors. Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to yield over the life of the security. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded net of tax as a component of other comprehensive income. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss. Realized gains and losses are included in fee and other income as securities gains (losses) in the results of operations.

SECURITIZATIONS AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS

     In an asset securitization transaction that meets the applicable criteria to be accounted for as a sale, assets are sold to a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPEs”) which then issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated interests collateralized by the assets. In some cases, the Company may retain as much as 90 percent of the beneficial interests. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may also resecuritize certain assets in a new securitization transaction.

     The carrying amount of the assets transferred is allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. A gain or loss is included in other fee income for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets sold. Fair values are based on quoted market prices, quoted market prices for sales of similar assets, or if market prices are not available, then the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.

     Retained and purchased beneficial interests are accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Certain Investments. EITF 99-20 conforms the accounting for income recognition and impairment on certain beneficial interests to the accounting for securities available for sale. Under EITF 99-20, if cash flow estimates indicate that the holder of a beneficial interest will not collect all estimated cash flows, then the security is considered impaired and is written down to fair value. In connection with the adoption of EITF 99-20 in 2000, the Company recorded an aftertax charge of $46 million ($71 million before tax), which is presented in the results of operations as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

DERIVATIVES USED FOR RISK MANAGEMENT

     On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as subsequently amended by SFAS 137 and SFAS 138, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivatives and hedging activities. SFAS 133 was adopted on a prospective basis.

     Under SFAS 133, the Company may designate a derivative as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge), a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of future cash flows of a floating rate asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge), or a foreign-currency fair value or cash flow hedge (“foreign currency” hedge). All derivatives are recorded as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values with unrealized gains and losses recorded either in other comprehensive income or in the results of operations, depending on the purpose for which the derivative is held. Derivatives that do not meet the criteria for designation as a hedge under SFAS 133 at inception, or fail to meet the criteria thereafter, are included in trading account assets or liabilities.

     Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded as other fee income in the results of operations. To the extent of the effectiveness of a hedge, changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income. For all hedge relationships, ineffectiveness resulting from differences between the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized as other fee income in the results of operations. The net interest settlement on derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges is treated as an adjustment to the interest income or interest expense of the hedged assets or liabilities.

     At inception of a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the hedge relationship and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the methodology for measuring ineffectiveness. In addition, the Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing quarterly basis, whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and whether the derivative is expected to continue to be highly effective.

     The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when either it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is de-designated because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

75


 

Audited Financial Statements

     When hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is reclassified as a trading account asset or liability. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction are still expected to occur, unrealized gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are included in the results of operations in the same period when the results of operations are also affected by the hedged cash flow. They are recognized in the results of operations immediately if the cash flow hedge was discontinued because a forecasted transaction did not occur.

     The Company may occasionally enter into a contract (“host contract”) that contains a derivative that is embedded in the financial instrument. If applicable, an embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and can be designated as a hedge; otherwise, the derivative is recorded as a freestanding derivative and classified as a trading account asset or liability.

     Prior to the adoption of SFAS 133, derivatives used for interest rate risk management were not recorded at fair value. Rather, the net interest settlement on designated derivatives that either effectively altered the interest rate characteristics of assets or liabilities or hedged exposures to risk was treated as an adjustment to the interest income or interest expense of the related assets or liabilities.

LOANS

     Loans are recorded at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Loan origination fees and direct costs as well as premiums and discounts are amortized as an adjustment to yield over the term of the loan. Loan commitment fees are generally deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

     Loans include direct financing leases that are recorded as the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, which are a form of direct financing leases, are recorded net of nonrecourse debt. Unearned income on leases is amortized under a method that results in an approximate level rate of return.

     A loan is considered to be impaired when based on current information, it is probable the Company will not receive all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of a loan agreement. The fair value is measured based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is also considered impaired if its terms are modified in a troubled debt restructuring.

     When the ultimate collectibility of the principal balance of an impaired loan is in doubt, all cash receipts are applied to principal. Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to interest income, to the extent any interest has been foregone, and then they are recorded as recoveries of any amounts previously charged off.

     The accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans and leases, except consumer loans, that become 90 days past due as to principal or interest unless collection of both principal and interest is assured by way of collateralization, guarantees or other security. Generally, loans past due 180 days or more are placed on nonaccrual status regardless of security. Consumer loans that become 120 days past due are generally charged to the allowance for loan losses. When borrowers demonstrate over an extended period the ability to repay a loan in accordance with the contractual terms of a loan classified as nonaccrual, the loan is returned to accrual status.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The Company believes it has developed appropriate policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that reflects the evaluation of credit risk after careful consideration of all available information. In developing this assessment, the Company must necessarily rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters where the ultimate outcome is unknown such as economic factors, developments affecting companies in specific industries and issues with respect to single borrowers. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of credit risk may yield materially different results, which may require an increase or a decrease in the allowance for loan losses.

     The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level the Company believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The Company employs a variety of statistical modeling and estimation tools in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses consists of formula based components for both commercial and consumer loans, for impaired commercial loans and for additional factors that are indicative of the potential for loss.

     The Company continuously monitors qualitative and quantitative trends in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. The distribution of the allowance for loan losses between the various components does not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb credit losses in the loan portfolio. The principal focus is, therefore, on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses.

76


 

Audited Financial Statements

     In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s bank subsidiaries’ allowances for loan losses. These agencies may require such subsidiaries to recognize changes to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation is discontinued at the time an asset is determined to be held for disposal. Premises and equipment include certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software, leasehold improvements and capitalized leases. For leasehold improvements, the estimated useful life is the lesser of the remaining lease term or estimated useful life. For capitalized leased assets, the estimated useful life is generally the lease term.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 142 related to amortization of intangible assets on July 1, 2001, and the remaining provisions of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002. Under the provisions of SFAS 142, goodwill and identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Rather they are subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and when appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced. Unamortized intangible assets associated with disposed assets are included in the determination of gain or loss on sale of the disposed assets.

     Under SFAS 142, all goodwill and identified intangible assets with an indefinite useful life must be tested for impairment as of January 1, 2002, and annually thereafter. This test involves assigning tangible assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further test is required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. Under SFAS 142, a reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company determined that lines of business, which are one level below operating segments, are its reporting units.

     The Company’s impairment evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the year ended December 31, 2002, indicated that none of the Company’s goodwill is impaired.

     In connection with certain businesses where the Company securitizes and sells originated or purchased loans with servicing retained, servicing assets or liabilities are recorded based on the relative fair value of the servicing rights on the date the loans are sold. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those assets. If, by individual stratum, the carrying amount of servicing assets exceeds fair value, a valuation reserve is established. The valuation reserve is adjusted as the fair value changes. For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, the Company stratifies servicing assets based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, including loan type, amortization type, loan coupon rate, and in certain circumstances, period of origination. The assumptions used in evaluating servicing assets for impairment incorporate assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.

OTHER

Loans Held for Sale

     Loans held for sale are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost or market value (less costs to sell). Market value is determined based on quoted market prices for the same or similar loans, outstanding investor commitments, or discounted cash flow analyses using market assumptions. Loans are transferred to loans held for sale at the lower of cost, which is the carrying value net of deferred fees and costs and applicable allowance for loan losses, or market value. At the time of the transfer, if the market value is less than the cost, the difference is recorded as additional provision for loan losses in the results of operations. Subsequent declines in the market value of loans held for sale are recorded as a reduction in other fee income in the results of operations. Sales of loans are recorded when the proceeds are received and any difference between the proceeds and the carrying value is recorded as gain or loss in other fee income in the results of operations.

77


 

Audited Financial Statements

Principal Investments

     Principal investments are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in principal investing income in the results of operations. For public equity investments, fair value is based on quoted market prices, net of applicable discounts for trading restrictions and liquidity. Investments in non-public securities are recorded at the Company’s estimate of fair value which is generally the original cost basis unless the investee has raised additional debt or equity capital and the Company believes that such transaction, taking into consideration differences in the terms of securities, is a better indicator of fair value; or if the Company believes the fair value is less than original cost. All principal investments are evaluated quarterly for declines in fair value. For investments in private equity funds, the Company uses information provided by the fund managers in the initial determination of estimated fair value. Valuation factors such as the age of the fund and industry concentrations are used in the final determination of estimated fair value. Gains on fund investments are recognized only when they have been realized through fund distributions. Reductions in fair value of fund investments, based on this valuation process, are recorded when identified.

Off-Balance Sheet Entities

     The Company enters into transactions or has contractual relationships with various legal entities that are commonly referred to as special purpose entities (“SPEs”), QSPEs or multi-seller commercial paper conduits (“conduits”). Certain of these entities, and where applicable, the assets sold to them by the Company, are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These non-consolidated entities have legal standing separate from the Company, are not controlled by the Company and are typically established for a single purpose such as securitization of financial assets. The Company may have certain relationships with these entities, including sponsorship, collateral manager, servicer of the assets held by the entity, trustee or administrative agent. In addition, the Company may retain certain interests in these entities, which are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interests Entities, may impact the accounting treatment of the entities. See Note 6 for additional information.

     SPEs and QSPEs sponsored by the Company hold assets sold to them by the Company or by third parties and issue debt collateralized by the assets held in the trust. In order for the assets and liabilities of a QSPE to be excluded from the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, these transactions must meet the requirements of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, at the inception of the transaction and on an ongoing basis. In addition to issuing debt, SPEs also issue equity of which a substantive amount (an amount equal to at least three percent of the fair value of the assets held by the SPE) is held by substantive third parties unrelated to the Company.

Equity Method Investments

     Except for principal investments, the Company accounts for investments in which the Company has significant influence under the equity method of accounting. Equity method investments are recorded at cost adjusted to reflect the Company’s portion of income, loss, or dividends of the investee. The Company recognizes gain or loss on transactions where a subsidiary or an equity method investee issues common stock. Recognition of gain is subject to a determination that the gain is realizable and that there are no plans to reacquire the shares.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The fair values of loans and long-term debt are presented in Note 7 and in Note 11, respectively. The fair value of demand deposits is the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities and fair value approximates carrying value. The fair value estimates for deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by deposit liabilities compared with the cost of borrowing funds in the market. Substantially all of the other financial assets and liabilities have maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying value is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of off-balance sheet financial instruments is presented in Note 18.

     Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments, as defined, without estimating the value of certain ongoing businesses, the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In the Company’s opinion, these add significant value.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     The Company’s stock options typically have an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock on the date of grant, and vest based on continued service with the Company for a specified period, generally three years. The expense is amortized ratably over the vesting period.

     Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, there are two methods of accounting for stock options, the intrinsic value method and the fair value method. Upon the initial adoption of SFAS 123 in 1996, the Company elected to continue to use the intrinsic value method, which resulted in no expense being recognized related to the Company’s stock options.

78


 

Audited Financial Statements

     Under the prospective transition provisions of SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, the Company adopted the fair value method effective as of the beginning of the year in which the decision was made, or January 1, 2002, and only for stock option awards made in 2002 and thereafter. Prior awards will continue to be accounted for under the intrinsic value method. The expense associated with the 2002 grant will be recorded over the three year vesting period beginning on the April 2002 grant date.

     The effect on net income available to common stockholders and earnings per share as if the fair value method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                         
    Years Ended December 31,
   
    2002   2001   2000
   
 
 
Net income available to common stockholders, as reported
  $ 3,560       1,613       92  
Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income taxes
    38                  
Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of income taxes
    (106 )     (63 )     (130 )
 
   
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 3,492       1,550       (38 )
 
   
     
     
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
                       
Basic — as reported
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.07  
Basic — pro forma
    2.57       1.41       (0.06 )
Diluted — as reported
    2.60       1.45       0.07  
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 2.55       1.40       (0.06 )
 
   
     
     
 

     For restricted stock, which generally vests based on continued service with the Company, the deferred compensation is measured as the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, and the deferred compensation is recognized as salaries and employee benefits expense in the results of operations in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule, which is generally straight-line over 3 years.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the sum of the weighted average number of shares adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive shares. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the premium component of the forward price on equity forward contracts is subtracted in calculating income available to common stockholders. Additionally, diluted shares include the share equivalent of the excess of the forward price in the case of forward contracts and the strike price in the case of collar transactions over the current market price of the shares.

NEW ACCOUNTING INTERPRETATIONS

     The FASB recently issued two interpretations, FIN No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and FIN 46, both of which require additional disclosures in 2002 financial statements. The required disclosures are included in Note 6 for FIN 46 and Note 18 for FIN 45. Both of these interpretations also require new accounting treatment for certain transactions beginning in 2003. The accounting impact of these new interpretations is discussed in the Accounting and Regulatory Matters section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain amounts in 2001 and 2000 were reclassified to conform with the presentation in 2002. These reclassifications have no effect on the Company’s previously reported consolidated financial position or results of operations.

79


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 2: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

FIRST UNION/WACHOVIA MERGER

     The merger of the former Wachovia and First Union closed on September 1, 2001, and the combined Company adopted the name “Wachovia Corporation.” The merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results for 2001 include eight months of First Union and four months of the combined Company. In connection with the merger, shareholders of the former Wachovia received two First Union shares for each former Wachovia common share, resulting in the issuance of 407 million common shares. The common stock issued to effect the merger was valued at $31.15 per First Union share, or $12.7 billion in the aggregate. In addition, former Wachovia stockholders were given the right to choose to receive either a one-time cash payment of $0.48 per common share of the former Wachovia to be paid after the stockholder made the election, or two shares of a new class of preferred shares, Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (“DEPs”), which pay dividends equal to the difference between the last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of $0.30 per share and the common stock dividend declared by the combined Company. This dividend will cease once the Company’s total dividends paid to common stockholders for four consecutive quarters equal at least $1.20 per common share. The aggregate value of the one-time cash payment and the estimated fair value of the DEPs amounted to $98 million. See Note 12 for additional information. Additionally, 17 million options held by employees of the former Wachovia were converted into 34 million options of the Company with the exercise price adjusted proportionately. They vest in accordance with their original vesting schedule. The fair value of options issued, based on a Black-Scholes valuation, amounted to $187 million, which is included in the computation of the purchase price. The excess of the fair value of the underlying shares over the strike price of the unvested options was recorded as deferred compensation and is being amortized over the remaining vesting period.

     Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia were recorded at their respective fair values as of September 1, 2001. Based on the ending former Wachovia tangible equity of $5.5 billion, an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 billion and purchase accounting adjustments amounting to a net write-down of $2.1 billion, the merger resulted in total intangible assets of $9.6 billion. Of the total intangible assets, $1.9 billion was allocated to deposit base intangible, $250 million to customer relationships, $90 million to tradename and $7.4 billion to goodwill. None of the intangible assets are tax deductible; however, deferred tax liabilities were recorded on all intangible assets except goodwill. The deferred tax liabilities will be reflected as a tax benefit in the results of operations in proportion to and over the amortization period of the related intangible assets. The deposit base intangible and customer relationship intangible are being amortized over estimated useful lives of 6 years and 16 years, respectively, or a weighted average useful life of 7 years, using accelerated methods that reflect the estimated pattern in which the economic benefits will be consumed. The tradename intangible has an indefinite life, and accordingly, is not subject to amortization.

     Subsequent to September 1, 2001, adjustments were made to the original purchase price allocation resulting in a net increase to goodwill of $284 million, net of the related deferred taxes. The more significant of these adjustments related to intangible assets, impairment of a loan and exit costs. The valuation of the deposit base premium was finalized resulting in a reduction of $435 million in value from the preliminary September 1, 2001, value of $2.3 billion to $1.9 billion. The process of identifying and valuing other intangible assets was completed resulting in recording a customer relationship intangible of $250 million and a tradename intangible of $90 million. In another adjustment, a preacquisition contingent impairment of a loan was resolved resulting in an $81 million write-down to the basis of the loan to its estimated fair value as of September 1, 2001. Finally, $186 million of exit costs were recorded based on finalization of exit plans.

     Included in the total exit costs of $251 million recorded as purchase accounting adjustments were employee termination benefits of $152 million, which included severance payments and related benefits for 2,132 employees of the former Wachovia terminated or notified of their pending termination in connection with the merger. Of the terminated employees, approximately 13 percent were from the Corporate and Investment Bank segment, 43 percent were from the Parent segment, 16 percent were from the Capital Management segment, 19 percent were from the General Bank segment and 9 percent were from the Wealth Management segment. The remaining exit costs were employee relocation, costs to exit certain facilities of the former Wachovia, and transaction costs offset by gains on the sale of former Wachovia branches of $47 million. Through December 31, 2002, $169 million had been charged against the accruals established in purchase accounting.

80


 

Audited Financial Statements

     The purchase price, allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia, exit costs related to the former Wachovia and allocation of the total intangibles are presented below.

             
(In millions)
       

Purchase price less former Wachovia ending tangible stockholders’ equity as of September 1, 2001
  $ 7,466  
 
   
 
Fair value purchase accounting adjustments (a)
       
Financial assets
    836  
Premises and equipment
    167  
Employee benefit plans
    276  
Financial liabilities
    (13 )
Other, including income taxes
    (154 )
 
   
 
   
Total fair value purchase accounting adjustments
    1,112  
 
   
 
Exit cost purchase accounting adjustments (b)
       
Personnel and employee termination benefits
    152  
Occupancy and equipment
    85  
Gain on regulatory-mandated branch sales
    (47 )
Contract cancellations
    8  
Other
    53  
 
   
 
   
Total pre-tax exit costs
    251  
Income taxes
    (73 )
 
   
 
 
Total after-tax exit cost purchase accounting adjustments (One-time costs)
    178  
 
   
 
 
Total purchase intangibles
    8,756  
 
   
 
Deposit base intangible (Net of income taxes)
    1,194  
Other identifiable intangibles (Net of income taxes)
    209  
 
   
 
 
Goodwill
  $ 7,353  
 
   
 


(a)   Represents fair value adjustments to adjust assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia to their respective fair value as of September 1, 2001.
 
(b)   Represents incremental exit costs relating to combining the two companies which are specifically related to the former Wachovia.

OTHER ACQUISITIONS

     In 2002, the Company acquired a management liability insurance provider, an investment management firm and an insurance brokerage firm. At the date of the respective acquisitions, they had assets of $33 million in the aggregate. These entities were acquired for 1.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock and $90 million in cash, or an aggregate purchase price of $141 million.

     In 2001, the Company acquired a brokerage business with assets of $59 million for $103 million in cash. In 2000, the Company acquired four entities which, at the date of the respective acquisitions, had assets of $58 million in the aggregate. These entities were acquired for 1.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock and $90 million in cash, or an aggregate purchase price of $124 million.

     As part of the Company’s acquisition activity, the Company often negotiates terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on future events, typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability targets. The additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and it is recorded as additional goodwill. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $263 million in cash and $18 million of common stock committed under such agreements that will be paid through 2011 if the contingencies are met.

81


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 3: MERGER-RELATED AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES

     In 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company recorded merger-related and restructuring expenses of $387 million, $106 million and $2.2 billion, respectively. The significant components of these expenses, as well as activity related to the restructuring accrual, are presented below.

MERGER-RELATED EXPENSES

     Merger-related expenses consist principally of expenses related to combining operations such as systems conversions. In 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred merger-related expenses of $246 million and $96 million, respectively, related to the merger with the former Wachovia. Additionally, in 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company incurred merger-related expenses of $1 million, $25 million and $78 million, respectively, related to other mergers.

     Merger-related and restructuring expenses for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.

                             
        Years Ended December 31,
       
(In millions)
  2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
MERGER-RELATED AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES -FIRST UNION/WACHOVIA
                       
Merger-related expenses
               
 
Personnel costs
  $ 23       21        
 
Occupancy and equipment
    88              
 
Gain on regulatory-mandated branch sales
    (121 )          
 
Advertising
    45              
 
Systems conversions costs
    159              
 
Other
    52       75        
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total merger-related expenses
    246       96        
Restructuring expenses
                   
 
Employee termination benefits
    66       69        
 
Occupancy
    62              
 
Contract cancellations
    5              
 
Other
    7       13        
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total restructuring expenses
    140       82        
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total First Union/Wachovia merger-related and restructuring expenses
    386       178        
 
   
     
     
 
OTHER MERGER-RELATED AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
                       
Merger-related expenses from other mergers
    1       25       78  
Strategic repositioning restructuring expenses (reversals), net
          (83 )     2,129  
Other restructuring expenses (reversals), net
          (14 )     (17 )
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total merger-related and restructuring expenses
  $ 387       106       2,190  
 
   
     
     
 

RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES

     As a result of restructuring plans in connection with the First Union/Wachovia merger in 2001 and in connection with the Company’s strategic repositioning in 2000, the Company displaced employees and recorded expenses for the resulting employee termination benefits to be paid, either in a lump sum or deferred over an extended period. In addition, the Company recorded occupancy-related expenses that included write-downs to fair value (less cost to sell) of owned premises that were held for disposition as a result of the plans, and cancellation payments or the present values of the remaining lease obligations for leased premises, or portions thereof, that were associated with lease abandonments. Other assets, primarily computer hardware and software, the value of which was considered to be impaired because they no longer would be used as a result of the closure of facilities or the reduction in work force, were also written down to fair value. Contract cancellation costs were also recorded representing the cost to buy out the remaining term or the present value of the remaining payments on contracts that provided no future benefit to the Company as a result of these plans.

82


 

Audited Financial Statements

     Components of the restructuring expenses in 2002, 2001 and 2000 are discussed below.

     Employee termination benefits were $66 million in 2002 and $69 million in 2001, and included severance payments and related benefits for 1,672 employees who have been displaced or notified of their pending termination date as of December 31, 2002. Employee termination benefits of $172 million in 2000 included severance payments and related benefits for 5,683 employees originally expected to be terminated in connection with these plans. A reversal of the strategic repositioning restructuring expense was recorded in 2001, in part to reflect the lower number of employee terminations ultimately resulting from that plan. The reduction to 4,321 displacements was primarily caused by higher than expected attrition and placements of employees to other positions. Of the terminated employees in 2002 and 2001, approximately 20 percent were from the General Bank segment, 10 percent were from the Corporate and Investment Bank segment, 55 percent were from the Parent segment, 9 percent were from the Capital Management segment and 6 percent were from the Wealth Management segment. Of the terminated employees in 2000, approximately 80 percent were from the General Bank segment, 8 percent were from the Corporate and Investment Bank segment and the remaining 12 percent were primarily from the Parent segment. Through December 31, 2002, $93 million in employee termination benefits related to the terminations in 2002 and 2001 and $135 million related to the terminations in 2000 has been paid and reversals of $36 million related to terminations in 2000 have been recorded, leaving $42 million from the 2002 and 2001 terminations and $1 million from the 2000 terminations for future payments.

     Occupancy expenses were $62 million in 2002 and $108 million in 2000. These expenses included $8 million in 2002 and $18 million in 2000 related to the write-down of owned property as well as leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment. These write-downs resulted from excess space due to exiting businesses, the reduction in the work force and from branch closings. The amount of the write-down represents the difference between the carrying value of the property at the time that it was no longer held for use and the estimated net proceeds expected to be received upon disposition. The fair value was estimated using customary appraisal techniques such as evaluating the real estate market conditions in the region and comparing market values to comparable properties. If the proceeds from ultimate disposition differed from the estimate, the amount of the difference is reflected as either an additional restructuring expense or a reversal thereof. The remainder of the occupancy expenses in 2002 and 2000 represented the present value of future lease obligations or lease cancellation penalties, net of any expected recovery from subleasing, in connection with the closure of branches and sales offices as well as certain other corporate space.

     As a result of the decision in 2000 to discontinue the subprime mortgage lending business at The Money Store Inc. (“TMSI”), and therefore generate no future cash flows from that business, the Company concluded that the goodwill associated with that business and the related network intangible were no longer recoverable. Therefore, an impairment charge for the unamortized balance of these intangibles of $1.8 billion was included in restructuring expenses. The unamortized balance of goodwill associated with the small business and student lending businesses of TMSI was determined to be fully recoverable from future cash flows, and accordingly, was not considered impaired.

     Other asset impairments, which were the direct result of the reduction in the work force and certain other restructuring activities, amounted to $18 million in 2000. They consisted primarily of computer hardware write-offs. The net book value of long-lived assets held for sale at December 31, 2002, was not significant.

     Also included in restructuring expenses were $5 million in 2002 and $74 million in 2000 related to contract cancellations, $60 million of which in 2000 represents termination fees for contracts cancelled in connection with the sale of the credit card portfolio.

83


 

Audited Financial Statements

     A reconciliation of the restructuring accruals for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                                   
      First Union/   2000                
      Wachovia   Strategic                
(In millions)   Merger   Repositioning   Other   Total

 
 
 
 
ACTIVITY IN THE RESTRUCTURING ACCRUAL
                               
Balance, December 31, 1999
  $             162       162  
 
Restructuring expenses
          2,129             2,129  
 
Cash payments
          (92 )     (48 )     (140 )
 
Reversal of prior accruals
                (17 )     (17 )
 
Noncash write-downs and other adjustments
          (1,788 )     (4 )     (1,792 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2000
          249       93       342  
 
Restructuring expenses
    82                   82  
 
Cash payments
    (19 )     (103 )     (18 )     (140 )
 
Reversal of prior accruals
          (83 )     (14 )     (97 )
 
Noncash write-downs and other adjustments
          (60 )     (1 )     (61 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
    63       3       60       126  
 
Restructuring expenses
    140                   140  
 
Cash payments
    (124 )     (2 )     (49 )     (175 )
 
Noncash write-downs and other adjustments
    (18 )                 (18 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
  $ 61       1       11       73  
 
   
     
     
     
 

84


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 4: TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                   
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001

 
 
TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS
               
U. S. Treasury
  $ 2,545       939  
U. S. Government agencies
    1,802       909  
State, county and municipal
    358       603  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,664       1,920  
Other asset-backed securities
    4,103       2,443  
Corporate bonds and debentures
    3,295       3,811  
Derivative financial instruments
    17,214       13,395  
Sundry
    2,174       1,366  
 
   
     
 
 
Total trading account assets
  $ 33,155       25,386  
 
   
     
 
TRADING ACCOUNT LIABILITIES
               
Derivative financial instruments
    16,983       11,437  
 
   
     
 
 
Total trading account liabilities
  $ 16,983       11,437  
 
   
     
 

NOTE 5: SECURITIES

     Information related to securities available for sale for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, is disclosed in Table 6, which is incorporated herein by reference. In connection with the adoption of SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001, all investment securities were reclassified to securities available for sale. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, all investment securities were classified as available for sale.

85


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 6: SECURITIZATIONS AND RETAINED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS

     The Company securitizes, sells and services primarily commercial loans, residential mortgage loans and prime equity lines. In certain situations, the Company also provides liquidity guarantees to investors in the beneficial interests and provides credit enhancement in the form of cash collateral accounts.

     In 2002, the Company had securitization gains of approximately $11 million and $148 million related to the sale of residential mortgage loans and prime equity lines, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $20 billion of retained interests from securitization transactions. These retained interests included $5.1 billion of retained agency securities, $14 billion of senior and subordinated notes and receivables, and $1.3 billion of residual interests. Of the $20 billion of retained interests, $5.8 billion (including the $5.1 billion of retained agency securities) were valued using quoted market prices or quoted market prices for sales of similar assets. The remaining $14 billion of retained interests consists of subordinated and residual interests for which there are no quoted market prices. These have been valued using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.

     Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests for transactions completed in 2002 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash flow activity for transactions completed in 2002 and sensitivity analysis for certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of December 31, 2002, are presented below.

                                                   
      December 31, 2002
     
      Real Estate                        
     
                       
                      Prime   Collateralized                
              Residential   Equity   Loan/Debt           Municipal
(Dollars in millions)   Commercial   Mortgages   Lines   Obligations   SBA   Securities

 
 
 
 
 
 
ORIGINAL ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS (a)
                                               
 
Prepayment speed (CPR)
    %     27.76       45.58                    
 
Weighted average life
     yrs     2.84       1.59       8.98              
 
Expected credit losses
    %     0.17       0.39       2.60              
 
Discount rate
    %     5.39       2.46       9.63              
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOW ACTIVITY (b)
                                               
Proceeds from
 
New securitizations
  $ 2,711       2,754       3,319       1,887              
 
Collections used by trust to purchase new balances in revolving securitizations
                100                    
Service fees received
    9       1       12       12              
Cash flow received from retained interests
    2       1,117       30                    
Servicing advances, net
  $ 11                                
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (c)
                                               
Carrying value (fair value) of retained interests
  $ 35       10,671       2,984       151       196       318  
Weighted average life
    11.66  yrs     4.26       5.97       8.90       9.76       6.00  
Prepayment speed
    %     40.49       45.58       20.00       10.75        
Impact of 10% adverse change
        $ (34 )     (19 )           (27 )              
Impact of 20% adverse change
        $ (75 )     (34 )           (31 )              
Expected credit losses
    3.10 %     2.37       0.39       6.09       2.81        
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (1 )     (57 )     (3 )     (4 )     (30 )      
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (3 )     (113 )     (6 )     (14 )     (35 )      
Discount rate
    10.40 %     7.44       2.71       10.09       15.00       20.00  
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (2 )     (132 )     (167 )     (5 )     (3 )     (17 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (4 )     (261 )     (466 )     (9 )     (12 )     (32 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   Prime equity lines included $2.6 billion of notes discounted at 1.96 percent and $177 million of residual interests discounted at 9.92 percent.
 
(b)   From time to time, the Company resecuritizes retained interests. Since cash flow information is presented for the original securitization, the proceeds from resecuritizations are not included in the cash flow activity information.
 
(c)   In addition, the Company has $114 million of retained interests in student loan securitizations for which price sensitivity is insignificant.

86


 

Audited Financial Statements

     At December 31, 2001, the Company had $18 billion of retained interests from securitization transactions. These retained interests included $5.3 billion of retained agency securities, $11 billion of subordinated notes and receivables, and $871 million of residual interests. Of the $18 billion of retained interests, $7.5 billion (including the $5.3 billion of retained agency securities) were valued using quoted market prices or quoted market prices for sales of similar assets. The remaining $10 billion of retained interests consists of subordinated and residual interests for which there are no quoted market prices. These have been valued using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.

     Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests for transactions completed in 2001 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash flow activity for transactions completed in 2001 and sensitivity analysis for certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of December 31, 2001, are presented below.

                                                   
      December 31, 2001
     
      Real Estate                        
     
                       
                      Prime   Collateralized                
              Residential   Equity   Loan/Debt           Municipal
(Dollars in millions)   Commercial   Mortgages   Lines   Obligations   SBA   Securities

 
 
 
 
 
 
ORIGINAL ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS
                                               
Prepayment speed (CPR)
    %     22.63       47.31             9.11        
 
Weighted average life
    12.77  yrs     2.34       1.32             11.33        
 
Expected credit losses
    3.29 %     14.58       0.31             3.55        
 
Discount rate
    10.40 %     18.00       11.00             15.00        
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOW ACTIVITY (a) (b) (c)
                                               
Proceeds from
 
New securitizations
  $ 3,659       2,411       2,495       1,311       284       1,264  
 
Collections used by trust to purchase new balances in revolving securitizations
                134                    
Service fees received
    7       5       6       14             5  
Cash flow received from retained interests
    45       16       13             1       75  
Servicing advances, net
  $ 2                                
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (d)
                                               
Carrying value (fair value) of retained interests
  $ 36       9,333       86       46       188       342  
Weighted average life
    10.03  yrs     1.91       1.68       5.75       6.56       10.79  
Prepayment speed
    %     39.60       47.31       20.00       15.92        
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $       (32 )     (8 )           (6 )      
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $       (64 )     (15 )           (14 )      
Expected credit losses
    2.96 %     2.34       0.31       6.07       2.22        
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (2 )     (66 )     (1 )     (3 )     (6 )      
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (3 )     (132 )     (2 )     (5 )     (13 )      
Discount rate
    10.40 %     8.03       11.00       18.00       15.00       12.63  
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (2 )     (22 )     (1 )     (3 )     (14 )     (25 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (5 )     (43 )     (2 )     (5 )     (22 )     (48 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 


(a)   The Company purchased $33 million of loans from the collateralized loan/debt obligations.
 
(b)   From time to time, the Company resecuritizes retained interests. Since cash flow information is presented for the original securitization, the proceeds from resecuritizations are not included in the cash flow activity information.
 
(c)   In addition, the Company securitized a portfolio of equity securities, received $1.1 billion in proceeds and entered into a total return swap.
 
(d)   In addition, the Company has $81 million of retained interests in student loan securitizations for which price sensitivity is insignificant.

87


 

Audited Financial Statements

     At December 31, 2000, the Company had $16 billion of retained interests from securitization transactions. These retained interests included $3.5 billion of retained agency securities, $12 billion of subordinated notes and receivables, and $298 million of residual interests. Of the $16 billion of retained interests, $4.9 billion (including the $3.5 billion of retained agency securities) were valued using quoted market prices or quoted market prices for sales of similar assets. The remaining $11 billion of retained interests consists of subordinated and residual interests for which there are no quoted market prices. These have been valued using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.

     Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests for transactions completed in 2000 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash flow activity for transactions completed in 2000 and sensitivity analysis for certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of December 31, 2000, are presented below.

                                                   
      December 31, 2000
     
      Real Estate           Collateralized                
     
          Loan/Debt           Municipal
(Dollars in millions)   Commercial   Residential   Student   Obligations   SBA   Securities (c)

 
 
 
 
 
 
ORIGINAL ECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS
                                               
 
Prepayment speed (CPR)
    %     48.00             20.00       13.60        
 
Weighted average life
    8.85  yrs     1.72             11.08       5.72       11.27  
 
Expected credit losses
    2.81 %     0.25             2.53       2.50        
 
Discount rate
    10.40 %     11.00             19.47       15.00       15.68  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOW ACTIVITY (a) (b)
                                               
Proceeds from
                                               
 
New securitizations
  $ 1,535       959             1,545       209       1,610  
 
Collections used by trust to purchase new balances in revolving securitizations
          26             111              
Service fees received
    6       5       37       10       14       2  
Cash flow received from retained interests
    17       24       10       11       36       21  
Servicing advances, net
  $ 1                         2        
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (a)
                                               
Carrying value (fair value) of retained interests
  $ 103       10,150       80       73       182       188  
Weighted average life
    8.85  yrs     2.03       8.64       10.28       7.52       10.66  
Prepayment speed
    %     36.79       8.63       20.00       12.30        
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $       (38 )     (2 )           (5 )      
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $       (72 )     (4 )           (10 )      
Expected credit losses
    2.81 %     1.91       0.21       3.64       3.20        
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (2 )     (40 )     (1 )     (1 )     (4 )      
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (3 )     (70 )     (1 )     (2 )     (9 )      
Discount rate
    10.40 %     13.69       15.00       15.00       15.00       16.00  
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (5 )     (15 )     (4 )     (4 )     (13 )     (9 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
  $ (10 )     (30 )     (8 )     (7 )     (21 )     (17 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

(a)  In 2000, the Company completed the sale of credit card receivables. Credit card cash flow activity in 2000 included new securitizations of $225 million, collections used by a trust to purchase new balances in revolving securitizations of $3.8 billion, service fees received of $7 million and cash flow received from retained interests of $127 million.

(b)  The Company purchased $55 million of loans from the Collateralized loan/debt obligations.
(c)  Price sensitivity attributable to prepayment and credit risk was insignificant.

88


 

Audited Financial Statements

     The sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with caution. For example, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Additionally, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption, when in reality, changes in any one factor may result in changes in other factors.

     Managed loans at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and related loans past due 90 days or more and net loan losses are presented below.

                                                     
        December 31, 2002   December 31, 2001
       
 
                Loans Past   Loan           Loans Past   Loan
                Due 90   Losses,           Due 90   Losses,
(In millions)   Balance   Days (a)   Net   Balance   Days (a)   Net

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGED LOANS
                                               
Commercial
                                               
 
Loans held in portfolio
  $ 109,097       32       817       116,072       82       695  
 
Securitized loans
    2,218       159       74       5,827       131       81  
 
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    1,140                   1,478              
Consumer
                                               
 
Loans held in portfolio
    63,876       272       305       57,423       206       242  
 
Securitized loans
    13,542       362       28       14,095       406       1,083  
 
Securitized loans included in securities
    17,316       229       98       15,120       260       54  
 
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    4,872       19       11       6,285       40       45  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total managed loans
    212,061       1,073       1,333       216,300       1,125       2,200  
Less
                                               
 
Securitized loans
    (15,760 )     (521 )     (102 )     (19,922 )     (537 )     (1,164 )
 
Securitized loans included in securities
    (17,316 )     (229 )     (98 )     (15,120 )     (260 )     (54 )
 
Loans held for sale included in other assets
    (6,012 )     (19 )     (11 )     (7,763 )     (40 )     (45 )
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Loans held in portfolio
  $ 172,973       304       1,122       173,495       288       937  
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

(a)  Includes bankruptcies and foreclosures.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, which addresses consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”), certain of which are also referred to as SPEs. VIEs are entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Under the provisions of FIN 46, a company will consolidate a VIE if the company has a variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns if they occur or both. The company that consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary. The provisions of FIN 46 are applicable to variable interests in VIEs created after January 31, 2003. Variable interests in VIEs created before February 1, 2003, are subject to the provisions of FIN 46 no later than July 1, 2003. In addition, if it is reasonably possible that a company will consolidate or disclose information about a VIE when FIN 46 becomes effective, the company is required to disclose the nature, purpose, size and activities of the VIE and the company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE in its December 31, 2002, financial statements.

     Because of the extensive analysis that is required to adopt FIN 46, the Company has not fully assessed the impact of adopting this standard, including whether any cumulative effect of an accounting change will be recognized in the results of operations in the period of adoption, which will be no later than the quarter ended September 30, 2003. Certain entities that are preliminarily considered VIEs in which the Company has a significant or majority variable interest may change before adoption of FIN 46. Based on the characteristics of the VIEs as of December 31, 2002, it is reasonably possible the Company will consolidate or disclose characteristics about the following VIEs when FIN 46 is adopted.

89


 

Audited Financial Statements

     Multi-seller commercial paper conduits (“conduits”) are SPEs that provide borrowers with access to the commercial paper market, a low cost financing alternative. Conduits purchase a variety of asset-backed loans and receivables, trade receivables, securities and other assets from borrowers and issuers, and issue commercial paper to fund those assets. The Company administers conduits to facilitate its customers’ financing needs and provides liquidity facilities on substantially all of the commercial paper issued by the conduits that it administers. Under liquidity facilities, the Company is obligated to purchase asset interests that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. These liquidity facilities represent the Company’s most significant variable interests in conduits administered by the Company. The Company has variable interests in conduits administered by the Company with total liabilities, primarily commercial paper, of $12.7 billion that represent a maximum exposure to loss of $17.6 billion at December 31, 2002. The excess exposure to loss over the total liabilities represents unfunded customer purchase facilities.

     The Company also provides liquidity guarantees to other conduits not administered by the Company. These liquidity guarantees represent the most significant variable interests the Company has in these conduits. The Company has variable interests in these other conduits, which have total commercial paper outstanding of $6.9 billion, that represent a maximum exposure to loss of $2.6 billion at December 31, 2002.

     Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) are SPEs in which securities or loans are transferred to the SPE or purchased by the SPE in the open market. The SPE issues a combination of debt and equity securities to fund those purchases. The Company receives fees for structuring these transactions and underwriting the debt and equity securities. In certain transactions, the Company also may invest in the debt or equity securities issued by the SPE. The investment in debt or equity securities of CLOs and CDOs represents the most significant variable interest the Company has in CLOs and CDOs. The Company has variable interests in CLOs and CDOs, with total collateral of $3.2 billion, that represent a maximum exposure to loss of $79 million at December 31, 2002.

90


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 7: LOANS

                   
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001

 
 
COMMERCIAL
               
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 56,501       61,258  
Real estate — construction and other
    6,849       7,969  
Real estate — mortgage
    16,655       17,234  
Lease financing
    22,667       21,958  
Foreign
    6,425       7,653  
 
   
     
 
 
Total commercial
    109,097       116,072  
 
   
     
 
CONSUMER
               
Real estate — mortgage
    24,979       22,139  
Installment loans
    38,817       34,666  
Vehicle leasing
    80       618  
 
   
     
 
 
Total consumer
    63,876       57,423  
 
   
     
 
 
Total loans
  $ 172,973       173,495  
 
   
     
 

     Directors and executive officers of the Parent Company and their related interests were indebted to the Company in the aggregate amounts of $2.0 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002, directors and executive officers of the Parent Company and their related interests borrowed $713 million and repaid $884 million. In the opinion of management, these loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility, nor do they include other features unfavorable to the Company.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the investment in leveraged leases, net of unearned income, was $10.2 billion and $9.2 billion, respectively. For federal income tax purposes, the Company realizes income tax benefits resulting from depreciating the leased asset and from interest expense associated with the related long-term debt. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, deferred income taxes related to leveraged leases were $5.9 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, nonaccrual and restructured loans amounted to $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, $120 million, $184 million and $126 million, respectively, in gross interest income would have been recorded if all nonaccrual and restructured loans had been performing in accordance with their original terms and if they had been outstanding throughout the entire period, or since origination if held for part of the period. Interest collected on these loans and included in interest income in 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounted to $23 million, $41 million and $31 million, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, impaired loans amounted to $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. Included in the allowance for loan losses was $185 million related to $730 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2002, and $219 million related to $639 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2001. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, $23 million, $22 million and $27 million, respectively, of interest income was recognized on loans while they were impaired.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, loans held for sale, which are classified in other assets, amounted to $6.0 billion and $7.8 billion, respectively. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, net write-downs to the lower of cost or market value recorded subsequent to the transfer of the loans to loans held for sale were $53 million, $188 million and $274 million, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of the loan portfolio, net of unearned income and the allowance for loan losses, was $160 billion and $161 billion, respectively. The fair values of performing loans for all portfolio loans were calculated by discounting estimated cash flows through expected maturity dates using estimated market yields that reflect the credit and interest rate risks inherent in each category of loans and prepayment assumptions. Estimated fair values for the commercial loan portfolio were based on weighted average discount rates ranging from 2.44 percent to 9.46 percent and 3.60 percent to 7.65 percent at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and for the consumer loan portfolio from 7.37 percent to 13.74 percent and 5.39 percent to 10.40 percent, respectively. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair values were estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing yields for comparable mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of nonperforming loans was calculated by discounting estimated cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risk associated with the cash flows.

91


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 8: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 2,995       1,722       1,757  
Provision for loan losses relating to loans transferred to other assets or sold
    357       284       657  
Provision for loan losses
    1,122       1,663       1,079  
Former Wachovia balance, September 1, 2001
          766        
Allowance relating to loans acquired, transferred to other assets or sold
    (554 )     (503 )     (1,020 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    3,920       3,932       2,473  
 
   
     
     
 
Loan losses
    (1,289 )     (1,079 )     (867 )
Loan recoveries
    167       142       116  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net charge-offs
    (1,122 )     (937 )     (751 )
 
   
     
     
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 2,798       2,995       1,722  
 
   
     
     
 

92


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 9: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Net income and earnings per share amounts adjusted to exclude goodwill amortization expense for the years prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 are presented below.

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Reported net income available to common stockholders before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 3,560       1,613       138  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (46 )
 
   
     
     
 
Reported net income available to common stockholders
    3,560       1,613       92  
Less imputed interest on the Company’s transactions in its common stock
          (6 )     (21 )
Add goodwill amortization
          241       263  
 
   
     
     
 
Adjusted net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,848       334  
 
   
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share
                       
Reported net income available to common stockholders before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.12  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (0.05 )
 
   
     
     
 
Reported net income available to common stockholders
    2.62       1.47       0.07  
Add goodwill amortization
          0.22       0.27  
 
   
     
     
 
Adjusted net income available to common stockholders
    2.62       1.69       0.34  
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share
                       
Reported net income available to common stockholders before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 2.60       1.45       0.12  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (0.05 )
 
   
     
     
 
Reported net income available to common stockholders
    2.60       1.45       0.07  
Add goodwill amortization
          0.22       0.27  
 
   
     
     
 
Adjusted net income available to common stockholders
  $ 2.60       1.67       0.34  
 
   
     
     
 
Intangible amortization
                       
Identified intangible assets
                       
   Deposit base
  $ 596       266       82  
   Customer relationships
    32       16       16  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    628       282       98  
Servicing assets
    55       50       98  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total intangible amortization
    683       332       196  
 
   
     
     
 

     Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill related to each of the Company’s business segments for the year ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.

                                         
    December 31, 2002
   
                            Corporate        
                            and        
    General   Capital   Wealth   Investment        
(In millions)   Bank   Management   Management   Bank   Total

 
 
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2002
  $ 6,835       1,548       467       1,766       10,616  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    88       6       8       27       129  
Purchase accounting acquisition
          85       50             135  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
  $ 6,923       1,639       525       1,793       10,880  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

93


 

Audited Financial Statements

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had $90 million assigned as the carrying value of its tradename, which based on its indefinite useful life, is not subject to amortization.

     The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each of the Company’s identified intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2002 and 2001, are presented below.

                                   
      2002   2001
     
 
      Gross           Gross        
      Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
(In millions)   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization

 
 
 
 
Deposit base
  $ 2,532       1,307       2,536       714  
Customer relationships
    287       48       261       17  
Servicing assets
    437       164       375       114  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 3,256       1,519       3,172       845  
 
   
     
     
     
 

     In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company recorded customer relationship intangibles of $27 million, which have a weighted average amortization period of 10 years.

     The estimated annual identified intangible assets amortization expense in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, is as follows (in millions): 2003, $560; 2004, $423; 2005, $294; 2006, $178: and 2007, $165.

94


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 10: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

     Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, which include securities sold under repurchase agreements and accrued interest thereon, and the related maximum amounts outstanding at the end of any month in each of the three years, are presented below.

                                                   
      December 31,   Maximum Outstanding
     
 
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
  $ 4,817       2,502       2,090       5,824       4,554       5,033  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    30,249       29,846       26,511       30,872       29,979       35,305  
Fixed and variable rate bank notes
    300             55       300       296       560  
Interest-bearing demand deposits issued to the U. S. Treasury
    543       195       979       543       5,559       5,384  
Commercial paper
    2,642       3,314       2,320       3,995       3,925       3,943  
Securities sold short
    6,081       5,718       4,379       8,133       6,519       5,276  
Other
    2,461       2,810       3,112       2,606       2,810       3,978  
 
   
     
     
                         
 
Total short-term borrowings
  $ 47,093       44,385       39,446                          
 
   
     
     
                         
                         
    December 31,
   
    2002   2001   2000
   
 
 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE INTEREST RATES
                       
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    1.34 %     1.69       6.37  
Commercial paper
    0.47       1.02       6.14  
Securities sold short
    2.35 %     1.81       4.17  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE MATURITIES (In days)
                       
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    25       7       21  
Commercial paper
    3       4       10  
Securities sold short
    2       2       2  
 
 
     
     

95


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 11: LONG-TERM DEBT

                     
        December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001

 
 
NOTES AND DEBENTURES ISSUED BY THE PARENT COMPANY
               
Notes
               
 
4.95% to 7.70%, due 2003 to 2006 (par value $200 to $1,750) (a)
  $ 6,500       6,475  
 
Floating rate, due 2003 to 2005 (par value $50 to $400) (a)
    1,720       2,217  
 
Floating rate extendible, due 2005 (b)
    10       10  
Subordinated notes
               
 
5.625% to 7.50%, due 2003 to 2009 (par value $150 to $400) (a)
    4,060       4,702  
 
8.00%, due 2009 (par value $150) (c)
    149       149  
 
6.605%, due 2025 (par value $250) (a)
    250       250  
 
6.30%, Putable/Callable, due 2028 (par value $200)
    200       200  
 
Floating rate, due 2003 (par value $150) (a)
    150       150  
Subordinated debentures
               
 
6.55% to 7.574%, due 2026 to 2035 (par value $250 to $300) (d)
    795       794  
Hedge-related basis adjustments
    1,094       389  
 
 
   
     
 
   
Total notes and debentures issued by the Parent Company
    14,928       15,336  
 
 
   
     
 
NOTES ISSUED BY SUBSIDIARIES
               
Notes, primarily notes issued under global bank note programs, varying rates and terms to 2040
    7,562       11,630  
Subordinated notes
               
 
5.875% to 9.375%, due 2003 to 2006 (par value $100 to $200) (a) (e)
    825       925  
 
Bank, 5.80% to 7.875%, due 2006 to 2036 (par value $50 to $1,000)
    2,547       2,544  
 
6.625% to 7.95%, due 2003 to 2007 (par value $100 to $150) (a)
    398       574  
 
 
   
     
 
   
Total notes issued by subsidiaries
    11,332       15,673  
 
 
   
     
 
OTHER DEBT
               
Trust preferred securities
    3,020       2,989  
Collateralized notes, floating rate, due 2006 to 2007
    4,420       2,489  
4.556% auto securitization financing, due 2008 (e)
    61       304  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
    5,255       4,933  
Preferred units — The Money Store, LLC
    57        
Capitalized leases, rates generally ranging from 1.895% to 14.29%
    176       25  
Mortgage notes and other debt of subsidiaries, varying rates and terms
    6       10  
Hedge-related basis adjustments
    407       (26 )
 
 
   
     
 
   
Total other debt
    13,402       10,724  
 
 
   
     
 
   
Total long-term debt
  $ 39,662       41,733  
 
 
   
     
 

(a)   Not redeemable prior to maturity.
(b)   Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Parent Company only on certain specified dates.
(c)   Redeemable in whole and not in part at the option of the Parent Company only on certain specified dates.
(d)   Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the holders only on certain specified dates.
(e)   Assumed by the Parent Company.

96


 

Audited Financial Statements

     At December 31, 2002, floating rate notes of $1.7 billion had rates of interest ranging from 1.66 percent to 2.195 percent.

     The interest rate on the floating rate extendible notes is 1.56 percent to March 17, 2003.

     The 6.30 percent putable/callable notes are subject to mandatory redemption on April 15, 2008, and under certain specified conditions, they may be put to the Parent Company by the trustee on or after this date.

     The interest rate on the floating rate subordinated notes is 4.125 percent to April 22, 2003.

     At December 31, 2002, bank notes of $10.9 billion had floating rates of interest ranging from 0.05 percent to 7.70 percent, and $736 million of the notes had fixed rates of interest ranging from 2.14 percent to 8.375 percent.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, statutory business trusts (the “Trusts”) created by the Parent Company had outstanding with the Parent Company trust preferred securities with an aggregate par value of $2.3 billion. The trust preferred securities have interest rates ranging generally from 7.64 percent to 8.04 percent and maturities ranging from December 1, 2026, to November 15, 2029. The principal assets of the Trusts are $2.4 billion of the Parent Company’s subordinated debentures with identical rates of interest and maturities as the trust preferred securities. The Trusts have issued $31 million of common securities to the Parent Company. The estimated fair value of the trust preferred securities and the related subordinated debentures at December 31, 2002 and 2001, was $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

     The trust preferred securities, the assets of the Trusts and the common securities issued by the Trusts are redeemable in whole or in part beginning on or after December 1, 2006, or at any time in whole but not in part from the date of issuance on the occurrence of certain events. The obligations of the Parent Company with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Parent Company of the Trusts’ obligations with respect to the trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Parent Company may elect from time to time to defer subordinated debenture interest payments, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities.

     Additionally, a bank subsidiary has outstanding trust preferred securities with a par value of $300 million and an 8 percent rate of interest, and a par value of $450 million and a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The related maturities range from December 15, 2026, to February 15, 2027. The related subordinated debentures all have terms substantially the same as the trust preferred securities and subordinated debentures issued by the Parent Company.

     At December 31, 2002, collateralized notes of $4.4 billion had floating rates of interest based on spreads to LIBOR ranging from (1.771) percent to 2.322 percent. The spread on certain portions of the notes can vary based on the returns of the related collateral. As the (1.771) percent indicates, it is possible to be in a receivable position on the interest component for a portion of these notes.

     At December 31, 2002, The Money Store, LLC, a bank subsidiary, had outstanding Class A preferred units with a stated value of $57 million. Distributions are payable to preferred unit holders on a cumulative basis until an annual return of 12.50 percent has been paid. In addition, distributions on the preferred units must be paid before the Company can declare or pay a dividend on its common stock. The Company’s subsidiary can redeem the preferred units at defined premiums beginning in September 2009. The preferred units have a mandatory redemption date of September 2012 at the stated value.

     At both December 31, 2002 and 2001, the aggregate fair value of long-term debt was $42 billion. The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms.

     At December 31, 2002, $11 billion of senior or subordinated debt securities or equity securities of the Company remained available for issuance under a shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Company has available for issuance up to $4 billion under a medium-term note program covering senior or subordinated debt securities.

     At December 31, 2002, Wachovia Bank has available a global note program for issuance up to $45 billion of senior or subordinated notes.

     The weighted average rate paid for long-term debt in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was 2.88 percent, 4.79 percent and 6.69 percent respectively. See Note 18 for information on interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the issuance of long-term debt.

     Long-term debt maturing in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, is as follows (in millions): 2003, $5,078; 2004, $5,460; 2005, $6,927; 2006, $6,800; and 2007, $3,107.

97


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 12: COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK AND CAPITAL RATIOS

                                                 
    2002   2001   2000
   
 
 
            Weighted-           Weighted-           Weighted-
            Average           Average           Average
(Options and shares in thousands)   Number   Price (a)   Number   Price (a)   Number   Price (a)

 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK OPTIONS
                                               
Options outstanding, beginning of year
    102,591     $ 35.18       47,143     $ 38.22       38,657     $ 40.17  
Granted
    24,238       37.96       26,418       32.22       14,375       31.68  
Former Wachovia, September 1, 2001
                34,136       33.07              
Exercised
    (6,110 )     24.45       (2,090 )     20.45       (1,796 )     15.79  
Cancelled
    (5,701 )     40.92       (3,016 )     44.00       (4,093 )     43.46  
 
   
             
             
         
Options outstanding, end of year
    115,018     $ 36.04       102,591     $ 35.18       47,143     $ 38.22  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Options exercisable, end of year
    63,139     $ 36.56       57,957     $ 36.76       35,491     $ 40.64  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
RESTRICTED STOCK
                                               
Unvested shares, beginning of year
    13,366     $ 37.73       11,101       41.35       11,796     $ 47.86  
Granted
    4,924       32.44       3,296       32.11       4,566       28.55  
Former Wachovia, September 1, 2001
                4,044       34.42              
Vested
    (5,967 )     38.66       (4,415 )     42.49       (3,955 )     43.97  
Cancelled
    (792 )     34.44       (660 )     37.75       (1,306 )     47.50  
 
   
             
             
         
Unvested shares, end of year
    11,531     $ 35.21       13,366     $ 37.73       11,101     $ 41.35  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS
                                               
Options outstanding, beginning of year
    22,963     $ 46.75       26,613     $ 46.75       38,519     $ 47.32  
Exercised
                            (2,905 )     21.25  
Cancelled
    (2,205 )     46.75       (3,650 )     46.75       (9,001 )     37.38  
 
   
             
             
         
Options outstanding, end of year
    20,758     $ 46.75       22,963     $ 46.75       26,613     $ 46.75  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Options exercisable, end of year
    4,867     $ 46.75       5,301     $ 46.75       5,839     $ 46.75  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

(a)  The weighted-average price for stock options is the weighted-average exercise price of the options, and for restricted stock, the weighted-average fair value of the stock at the date of grant.

STOCK PLANS

     The Company has stock option plans under which incentive and nonqualified stock options may be granted periodically to certain employees. The options are granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of grant, and vest based on continued service with the Company for a specified period, generally three years following the date of grant, and they have a contractual life of ten years.

     Restricted stock may also be granted under the stock option plans. The restricted stock generally vests over a three-year period, during which time the holder receives dividends and has full voting rights. Compensation cost recognized for restricted stock was $194 million, $169 million and $192 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options in 2002, and as a result, $58 million of stock option expense was included as a component of salaries and employees benefits in the results of operations in 2002.

     The range of exercise prices and the related number of options outstanding at December 31, 2002, are as follows (shares in thousands): $2.99-$9.31, 398 shares; $10.95-$19.98, 3,470 shares; $20.59-$29.64, 9,949 shares; $30.02-$39.72, 79,893 shares; $40.13-$48.93, 10,674 shares; and $53.94-$62.13, 10,634 shares. The weighted average exercise prices, remaining contractual maturities and weighted average exercise prices of options currently exercisable for each exercise price range are as follows: $4.32, 2.9 years and $4.32; $16.43, 2.2 years and $16.43; $26.47, 4.7 years and $26.44; $34.43, 8.1 years and $32.96; $43.11, 5.5 years and $43.13; and $57.61, 5.9 years and $57.61, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002, the Company had 50.8 million additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the stock option plans.

98


 

Audited Financial Statements

     The Company also has an employee stock plan (the “1999 plan”) in place. Under the terms of the 1999 plan, substantially all employees were granted options with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant of August 2, 1999. Twenty percent of the options vested on August 2, 2000. The vesting schedule provides that an additional 20 percent of the options vest annually on each March 1 from 2001 through 2004 if certain annual return on stockholders’ equity goals are met. If the annual goal is not met in any one year, the options for the applicable 20 percent portion remain unvested until an annual goal is met at which time they vest. The annual goal for 2002 was met. On April 30, 2004, any unvested options will automatically vest, and if they are not exercised by September 30, 2004, they will expire. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had 18.2 million additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 plan.

     Under the fair value method, stock option expense is measured on the date of grant using an option pricing model with market assumptions. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of stock options. Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility, which when changed can materially affect fair value estimates. Accordingly, the model does not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s stock options.

     The weighted average grant date fair values of options under the stock option plans were $10.39, $5.21 and $8.76 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The more significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options in 2002, 2001 and 2000 include risk-free interest rates of 4.65 percent, 4.45 percent to 5.88 percent and 5.71 percent to 6.73 percent, respectively; dividend yields of 2.53 percent, 2.99 percent and 6.06 percent, respectively; weighted average expected lives of the stock options of 6.0 years, 4.0 years and 4.0 years, respectively; and volatility of the Company’s common stock of 29 percent in 2002, 29 percent in 2001 and 45 percent in 2000. Additionally, the estimated fair value of stock options is reduced by an estimate of forfeiture experience which was 7.50 percent in 2002, 10.00 percent in 2001 and 10.00 percent in 2000.

     The Company recorded income taxes (benefits) of $(6) million, $7 million and $(7) million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, related to employee exercises of stock options.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     Under the terms of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a participating stockholder’s cash dividends and optional cash payments may be used to purchase the Company’s common stock. Common stock issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan was (in thousands): 1,638 shares, 1,809 shares and 2,599 shares in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had 624,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

TRANSACTIONS BY THE COMPANY IN ITS COMMON STOCK

     In May 1999 and in June 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized separate 50 million share buyback programs. In addition, shares repurchased in connection with purchase accounting acquisitions described in Note 2 are incremental to the buyback programs. At December 31, 2002, the Company had the authority to repurchase up to 98 million shares of its common stock. In 2002, the Company repurchased 3.9 million shares of common stock at a cost of $137 million in the open market. In 2001, the Company repurchased 2 million shares of common stock at a cost of $64 million in the open market. In connection with the consummation of the merger with the former Wachovia, the Company also retired 16 million shares at a cost of $568 million held by the former Wachovia. In 2000, the Company repurchased 15 million shares at a cost of $479 million.

     The Company has used forward equity sales transactions (“equity forwards”) and forward purchase contracts in connection with its stock repurchase program. These contracts were entered into in 1999 and 2000. The Company has also entered into option contracts in its stock to offset potential dilution from the exercise of stock options. These option contracts involve the contemporaneous purchase of a call option and the sale of a put option to the same counterparty (“collar transactions”). These collar transactions were entered into in 1999, 2000 and 2002. Contracts outstanding at December 31, 2002, mature at various times in 2003.

     The use of equity forwards provided the Company with the ability to purchase shares under the stock repurchase program in the open market and then issue shares in a private transaction to the counterparty in the amount necessary to maintain targeted capital ratios. Under the terms of the equity forwards, the Company issued shares of common stock to an investment banking firm at a specified price that approximated market value. Simultaneously, the Company entered into a forward contract with the same counterparty to repurchase the shares at the same price plus a premium that accrues over the life of the contract, net of dividends paid to the counterparty (the “forward price”). The maturity date can be extended by mutual consent of the counterparties.

     Under the terms of the forward purchase contracts, the Company has agreed to purchase shares on a specific future date at the forward price. The counterparties to these contracts generally purchase the shares to which the contract is subject in the open market and hold the shares for the duration of the contract. The maturity dates can be extended by mutual consent of the counterparties.

99


 

Audited Financial Statements

     The terms of the forward purchase contracts provide three settlement alternatives and the method selected to settle any contract is at the sole discretion of the Company: gross physical settlement where the Company pays the forward price to the counterparty in cash and takes delivery of the shares, and net share or net cash settlement where the difference between the forward price and the market price is settled in shares or cash, respectively. Under the net settlement method, if the forward price is less than the market price, the Company would receive shares or cash, and if the forward price is greater than the market price, the Company would deliver shares or cash. If the Company were to elect net share settlement on any of these contracts, the calculation of the number of net shares to be received or delivered would be based on the market price of the Company’s shares at settlement. The collar transactions are subject to the same settlement alternatives.

     These transactions are accounted for as equity. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the premium component of the forward price on equity forwards is subtracted in calculating income available to common stockholders. In 2002, the premium component of the equity forward was anti-dilutive, and accordingly, it was not included in the calculation of earnings per share. For forward purchase contracts, diluted shares include the share equivalent of the excess of the forward price over the current market price of the shares.

     At December 31, 2002, the Company had a forward purchase contract involving 24 million shares at a cost of $753 million, and put options from collar transactions involving 12 million shares at a cost of $402 million. In 2002, the Company settled an equity forward and a forward purchase contract by purchasing 12 million shares at a cost of $536 million. In 2001, the Company settled an equity forward and a forward purchase contract by purchasing 12 million shares at a cost of $652 million. Additionally, in 2001, the Company settled a contract for 4 million shares on a net share basis resulting in no net repurchases of shares. In 2000, the Company settled an equity forward by purchasing 4 million shares at a cost of $211 million.

     Information related to these contracts at December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                                 
    December 31, 2002
   
                            Maximum
                            Number of
    Forward/           Total Value   Shares That
    Strike   Number   of the   Could be
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   Price   of Shares   Contract   Issued (b)

 
 
 
 
Type of contract
                               
Forward purchase contract
  $ 31.87       24,314     $ 774,978       243,137  
Put options in connection with collars (a)
  $ 32.29       12,449     $ 401,974       68,126  
 
   
     
     
     
 

(a)  Represents the weighted average strike price of the put options. The strike prices range from $28.94 to $34.68.

(b)  Represents the maximum number of shares that the Company could be required to deliver under a net share settlement and would only occur if there was a precipitous decline in the Company’s share price to an amount less than a weighted average of $4.11 per share for all contracts.

     The Company has also sold put options with a weighted average strike price of $2.90 on 267 million shares of its common stock. The put options must be settled on a gross physical basis, and accordingly, are accounted for as liabilities. The put options were entered into in 1999 and 2000 and mature at various times in 2003.

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     In accordance with a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, the Company issued a dividend of one right for each share of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of December 28, 2000, and they continue to attach to all common stock issued thereafter. The rights will become exercisable if any person or group either commences a tender or exchange offer that would result in their becoming the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of the Company’s common stock or acquires beneficial ownership of 10 percent or more of the Company’s common stock. Once exercisable and upon a person or group acquiring 10 percent or more of the Company’s common stock, each right (other than rights owned by such person or group) will entitle its holder to purchase, for an exercise price of $105.00, a number of shares of the Company’s common stock (or at the option of the Board of Directors, shares of participating class A preferred stock) having a market value of twice the exercise price, and under certain conditions, common stock of an acquiring company having a market value of twice the exercise price. If any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 10 percent or more of the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors may, at its option, exchange for each outstanding right (other than rights owned by such acquiring person or group) two shares of the Company’s common stock or participating Class A preferred stock having economic and voting terms similar to two shares of common stock. The rights are subject to adjustment if certain events occur, and they will initially expire on December 28, 2010, if not terminated sooner.

100


 

Audited Financial Statements

PREFERRED SHARES

     In connection with the merger of the former Wachovia, the Company issued 97 million shares of a new class of preferred stock entitled Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (“DEPs”), which pay dividends equal to the difference between the last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of 30 cents per share and the common stock dividend declared by the Company. This payment will cease once the Company’s total dividends for four consecutive quarters equal at least $1.20 per common share. The DEPs were recorded at their fair value as of September 1, 2001, of 24 cents per share or $23 million for shares issued through December 31, 2001. Dividends of $19 million and $6 million, were paid to holders of the DEPs in 2002 and 2001, respectively, of which $23 million was recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the DEPs with the remainder charged to retained earnings.

CAPITAL RATIOS

     Risk-based capital regulations require a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4 percent and a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent. The minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets is from 3 percent to 4 percent. The regulations also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated it will continue to consider a tangible tier 1 leverage ratio (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activity. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any specific minimum leverage ratio applicable to it. Each subsidiary bank is subject to similar capital requirements. None of the Company’s subsidiary banks have been advised of any specific minimum capital ratios applicable to them.

     The regulatory agencies also have adopted regulations establishing capital tiers for banks. To be in the highest capital tier, or considered well capitalized, banks must have a leverage ratio of 5 percent, a tier 1 capital ratio of 6 percent and a total capital ratio of 10 percent.

     At December 31, 2002, the Company’s tier 1 capital ratio, total capital ratio and leverage ratio were 8.22 percent, 12.01 percent and 6.77 percent, respectively. At December 31, 2001, the Company’s tier 1 capital ratio, total capital ratio and leverage ratio were 7.04 percent, 11.08 percent and 6.19 percent, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company’s deposit-taking bank subsidiaries met the capital and leverage ratio requirements for well capitalized banks. The Company does not anticipate or foresee any conditions that would reduce these ratios to levels at or below minimum or that would cause its deposit-taking bank subsidiaries to be less than well capitalized.

101


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 13: BUSINESS SEGMENTS

     The Company has five operating segments all of which, by virtue of exceeding certain quantitative thresholds, are reportable segments. The four core business segments are the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, the Corporate and Investment Bank, plus the Parent Company (“Parent segment”). Each of these reportable segments offers a different array of products and services.

     Business segment results are presented on a segment earnings basis, which excludes net merger-related and restructuring expenses. This is the basis upon which the Company manages and allocates capital to its business segments. The accounting policies of these reportable segments are the same as those of the Company as disclosed in Note 1, except as noted below. There are no significant reconciling items between the reportable segments and consolidated amounts. Certain amounts are not allocated to reportable segments, and as a result, they are included in the Parent segment as discussed below. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are earned from customers in the United States, and no single customer accounts for a significant amount of any reportable segment’s revenues.

     The Company uses a management reporting model that includes methodologies for funds transfer pricing, allocation of economic capital, expected losses and cost transfers to measure business segment results. Because of the complexity of the Company, various estimates and allocation methodologies are used in preparing business segment financial information. Exposure to market risk is managed centrally within the Parent segment. In order to remove interest rate risk from each core business segment, the management reporting model employs a funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) system. The FTP system matches the duration of the funding used by each segment to the duration of the assets and liabilities contained in each segment. Matching the duration, or the effective term until an instrument can be repriced, allocates interest income and/or interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. A risk-based methodology is used to allocate capital based on the credit, market and operational risks associated with each business segment. A provision for loan losses is allocated to each core business segment based on net charge-offs, and any excess is included in the Parent segment. Intersegment revenues are paid by a segment to the segment that distributes or services the product. The amount of the referral fee is based on comparable fees paid in the market or negotiated amounts that approximate the value provided by the selling segment. Cost transfers are made for services provided by one segment to another. Activity-based costing studies are continually being refined to better align expenses with products and their revenues. Income tax expense or benefit is generally allocated to each core business segment, and any difference between the total for all business segments and the consolidated amount is included in the Parent segment. In 2002, income tax benefits related to a loss on the Company’s investment in TMSI and to the public issuance of tax deductible preferred stock by a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) subsidiary of the Parent Company were presented in the Parent segment. Intangible amortization expense and, in 2002, stock option expense are included in the Parent segment and are not allocated to the Company’s core business segments. Generally, loan origination fees and costs are accounted for on a cash basis in the core business segments; the Parent segment includes an adjustment to defer and amortize the fees and costs. Additionally, since merger-related and restructuring expenses are not allocated to the Company’s core business segments, they are presented separately in the tables that follow.

     The Company continuously refines methodologies and assumptions utilized in the management reporting model to better reflect the true economics of the Company’s business segments. Areas of particular focus were the methodologies and assumptions used in deriving the level of economic capital attributed to each business segment. On January 1, 2002, the Company reduced the cost of capital charge to 11 percent from 12 percent in both 2001 and 2000. Additionally, in 2002 for segment reporting purposes the Company changed the way of reporting income tax credits for historic and low-income housing. In past years, the write-downs associated with this business were recorded as fee income and the associated income tax credits were included in income taxes. The Company now reports the write-downs net of the related income tax benefit in fee and other income. This is consistent with the reporting of other tax-preferred items. Results for 2001 were restated to reflect this change. These income tax credits in 2000 were not significant and therefore 2000 was not restated.

     Two key financial metrics utilized in measuring business segments are Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (“RAROC”) and Economic Profit. RAROC is derived by dividing cash operating earnings (earnings adjusted for certain intangible amortization and expected losses) by economic capital (capital assigned based on a statistical assessment of the credit, market and operating risks taken to generate profits in a particular business unit or product). Economic Profit is economic net income less a charge for the economic capital used to support the business.

     The Parent segment also includes certain nonrecurring revenue items; certain expenses that are not allocated to the business segments; corporate charges; and the results of the Company’s mortgage servicing, credit card, TMSI home equity lending businesses and indirect auto leasing businesses, which have been divested or are being wound down.

     The Company’s business segment information for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, follows.

102


 

Audited Financial Statements

                                                               
          Year Ended December 31, 2002
         
                                  Corporate           Merger-        
                                  and           Related and        
          General   Capital   Wealth   Investment           Restructuring        
(In millions)   Bank   Management   Management   Bank   Parent   Expenses (b)   Consolidated

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED
                                                       
Net interest income (a)
  $ 6,854       181       399       2,379       228       (218 )     9,823  
Fee and other income
    2,095       3,032       548       1,715       615             8,005  
Intersegment revenue
    162       (72 )     6       (87 )     (9 )            
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenue
    9,111       3,141       953       4,007       834       (218 )     17,828  
Provision for loan losses
    471             17       993       (2 )           1,479  
Noninterest expense
    5,011       2,595       671       2,085       933       387       11,682  
Income taxes (benefits)
    1,285       200       97       251       (601 )     (144 )     1,088  
Tax-equivalent adjustment
    40                   100       78       (218 )      
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net income
    2,304       346       168       578       426       (243 )     3,579  
 
Dividends on preferred stock
                            19             19  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 2,304       346       168       578       407       (243 )     3,560  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Risk adjusted return on capital
    40.96 %     52.87       47.16       13.39       31.89             27.88  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    55.00 %     82.65       70.44       52.05       36.45             59.11  
Economic profit
  $ 1,651       274       123       173       519             2,740  
Average loans, net
    101,631       165       8,730       40,946       2,725             154,197  
Average core deposits
    140,487       1,343       10,031       12,824       1,851             166,536  
Economic capital, average
  $ 5,512       654       341       7,246       2,479             16,232  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                             
        Year Ended December 31, 2001
       
                                Corporate           Merger-        
                                and           Related and        
        General   Capital   Wealth   Investment           Restructuring        
(In millions)   Bank   Management   Management   Bank   Parent   Expenses (b)   Consolidated

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED
                                                       
Net interest income (a)
  $ 5,138       166       251       2,132       247       (159 )     7,775  
Fee and other income
    1,724       2,799       394       924       430       25       6,296  
Intersegment revenue
    143       (70 )     1       (62 )     (12 )            
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenue
    7,005       2,895       646       2,994       665       (134 )     14,071  
Provision for loan losses
    425             6       543       93       880       1,947  
Noninterest expense
    4,074       2,401       444       2,016       624       272       9,831  
Income taxes (benefits)
    849       174       68       81       (108 )     (390 )     674  
Tax-equivalent adjustment
    35                   63       61       (159 )      
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income (loss)
    1,622       320       128       291       (5 )     (737 )     1,619  
 
Dividends on preferred stock
                            6             6  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1,622       320       128       291       (11 )     (737 )     1,613  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Risk adjusted return on capital
    40.53 %     51.60       59.60       7.15       19.50             21.90  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    57.62 %     82.95       68.37       67.21       21.79             63.61  
Economic profit
  $ 1,191       246       98       (325 )     156             1,366  
Average loans, net
    75,552       212       5,672       43,057       9,355             133,848  
Average core deposits
    109,959       1,618       7,331       10,692       2,673             132,273  
Economic capital, average
  $ 4,173       622       205       6,707       2,103             13,810  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

103


 

Audited Financial Statements

                                                           
      Year Ended December 31, 2000
     
                              Corporate           Merger-        
                              and           Related and        
      General   Capital   Wealth   Investment           Restructuring        
(In millions)   Bank   Management   Management   Bank   Parent   Expenses (b)   Consolidated

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED
                                                       
Net interest income (a)
  $ 4,382       160       190       1,674       1,130       (99 )     7,437  
Fee and other income
    1,314       2,820       319       1,708       654       (103 )     6,712  
Intersegment revenue
    100       (50 )           (49 )     (1 )            
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total revenue
    5,796       2,930       509       3,333       1,783       (202 )     14,149  
Provision for loan losses
    219                   422       113       982       1,736  
Noninterest expense
    3,790       2,342       317       1,863       901       2,497       11,710  
Income taxes (benefits)
    562       198       64       171       355       (785 )     565  
Tax-equivalent adjustment
    46             2       48       3       (99 )      
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,179       390       126       829       411       (2,797 )     138  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                            (46 )           (46 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 1,179       390       126       829       365       (2,797 )     92  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Risk adjusted return on capital
    33.01 %     45.16       75.54       16.73       34.00             26.92  
Cash overhead efficiency ratio
    64.40 %     79.88       62.24       52.59       38.42             61.68  
Economic profit
  $ 762       286       102       277       439             1,866  
Average loans, net
    59,100       98       4,151       41,883       21,656             126,888  
Average core deposits
    97,606       2,179       5,682       9,107       3,764             118,338  
Economic capital, average
  $ 3,629       862       160       5,861       1,988             12,500  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(a)  Tax-equivalent.

(b)  See “Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more information on merger-related and restructuring expenses. Additionally, the tax-equivalent amounts included in each segment are eliminated herein in order for “Total” amounts to agree with amounts appearing in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

104


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 14: PERSONNEL EXPENSE AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS

     The Company has a savings plan under which eligible employees are permitted to make contributions to the plan of one percent to fifteen percent of eligible compensation. Annually, on approval of the Board of Directors, employee contributions may be matched up to six percent of the employee’s eligible compensation. A six percent matching level was in place for each of the periods presented. The first one percent of the Company’s matching contribution is made in the Company’s common stock. Each employee can immediately elect to liquidate the Company’s common stock credited to the employee’s account by transferring the value of the common stock to any of a number of investment options available within the savings plan. Savings plan expense in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $167 million, $138 million and $125 million, respectively.

     Group insurance expense for active employees in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $345 million, $248 million and $210 million, respectively.

     The Company has a noncontributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Qualified Pension”) covering substantially all employees with at least one year of service. The Qualified Pension benefit expense is determined by an actuarial valuation, and it is based on assumptions that are evaluated annually. The assumptions presented in the table that follows reflect those used in calculating pension expense and the related disclosure amounts. The discount rate, which reflects the rate at which the Company estimates the pension benefits could be effectively settled, is determined at the end of the plan year. The expected return on plan assets, which reflects an average earnings rate which the Company estimates the plan assets will return over a long-term period, is determined at the beginning of the plan year. In 2003, the Company will use an expected rate of return of 8.50 percent. Contributions are made each year to a trust in an amount that is determined by the actuary to meet the minimum requirements of ERISA and to fall at or below the maximum amount that can be deducted on the Company’s tax return. Amounts related to prior years are determined using the projected unit credit valuation method.

     At September 30, 2002, the measurement date for the Company’s pension obligations, the accumulated benefit obligation was $3.1 billion, which was less than the fair market value of the Qualified Pension assets at that date of $3.5 billion. Accordingly, the Qualified Pension is over funded in relation to accumulated benefits and there is no minimum pension obligation to record. The table that follows presents the total benefit obligation, which includes the impact of future compensation levels.

     At December 31, 2002, Qualified Pension assets included U.S. Government and Government agency securities, equity securities and other investments. Also included are 4.7 million shares of the Company’s common stock. All Qualified Pension assets are held by Wachovia Bank in a bank-administered trust fund.

     The Company has noncontributory, nonqualified pension plans (the “Nonqualified Pension”) covering certain employees. The Nonqualified Pension benefit expense is determined annually by an actuarial valuation, and it is included in noninterest expense.

     The Company also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees (the “Other Postretirement Benefits”). Substantially all of the Company’s employees may become eligible for Other Postretirement Benefits if they reach retirement age while working for the Company. Life insurance benefits, medical and other benefits are provided through a tax-exempt trust formed by the Company.

     The change in benefit obligation and the change in fair value of plan assets related to each of the Qualified Pension, the Nonqualified Pension and the Other Postretirement Benefits using a September 30 measurement date for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, follows.

105


 

Audited Financial Statements

                                                     
                                        Other Postretirement
        Qualified Pension   Nonqualified Pension   Benefits
       
 
 
(In millions)   2002   2001   2002   2001   2002   2001

 
 
 
 
 
 
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
                                               
Benefit obligation, October 1
  $ 3,266       2,010       317       155       899       514  
Service cost
    149       103       3       1       13       9  
Interest cost
    228       167       22       15       61       41  
Retiree contributions
                            16       15  
Plan amendments
          22             (3 )     (11 )     38  
Benefit payments
    (280 )     (207 )     (23 )     (13 )     (63 )     (56 )
Business combinations
          912             152       1       137  
Special and/or contractual termination benefits
    1                         1        
Actuarial (gains) losses
    312       259       12       10       (12 )     201  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Benefit obligation, September 30
    3,676       3,266       331       317       905       899  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS
                                               
 
Fair value of plan assets, October 1
    3,221       2,834                   95       76  
 
Actual return on plan assets
    (164 )     (506 )                 1       2  
 
Employer contributions
    703       205       23       13       45       42  
 
Retiree contributions
                            16       15  
 
Business combinations
          895                         16  
 
Benefit payments
    (280 )     (207 )     (23 )     (13 )     (63 )     (56 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Fair value of plan assets, September 30
    3,480       3,221                   94       95  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
RECONCILIATION OF FUNDED STATUS
                                               
Funded status of plans
    (196 )     (45 )     (331 )     (317 )     (811 )     (804 )
Unrecognized net transition obligation
                            40       43  
Unrecognized prior service costs
    59       69       (2 )     (2 )     34       48  
Unrecognized net losses
    1,657       810       52       40       193       206  
Employer contributions in the fourth quarter
                4       4             2  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Prepaid (accrued) benefit expense at December 31,
  $ 1,520       834       (277 )     (275 )     (544 )     (505 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
ASSUMPTIONS
                                               
Discount rate, September 30
    6.75 %     7.25       6.75       7.25       6.75       7.25  
Expected return on plan assets
    10.00       10.00                   6.00       6.00  
Weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels
    3.75 %     4.25       3.75       4.25       3.75       4.25  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

106


 

Audited Financial Statements

     As of December 31, 2000, the Company terminated one of its Nonqualified Pension plans and settled the obligation with each participant by either making a cash payment to the participant or by purchasing an annuity contract. This settlement, along with the retirement of certain key officers, resulted in a charge of $48 million to salaries and employee benefits in the results of operations. Salaries and employee benefits in 2000 also included a $20 million charge related to a new Nonqualified Pension plan. These and other components of the retirement benefits cost included in salaries and employee benefits for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.

                                                   
      Qualified Pension   Nonqualified Pension
     
 
      Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,
     
 
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
 
 
 
RETIREMENT BENEFITS COST
                                               
Service cost
  $ 149       103       90       3       1       3  
Interest cost
    228       167       153       22       15       15  
Expected return on plan assets
    (371 )     (289 )     (249 )                  
Amortization of transition gains
          (5 )     (9 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost
    10       8       7                   9  
Amortization of actuarial losses
                      1       2       1  
Curtailment loss
                                  30  
Settlement loss
                                  18  
Special and/or contractual termination benefits
    1                               20  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net retirement benefits cost
  $ 17       (16 )     (8 )     26       18       96  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
                           
      Other Postretirement Benefits
     
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
RETIREMENT BENEFITS COST
                       
Service cost
  $ 13       9       8  
Interest cost
    61       41       30  
Expected return on plan assets
    (6 )     (5 )     (4 )
Amortization of transition losses
    4       4       4  
Amortization of prior service cost
    3       1       (1 )
Amortization of actuarial (gains) losses
    7             (2 )
Special termination benefit cost
    1             1  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net retirement benefits cost
  $ 83       50       36  
 
   
     
     
 

     Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits at the beginning of 2002 were 10.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 13.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age); and at the end of 2002 were 9.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 12.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age). Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits at the beginning of 2001 were 6.00 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 5.00 percent (post-65 years of age); and at the end of 2001 were 10.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 13.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age).

     At December 31, 2002, the effect of a one percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate on service and interest costs is a $3 million increase and a $3 million decrease, respectively, and on the accumulated Postretirement benefit obligation, a $38 million increase and a $34 million decrease, respectively.

107


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES

     The aggregate amount of income taxes included in the consolidated statements of income and in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                               
          Years Ended December 31,
         
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                       
Income taxes
  $ 1,088       674       565  
Income tax benefit related to the cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests
                (25 )
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                       
 
Income taxes related to
                       
   
Unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities
    770       390       387  
   
Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments
    277       14        
 
   
     
     
 
     
Total
  $ 2,135       1,078       927  
 
   
     
     
 

     The provision for income taxes for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
CURRENT INCOME TAX EXPENSE
                       
Federal
  $ (159 )     483       365  
State
    202       81       91  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    43       564       456  
Foreign
    127       74       18  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    170       638       474  
 
   
     
     
 
DEFERRED INCOME TAX EXPENSE
                       
Federal
    949       13       162  
State
    (31 )     23       (71 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
    918       36       91  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,088       674       565  
 
   
     
     
 

     The reconciliation of federal income tax rates and amounts to the effective income tax rates and amounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, follows.

108


 

Audited Financial Statements

                                                     
        Years Ended December 31,
       
        2002   2001   2000
       
 
 
                Percent of           Percent of           Percent of
                Pre-tax           Pre-tax           Pre-tax
(In millions)   Amount   Income   Amount   Income   Amount   Income

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 4,667             $ 2,293             $ 703          
 
   
             
             
         
Tax at federal income tax rate
  $ 1,633       35.0 %   $ 802       35.0 %   $ 246       35.0  
Reasons for difference in federal income tax rate and effective tax rate
                                               
 
Tax-exempt interest, net of cost to carry
    (130 )     (2.8 )     (91 )     (4.0 )     (55 )     (7.8 )
 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    111       2.4       68       3.0       13       1.8  
 
Life insurance, increase in cash surrender value
    (122 )     (2.6 )     (87 )     (3.8 )     (79 )     (11.2 )
 
Foreign taxes, net
    30       0.6       18       0.8       16       2.3  
 
Subsidiary stock, recognition of basis differences
    (326 )     (7.0 )     (60 )     (2.6 )     (80 )     (11.4 )
 
Goodwill amortization
                77       3.3       86       12.2  
 
Goodwill write-down, The Money Store Inc.
                            521       74.1  
 
Tax credits, net of related basis adjustments
    (139 )     (3.0 )     (108 )     (4.7 )     (114 )     (16.2 )
 
Change in the beginning-of-the-year deferred tax assets valuation allowance
    17       0.4       14       0.6       3       0.4  
 
Other items, net
    14       0.3       41       1.8       8       1.2  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 1,088       23.3 %   $ 674       29.4 %   $ 565       80.4 %
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The sources and tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.

                           
      December 31,
     
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS
                       
Allowance for loan losses, net
  $ 1,045       1,176       833  
Accrued expenses, deductible when paid
    987       1,199       817  
Unrealized losses on debt and equity securities
                114  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    163       92       152  
Tax credit carryforwards
    781       477       529  
Unrealized losses on investments
    595       394        
Other
    699       581       366  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total deferred income tax assets
    4,270       3,919       2,811  
 
   
     
     
 
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
    40       50       26  
 
   
     
     
 
DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES
                       
Depreciation
    57       111       172  
Unrealized gains on debt and equity securities and derivative financial instruments
    1,337       290        
Unrealized gains on investments
                38  
Intangible assets
    532       738        
Deferred income
    144       175       176  
Leasing activities
    6,759       5,586       4,689  
Prepaid pension assets
    568       327       237  
Other
    220       114       69  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    9,617       7,341       5,381  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net deferred income tax liabilities
  $ 5,387       3,472       2,596  
 
   
     
     
 

109


 

Audited Financial Statements

     A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities. The related 2002, 2001 and 2000 deferred tax expense of $770 million, $390 million and $387 million, respectively, has been recorded directly to stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, a portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. The related 2002 and 2001 deferred tax expense of $277 million and $14 million, respectively, has been recorded directly to stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Purchase acquisitions also decreased the net deferred tax liability by $50 million and $27 million in 2002 and 2000, respectively, and increased the net deferred tax liability by $436 million in 2001.

     The realization of deferred tax assets may be based on the utilization of carrybacks to prior taxable periods, the anticipation of future taxable income in certain periods and the utilization of tax planning strategies. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets can be supported by carrybacks to federal taxable income in the two-year federal carryback period and by expected future taxable income that will exceed amounts necessary to fully realize remaining deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards and from the scheduling of temporary differences. The valuation allowance primarily relates to certain state temporary differences and to state net operating loss carryforwards. A portion of the annual change in the valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets attributable to purchase acquisitions. The related 2002 decrease and 2001 increase in the valuation allowance of $(27) million and $10 million, respectively, has been recorded as a component of goodwill.

     The operating results of the Parent Company and its eligible subsidiaries are included in a consolidated federal income tax return. Each subsidiary included in the federal consolidated income tax return pays its allocation of federal income taxes to the Parent Company or receives payment from the Parent Company to the extent tax benefits are realized. Where federal or state income tax laws do not permit consolidated or combined income tax returns, applicable separate company federal or state income tax returns are filed, and payment, if any, is remitted directly to the federal or state governments.

     Federal tax carryforwards at December 31, 2002, consisted of net operating loss, general business credit and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards with related deferred tax assets of $15 million, $428 million and $347 million, respectively. The utilization of these carryforwards is subject to limitations under federal income tax laws. Except for the alternative minimum tax credits which do not expire, the other federal tax carryforwards expire, if not utilized, in varying amounts through 2022.

     State tax carryforwards at December 31, 2002, consisted of net operating loss and general business tax credit carryforwards with related deferred tax assets of $148 million and $6 million, respectively. These state tax carryforwards were generated by certain subsidiaries in various jurisdictions and their utilization is subject to limitations under various state income tax laws. The state net operating loss and general business tax credit carryforwards expire, if not utilized, in varying amounts through 2022 and 2004, respectively.

     Income tax expense (benefit) related to securities transactions was $129 million, $64 million and $(400) million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) is currently examining First Union’s federal income tax returns for the years 1997 through 1999. In addition, the IRS is examining the federal income tax returns for certain acquired subsidiaries for periods prior to acquisition, including the federal income tax returns of the former Wachovia for the years 1996 through 2001. In November 2001, the IRS issued reports challenging deductions relating to the leasing activities of First Union and the former Wachovia for the years 1994 through 1996 and 1993 through 1995, respectively. The Company believes the proposed IRS adjustments are inconsistent with existing law and intends to vigorously defend the claimed deductions. Resolution of these issues is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, tax liabilities for certain acquired subsidiaries for periods prior to their acquisition by the Company were settled with the IRS with no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

110


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 16: BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

     The reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per common share for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                           
      Years Ended December 31,
     
(In millions, except per share data)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle and dividends on preferred stock
  $ 3,579       1,619       138  
Less imputed interest on the Company’s transactions in its common stock
          (6 )     (21 )
 
   
     
     
 
Income available to common stockholders before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle and dividends on preferred stock
    3,579       1,613       117  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (46 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (19 )     (6 )      
 
   
     
     
 
Income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,607       71  
 
   
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share
                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.12  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests
                (0.05 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 2.62       1.47       0.07  
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share
                       
 
Income before change in accounting principle
  $ 2.60       1.45       0.12  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests
                (0.05 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 2.60       1.45       0.07  
 
   
     
     
 
Average common shares — basic
    1,356       1,096       971  
Common share equivalents, unvested restricted stock, incremental common shares from forward purchase contracts and convertible long-term debt assumed converted
    13       9       3  
 
   
     
     
 
Average common shares — diluted
    1,369       1,105       974  
 
   
     
     
 

111


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 17: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET

     Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net income and other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.

                         
            Income Tax        
    Pre-tax   (Expense)   After-tax
(In millions)   Amount   Benefit   Amount

 
 
 
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 1999
  $ (1,431 )     501       (930 )
Unrealized net holding gain on securities
    490       (172 )     318  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
    614       (215 )     399  
 
   
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2000
    (327 )     114       (213 )
Unrealized net holding gain on securities
    973       (373 )     600  
Net gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
    36       (14 )     22  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
    45       (17 )     28  
 
   
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2001
    727       (290 )     437  
Unrealized net holding gain on securities
    1,954       (747 )     1,207  
Net gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
    1,197       (454 )     743  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
    60       (23 )     37  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on cash flow hedge derivatives
    (466 )     177       (289 )
 
   
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2002
  $ 3,472       (1,337 )     2,135  
 
   
     
     
 

112


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 18: OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, GUARANTEES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     In the normal course of business, the Company engages in a variety of transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to conduct lending activities. These transactions principally include commitments to extend credit, standby and commercial letters of credit, liquidity guarantees and derivatives. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

     Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses, and they may require payment of a fee by the counterparty. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

     Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit are issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Commercial letters of credit are issued to support international and domestic trade.

     The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments. At December 31, 2002, the maximum risk of potential loss under commercial and standby letters of credit was $1.5 billion and $24 billion, respectively. Total standby letters of credit included $11 billion related to tax-exempt funding discussed below. The carrying value of commercial and standby letters of credit was $36 million, which is recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The Company holds various assets as collateral to support those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Company uses the same credit policies in entering into commitments and conditional obligations as it does for loans. Except for short-term commitments and letters of credit of $18 billion, commitments and letters of credit extend for more than one year, and they expire in varying amounts through 2033.

     The fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties. Generally, for fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between the current level of interest rates and the committed rates.

     Conduits purchase assets from a variety of third parties and issue commercial paper backed by all of the assets in the conduit to fund those assets. The Company provides liquidity facilities on substantially all the commercial paper issued by the conduits it administers. In addition, at the discretion of the administrator, the liquidity facilities may be drawn to require that we purchase assets from the conduit at par value which may be different than the assets’ fair value.

     At December 31, 2002, the maximum potential future payments the Company could be required to make under liquidity facilities with the conduits was $18 billion, which represents the Company’s maximum risk of loss. These liquidity agreements have terms generally lasting for 364 days, and the Company renews these agreements on an annual basis. At December 31, 2002, there was $25 million recorded in other liabilities related to these asset purchase agreements. In 2002 and 2001, the Company purchased $843 million and $178 million of assets from the conduits it administered and recorded $67 million and $122 million of losses, respectively.

     As part of asset securitization activities, certain beneficial interests are sold to conduits administered by others to which the Company provides liquidity guarantees. Under these guarantees, the Company is obligated to purchase asset interests that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. The Company also provides liquidity guarantees on debt issued by QSPEs used to securitize fixed rate municipal bonds. In the event the debt securities could not be remarketed, the Company would be required to purchase the debt securities. To assist customers in obtaining long-term tax-exempt funding through municipal bond issues, the Company provides credit enhancement in the form of letters of credit. In the event the bonds are sold back prior to their maturity and cannot be remarketed, in certain conditions, the Company would be obligated to provide funding to finance the repurchase of the bonds. These guarantees, which represent the Company’s maximum risk of loss, were $24 billion at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2002, no amounts were recorded related to these liquidity and credit enhancement guarantees.

     The Company uses derivatives to manage exposure to interest rate risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not exchanged, but is used only as the basis upon which interest and other payments are calculated.

113


 

Audited Financial Statements

     For derivatives, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is measured by the current fair value of all derivatives in a gain position plus a prudent estimate of potential change in value over the life of each contract. The measurement of the potential future exposure for each credit facility is based on a simulation of market rates and generally takes into account legally enforceable risk mitigating agreements for each obligor such as netting and collateral. At December 31, 2002, the total market value-related credit risk for derivative transactions with dealers in excess of counterparty thresholds was $2.7 billion and the fair value of collateral exceeded $2.7 billion as of that date.

     The Company uses collateral arrangements, credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures to manage credit risk on derivatives. Bilateral collateral agreements are in place for substantially all dealer counterparties. Collateral for dealer transactions is delivered by either party when the credit risk associated with a particular transaction, or group of transactions to the extent netting exists, exceeds defined thresholds of credit risk. Thresholds are determined based on the strength of the individual counterparty. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis, and it is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty.

     Certain of the Company’s derivative transactions give the counterparty the right to sell to the Company an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price. These written put contracts generally permit net settlement and include credit default swaps, equity, currency put options and certain put options sold on the Company’s common stock. While these derivative transactions expose the Company to risk in the event that the option is exercised, the Company manages this risk by entering into offsetting trades or taking short positions in the underlying instrument. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, the Company requires the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. At December 31, 2002, the maximum potential amount of future payments under these transactions was $2.2 billion. These contracts are recorded at fair value and are included in the trading derivative asset or liability. At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of these instruments was $252 million.

     Additional information related to derivatives used for the Company’s interest rate risk management purposes at December 31, 2002 and 2001, can be found in Table 17, which is incorporated herein by reference.

     In the normal course of business, the Company enters into underwriting commitments. Transactions relating to these underwriting commitments that were open at December 31, 2002, and that were subsequently settled, had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In the normal course of business, the Company has entered into certain transactions that have recourse options. These recourse options, if acted on, would not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     Additional information related to other off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, is presented below. For commitments and letters of credit presented below, no loan amount is recorded on the balance sheet until the instrument is funded. For derivatives presented below, the carrying value equals the estimated fair value.

                                     
        2002   2001
       
 
                Contract           Contract
        Estimated   or   Estimated   or
        Fair   Notional   Fair   Notional
(In millions)   Value   Amount   Value   Amount

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WHERE CONTRACT AMOUNTS REPRESENT CREDIT RISK
                               
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 183       167,909       201       172,457  
 
Standby and commercial letters of credit
    36       25,901       25       24,691  
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WHERE CONTRACT OR NOTIONAL AMOUNTS EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF CREDIT RISK
                               
 
Trading and dealer derivatives
                               
   
Forward and futures contracts
    2,308       343,433       3,001       386,391  
   
Interest rate swap agreements
    (1,266 )     638,798       (945 )     555,395  
   
Purchased options, interest rate caps, floors, collars and swaptions
    8,357       400,187       5,189       536,361  
   
Written options, interest rate caps, floors, collars and swaptions
    (9,011 )     394,871       (5,243 )     523,205  
   
Foreign currency and exchange rate swap commitments
    (126 )     36,155       (57 )     13,939  
   
Commodity and equity swaps
  $ (31 )     1,840       13       3,044  
 
 
   
     
     
     
 

114


 

Audited Financial Statements

     Substantially all time drafts accepted by December 31, 2002, met the requirements for discount with Federal Reserve Banks. Average daily Federal Reserve Bank balance requirements for the year ended December 31, 2002, amounted to $544 million.

     Minimum lease payments under leases classified as operating leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, are as follows (in millions): 2003, $356; 2004, $326; 2005, $285; 2006, $238; 2007, $205; and subsequent years, $1.1 billion. Total minimum future lease receipts due from noncancelable subleases on operating leases was $61 million. Minimum lease payments under leases classified as capital leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, are as follows (in millions): 2003, $10; 2004, $10; 2005, $9; 2006, $9; 2007, $9; and subsequent years, $181 million. At December 31, 2002, the present value of minimum lease payments under capital leases was $175 million, after deducting $53 million representing imputed interest. Rental expense for all operating leases was $509 million, $460 million and $404 million, in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     In connection with certain operating leases, the Company provides residual value guarantees to the lessors that serve to protect the lessor from loss on sale of the property at the end of the lease term. To the extent that the ultimate sale of the property results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80 percent to 89 percent) of the leased asset’s cost less depreciation, the Company will be required to reimburse the lessor under the residual value guarantee. Alternatively, certain of these operating leases provide the Company with the ability to purchase the assets at a stated amount at the end of the lease term. At December 31, 2002, the Company provided $595 million of residual value guarantees on assets under operating leases, which represents the Company’s maximum risk of loss. There were no amounts recorded at December 31, 2002, relating to these guarantees.

     In connection with certain business combination transactions, the Company often negotiates terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on future events. The events are typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability targets and the additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and recorded as additional goodwill. See Note 2 for additional information.

     Some contracts that the Company enters into in the normal course of business include indemnification provisions that obligate the Company to make payments to the counterparty or others in the event certain events occur. These contingencies generally relate to changes in the value of underlying assets, liabilities or equity securities or upon the occurrence of events, such as an adverse litigation judgment or an adverse interpretation of the tax law. The indemnification clauses are often standard contractual terms and were entered into in the normal course of business based on an assessment that the risk of loss would be remote. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company was not required to make any payments under indemnification clauses. Since there are no stated or notional amounts included in the indemnification clauses and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify have not occurred and are not expected to occur, the Company is not able to estimate the maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnification clauses. There are no amounts reflected on the balance sheet at December 31, 2002, related to these indemnifications.

     The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising from the conduct of business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against the Company and/or its subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which the Company and/or its subsidiaries acted as lender, underwriter, financial advisor, broker or activities related thereto. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, the Company and/or its subsidiaries have generally denied, or believe the Company has a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant cases pending against the Company, including the matters described below, and the Company intends to defend vigorously each such case. Reserves are established for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for those claims. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Company believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Company and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described below, will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Company’s results of operations for any particular period.

      Securities Litigation. A number of purported class actions were filed in June through August 1999 against the Company in the United States District Courts for the Western District of North Carolina and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. These actions named the Company and certain of its executive officers as defendants and were purported to be on behalf of persons who purchased shares of the Company’s common stock from August 14, 1998, through May 24, 1999. These actions were consolidated into one case in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina in October 1999. These complaints alleged various violations of federal securities law, including violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, and that the defendants made materially misleading statements and/or material omissions which artificially inflated prices for the Company’s common stock. The complaints alleged that the Company failed to disclose integration problems in the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and misstated the value of its interest in certain mortgage-backed securities of TMSI acquired by First Union on June 30, 1998.

115


 

Audited Financial Statements

     Plaintiffs sought a judgment awarding damages and other relief. In January 2001, the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the litigation for failure to state a claim upon which relief could be granted. Although the plaintiffs did not appeal this ruling, they sought, and received permission to file an amended complaint. In August 2001, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that abandoned their previous allegations concerning the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and primarily raised new allegations of irregularities at TMSI prior to its acquisition by First Union. In October 2001, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the securities litigation consolidated in the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina. In September 2002, the court granted the motion in part, limiting any new complaint to claims regarding alleged misstatements or omissions plead in earlier complaints. The plaintiffs filed a third consolidated and amended complaint in October 2002, purportedly on behalf of a class of purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the period from March 4, 1998 to May 24, 1999. The complaint alleges, among other things, that First Union disregarded problems at TMSI and did not write down goodwill from the TMSI acquisition soon enough. The Company has moved to strike the complaint. The Company believes the allegations contained in this latest complaint are without merit and will vigorously defend them. The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel, that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      Pioneer Litigation. On July 26, 2000, a jury in the Philadelphia County (PA) Court of Common Pleas returned a verdict in the case captioned Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation v. American Financial Mortgage Corporation, CoreStates Bank, N.A., et al. The verdict against CoreStates Bank, N.A. (CoreStates), a predecessor of Wachovia Bank, included consequential damages of $13.5 million and punitive damages of $337.5 million. The trial court had earlier directed a verdict against CoreStates for compensatory damages of $1.7 million. The plaintiff, who was not a CoreStates customer, alleged that the sum of $1.7 million, which it claims it owned, was improperly setoff by CoreStates. Upon the Company’s motion, the trial court reduced the amount of the punitive damages award to $40.5 million in December 2000. The Company believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. In March 2002, the Pennsylvania Superior Court vacated the award of punitive damages, affirmed the awards of consequential and compensatory damages and remanded the case for a new trial on punitive damages. The Company has petitioned the Pennsylvania Supreme Court to allow an appeal to that court. The Company will continue to vigorously pursue its rights of appeal. The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel, that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      Steele Software Litigation. On March 25, 2002, a judgment was entered on a jury verdict in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland in the case captioned Steele Software Systems Corporation v. First Union National Bank. The verdict includes compensatory damages of $39.5 million and punitive damages of $200 million. The plaintiff, a vendor which provided real estate settlement services, alleged that First Union National Bank fraudulently induced the plaintiff to enter into a services agreement with First Union National Bank, and subsequently breached that agreement. The Company filed an appeal in the Maryland appellate courts in June 2002 and filed its brief on appeal in December 2002. The Company believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. The Company will vigorously pursue its right of appeal. The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel, that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

      TMSI Litigation. A number of lawsuits have been filed in 2000, 2001 and 2002 against TMSI, a subsidiary of the Company and certain other affiliates in various jurisdictions. Substantially all of the plaintiffs were borrowers of TMSI prior to the Company’s acquisition of TMSI in June 1998. The borrower plaintiffs generally allege violations of federal and/or state law in connection with TMSI lending activities. A number of individual cases in Mississippi, which were consolidated and scheduled for a series of trials in 2002, were settled in 2002. Other cases pending against TMSI are being vigorously defended by the Company. The Company believes that the ultimate outcome of these cases against TMSI will not, individually or in the aggregate, result in judgments that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

116


 

Audited Financial Statements

NOTE 19: WACHOVIA CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY)

     The Parent Company serves as the primary source of funding for the activities of its nonbank subsidiaries.

     On December 31, 2002, the Parent Company was indebted to subsidiary banks in the amount of $268 million that, under the terms of revolving credit agreements, was collateralized by certain interest-bearing balances, securities, loans, premises and equipment, and it was payable on demand. On December 31, 2002, a subsidiary bank had loans outstanding to a Parent Company nonbank subsidiary in the amount of $71 million that, under the terms of a revolving credit agreement, were collateralized by securities and certain loans, and they were payable on demand. The Parent Company has guaranteed certain borrowings of its subsidiaries that at December 31, 2002, amounted to $238 million.

     At December 31, 2002, the Parent Company’s subsidiaries, including its bank subsidiaries, had available retained earnings of $1.3 billion for the payment of dividends to the Parent Company without regulatory or other restrictions. Subsidiary net assets of $31 billion were restricted from being transferred to the Parent Company at December 31, 2002, under regulatory or other restrictions.

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the estimated fair value of the Parent Company’s loans was $9.2 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively. See Note 11 for information related to the Parent Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.

     The Parent Company’s condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, follow.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
        December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001

 
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $       11  
Interest-bearing balances with bank subsidiary
    6,666       5,629  
Securities purchased under resale agreements
    11       1,698  
 
   
     
 
   
Total cash and cash equivalents
    6,677       7,338  
 
   
     
 
Trading account assets
          16  
Securities (amortized cost $1,005 in 2002; $1,129 in 2001)
    1,025       1,135  
Loans, net
    24       73  
Loans due from subsidiaries
               
 
Banks
    5,200       5,200  
 
Nonbanks
    3,929       4,656  
Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries
               
 
Banks
    31,024       29,665  
 
Nonbanks
    3,450       3,473  
 
   
     
 
   
Total
    34,474       33,138  
 
Investments arising from purchase acquisitions
    1,021       1,012  
 
   
     
 
   
Total investments in wholly owned subsidiaries
    35,495       34,150  
 
   
     
 
Other assets
    2,084       1,447  
 
   
     
 
   
Total
  $ 54,434       54,015  
 
   
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Commercial paper
    2,530       3,045  
Other short-term borrowings with affiliates
    989       2,491  
Other liabilities
    663       1,099  
Long-term debt
    15,814       16,565  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
    2,360       2,360  
 
   
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    22,356       25,560  
Stockholders’ equity
    32,078       28,455  
 
   
     
 
   
Total
  $ 54,434       54,015  
 
   
     
 

117


 

Audited Financial Statements

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                             
        Years Ended December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
INCOME
                       
Dividends from subsidiaries
                       
 
Banks
  $ 1,438       1,245       2,836  
 
Nonbanks
    32       310       368  
Interest income
    541       708       757  
Fee and other income
    820       966       854  
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total income
    2,831       3,229       4,815  
 
 
   
     
     
 
EXPENSE
                       
Interest on short-term borrowings
    48       145       228  
Interest on long-term debt
    599       778       802  
Noninterest expense
    782       928       941  
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
Total expense
    1,429       1,851       1,971  
 
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income tax benefits, equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,402       1,378       2,844  
Income tax benefits
    (28 )     (2 )     (64 )
 
 
   
     
     
 
Income before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,430       1,380       2,908  
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
    2,149       239       (2,770 )
 
 
   
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    3,579       1,619       138  
Cumulative effect of a change in the accounting for beneficial interests, net of income taxes
                (46 )
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
Net income
    3,579       1,619       92  
Dividends on preferred stock
    19       6        
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 3,560       1,613       92  
 
 
   
     
     
 

118


 

Audited Financial Statements

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                             
        Years Ended December 31,
       
(In millions)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income
  $ 3,579       1,619       92  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities
                       
 
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of subsidiaries
    (2,149 )     (239 )     2,770  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
                  46  
 
Securities transactions
    21       45       (2 )
 
Depreciation, goodwill and other intangible amortization
    289       251       284  
 
Deferred income taxes
    (15 )     (22 )     10  
 
Trading account assets, net
    16       12       5  
 
Other assets, net
    (623 )     (231 )     (454 )
 
Other liabilities, net
    (444 )     235       69  
 
   
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    674       1,670       2,820  
 
   
     
     
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
 
Sales and maturities of securities
    454       723       794  
 
Purchases of securities
    (349 )     (476 )     (975 )
 
Advances to subsidiaries, net
    727       364       (2,352 )
 
Investments in subsidiaries, net
    2,546       (189 )     (530 )
 
Longer-term loans originated or acquired
    (53 )     (29 )     (149 )
 
Principal repaid on longer-term loans
    102       136       143  
 
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
    (10 )     10       2  
 
Cash equivalents acquired, net of purchase acquisitions
          2,112        
 
   
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    3,417       2,651       (3,067 )
 
   
     
     
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash realized from
 
Commercial paper
    (515 )     (515 )     (99 )
 
Other short-term borrowings, net
    (1,502 )     (601 )     546  
 
Issuances of long-term debt
          1,903       4,024  
 
Payments of long-term debt
    (751 )     (1,178 )     (713 )
 
Issuances of preferred shares
          23        
 
Issuances of common stock
    75       (44 )     152  
 
Purchases of common stock
    (674 )     (1,284 )     (690 )
 
Cash dividends paid
    (1,385 )     (1,038 )     (1,888 )
 
   
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (4,752 )     (2,734 )     1,332  
 
   
     
     
 
   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (661 )     1,587       1,085  
   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    7,338       5,751       4,666  
 
   
     
     
 
   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 6,677       7,338       5,751  
 
   
     
     
 
CASH PAID FOR
                       
Interest
  $ 777       797       970  
Income taxes
    154       530       127  
NONCASH ITEM
                       
Increase in investments in subsidiaries as a result of acquisitions of institutions for common stock
  $ 51       12,998       34  
 
   
     
     
 

119


 

Corporate Governance

At December 31, 2002
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         
F. Duane Ackerman
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
BellSouth Corporation
Atlanta, Georgia

John D. Baker II
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Florida Rock Industries, Inc.
Jacksonville, Florida

L.M. Baker Jr.*
Chairman,
Wachovia Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina

James S. Balloun
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Acuity Brands, Inc.
Atlanta, Georgia

Robert J. Brown
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
B&C Associates, Inc.
High Point, North Carolina

Peter C. Browning
Dean, McColl Graduate School of Business,
Queens University of Charlotte
Non-Executive Chairman,
Nucor Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina

  John T. Casteen III
President,
University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Virginia

William H. Goodwin Jr.
Chairman,
CCA Industries, Inc.
Richmond, Virginia

Robert A. Ingram
Vice Chairman, Pharmaceuticals,
GlaxoSmithKline plc
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina

Mackey J. McDonald
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
VF Corporation
Greensboro, North Carolina

Joseph Neubauer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
ARAMARK Corporation
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Lloyd U. Noland III
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Noland Company
Newport News, Virginia
  Ruth G. Shaw
President, Duke Power,
Duke Energy Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina

Lanty L. Smith
Chairman,
Soles Brower Smith & Co.
Greensboro, North Carolina

G. Kennedy Thompson*
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Wachovia Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina

John C. Whitaker Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Inmar Enterprises, Inc.
Winston-Salem, North Carolina

Dona Davis Young
President and Chief Executive Officer,
The Phoenix Companies, Inc.
Hartford, Connecticut

* Mr. Baker retired effective February 18, 2003.
Mr. Thompson was selected to succeed him as
Chairman, and also retained the positions of
President and Chief Executive Officer.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         
Executive Committee
Lanty L. Smith, Chairman
L.M. Baker Jr.*
Peter C. Browning
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Robert A. Ingram
Joseph Neubauer
G. Kennedy Thompson*
John C. Whitaker Jr.
Robert P. Kelly (Staff)
Mark C. Treanor (Staff)

Audit & Compliance Committee
John T. Casteen III, Chairman
F. Duane Ackerman
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Lanty L. Smith
Robert P. Kelly (Staff)
William B. Langley (Staff)
Peter J. Schild (Staff)
  Credit & Finance Committee
Mackey J. McDonald, Chairman
John D. Baker II
Lloyd U. Noland III
Dona Davis Young
Donald K. Truslow (Staff)
Thomas J. Wurtz (Staff)

Management Resources &
Compensation Committee

Peter C. Browning, Chairman
Robert J. Brown
Robert A. Ingram
Ruth G. Shaw
Paul G. George (Staff)

Merger Integration & Technology Committee
Joseph Neubauer, Chairman
James S. Balloun
John C. Whitaker Jr.
David M. Carroll (Staff)
Jean E. Davis (Staff)
Robert S. McCoy Jr. (Staff)
  Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee
John C. Whitaker Jr., Chairman
Peter C. Browning
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Robert A. Ingram
Joseph Neubauer
Lanty L. Smith
L.M. Baker Jr.* (Staff)
G. Kennedy Thompson* (Staff)
Mark C. Treanor (Staff)

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         
L.M. Baker Jr.*
Chairman

G. Kennedy Thompson*
President and Chief Executive Officer

Robert S. McCoy Jr.
Vice Chairman and Co-Head,
Merger Integration

David M. Carroll
Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Merger Integration; Head of Specialty
Finance and Corporate Support Services

Stephen E. Cummings
Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Corporate and Investment Bank
  Jean E. Davis
Senior Executive Vice President and
Head of Information Technology,
eCommerce and Operations

Malcolm E. Everett III
Senior Executive Vice President and
Head of Corporate and Community Affairs

Paul G. George
Senior Executive Vice President and
Director of Human Resources

W. Barnes Hauptfuhrer
Senior Executive Vice President and
Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank

Benjamin P. Jenkins III
Senior Executive Vice President
and President, General Bank
  Robert P. Kelly
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Stanhope A. Kelly
Senior Executive Vice President and
President, Wealth Management

Donald A. McMullen Jr.
Senior Executive Vice President and
President, Capital Management Group

Mark C. Treanor
Senior Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary

Donald K. Truslow
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Risk Management Officer

120


 

Stockholder Information

     
How to Contact Us
Investor Relations

Alice Lehman, head of Investor Relations
Annual and quarterly financial information is available online at
wachovia.com/investor. Request publications or speak with the
shareholder relations manager through our interactive voice
response system at
704-374-6782.

Transfer Agent
Wachovia Bank, National Association
1-800-347-1246
1525 West W.T. Harris Boulevard 3C3
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1153
Stockholders seeking help with a change of address, records or information
about lost certificates, dividend checks or dividend reinvestment should
contact the transfer agent.

Media
Ginny Mackin, head of Corporate Communications
704-374-6444
  Snapshot
Ticker, NYSE: WB
Earnings per share: $2.60
Total revenue: $18 billion
Net income: $3.6 billion

Annual Meeting
Tuesday, April 22, 2003, 9:30 a.m.
Hilton Charlotte & Towers, 222 East Third Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Corporate Headquarters
Wachovia Corporation
301 South College Street, Suite 4000
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013
704-374-6161

 Wachovia Corporation is an equal opportunity employer.

(PHOTO)

Domestic and Global Markets

             
General Banking Regions
Atlantic Region
New Jersey
Branches: 336
ATMs: 505

New York
Branches: 52
ATMs: 96

Connecticut
Branches: 84
ATMs: 120

Florida Region
Florida
Branches: 655
ATMs: 876
 
Mid-Atlantic Region
Virginia
Branches: 344
ATMs: 515

Maryland
Branches: 77
ATMs: 111

Washington, D.C.
Branches: 27
ATMs: 58

Georgia Region
Georgia
Branches: 252
ATMs: 629
 
Carolinas Region
North Carolina
Branches: 361
ATMs: 727

South Carolina
Branches: 166
ATMs: 324

PennDel Region
Pennsylvania
Branches: 343
ATMs: 541

Delaware
Branches: 20
ATMs: 43
  Foreign Branches and Representative Offices
• Foreign branches in Hong Kong, Tokyo, Taipei,
   Seoul and London
• Representative offices in Europe, Asia,
   Latin America and Australia

 


 

 

 

 

 

(WACHOVIA LOGO)

WACHOVIA CORPORATION
ONE WACHOVIA CENTER
CHARLOTTE, NC 28288-0206

 

 

EXHIBIT 21

WACHOVIA CORPORATION

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES AS OF 2/1/03 (1)

         
ABCA, Inc (Jacksonville, FL) (3)
   
-1005 Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Melbourne Atlantic Joint Venture (20%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
 
AMI Capital, Inc. (49%) (Bethesda, MD)
 
Atlantic Savings Bank, FSB (Hilton Head Island, SC)
 
Cameron M. Harris & Co. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Cameron M. Harris of Columbia, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-FEFCO, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Capitol Finance Group, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Energy Search LP (7.7%-NV) (INACTIVE)
   
-WBP Associates (33%-NV) (INACTIVE)
 
Celadon, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Central Fidelity Capital Trust I (Richmond, VA)
 
Central Fidelity Properties, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
 
CoreStates Holdings, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
   
-Meridian Venture Partners (45.72%-NV) (Radnor, PA)
   
-MVP Distribution Partners (45.7237%-NV) (Radnor, PA)
   
-United Bancshares, Inc. (15.42%: 6.02%-V; 9.40%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA) (7)
     
—United Bank of Philadelphia (Philadelphia, PA)
 
CREST 2000-1 Holding SPV, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Curzon Street Securities Limited (London, England) (INACTIVE)
 
EVEREN Capital Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-EVEREN Securities Holdings, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
     
—Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Realty Services, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
       
—Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Housing Investors, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
     
—Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Realty Co., Incorporated (Charlotte, NC)
       
—BEHR Housing Investors 1980-1, L.P. (1%-NV) (Chicago, IL)**
       
—BEHR Housing Investors 1981-1, L.P. (1%-NV) (Chicago, IL)**
     
—Blunt, Ellis & Loewi, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
     
—Boettcher & Company, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
     
—BPL Holdings, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
       
—Boettcher Properties, Ltd. (Richmond, VA)
       
       —The Boettcher 1981-2 Drilling Program, Ltd. (11%-NV) (Chicago, IL)
     
—ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Oklahoma (0%) (Tulsa, OK)*
     
—KSI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Ohio (0%) (Chicago, IL)*
     
—Lovett Underwood Neuhaus & Webb, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
     
—PFS General Agency of Texas, Inc. (0%) (Dallas, TX)*
     
—Prescott, Ball & Turben, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)

 


 

         
     
—Wachovia Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—MicroInvestors, LLC (20%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
       
—TCIG NC State Credit Fund, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
       
       —Boxer Building LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
       
—TRG Holdings, LLC (24.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
       
       —Tech Resources Group, Inc. (22%) (Raleigh, NC)
       
—Wheat First Butcher Singer Private Equity Fund, Limited Partnership (1%-NV) (Richmond, VA)**
 
Evergreen FPS, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L.P. (1%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)** (16)
   
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund II, L. P. (1%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Absolute Return Fund, Accredited, L.P. (1.90%-NV)**
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L. P. (0.30%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)** (17)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L. P. (0.86%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)** (20)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L. P. (1.52%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**(18)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L. P. (0.14%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)** (19)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds—ULQ, LP (0.90%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) **
 
Farmington, Incorporated (Charlotte, NC)
 
FCC-PR, Inc (Philadelphia, PA) (3)
 
Fidelcor Business Credit Corporation (New York, NY)
 
Financial Life Insurance Company of Georgia (Atlanta, GA)
 
First American Service Corporation (Roanoke, VA)
   
-Long, Travers & FASC (40%-NV) (Springfield, VA)
   
-New Rivers Towers Limited Partnership (NV) (Annandale, VA) (INACTIVE)
   
-Woodlawn Joint Venture (40%-NV) (Woodbridge, VA) (INACTIVE) (15)
 
First Atlanta Lease Liquidating Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
 
First Clearing Corporation (Glen Allen, VA)
 
First Union Capital I (Wilmington, DE)
 
First Union Capital II (Wilmington, DE)
 
First Union Capital III (Wilmington, DE) (UNACTIVATED)
 
First Union Commercial Corporation (0.97900%) (Charlotte, NC) (9)
 
First Union Community Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Headhouse Retail Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-Housing Equity Fund of Virginia I, L.P. (6.945%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-Parkchester Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
   
-Roanoke Community Development Corporation (27.778%) (Roanoke, VA) (INACTIVE) (6)
 
First Union Genesis Holdings, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL)
   
-Corporate Securities Group Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)

2


 

         
   
-JWGenesis Insurance Agency, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
   
-JWGenesis Capital Markets, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
   
-JW Genesis Financial Group, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-J. W. Genesis Financial Services Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-JWGenesis Insurance Services, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
   
-Wachovia Securities Financial Network, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
 
First Union Institutional Capital I (Wilmington, DE)
 
First Union Institutional Capital II (Wilmington, DE)
 
First Union Insurance Agency of NC, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Union Commerce Title Company, LLC (50%) (Charlotte, NC)
 
First Union Insurance Services, Inc. (Wayne, NJ)
   
-First Union Insurance Services Agency, Inc. (Wayne, NJ)
   
-Rhodes Agency, Inc. (Hawthorne, NJ)
     
—Soldoveri Agency (Hawthorne, NJ)
 
First Union Life Insurance Company (Charlotte, NC)
 
First Union Regional Community Development Corporation, Inc. (51%) (Philadelphia, PA)*
 
First Union Regional Foundation (Philadelphia, PA)**
 
First Union Services, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
First Union Title Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
   
-Wachovia/Maher Partners (50%) (Wayne, PA)
 
Forum Capital Markets, LLC (Old Greenwich, CT) (INACTIVE)
 
Franklin Capital Associates III, L.P. (6.60%-NV) (Franklin, TN)
 
FUNC Holdings, Inc. (Jacksonville, FL)
   
-GreenLink LLC (Jacksonville, FL)
 
ISC Realty Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-New Heritage Place, LLC (49%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Claire Tower, LP (0.50%) (Greensboro, NC) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
 
Jefferson Properties, Inc. (Charlottesville, VA)(3)
 
Johnson Lane Space Smith Corporation, The (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Rhodes-Jennings Building, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Rhodes-Jennings Building Investors Limited Partnership (Charlotte, NC)
 
McGlinn Capital Management, Inc. (Wyomissing, PA)
   
-Berkshire Partners (Wyomissing, PA)**

3


 

         
   
-Colonial Investment Group (Wyomissing, PA)**
   
-Oaks Investment Group (Wyomissing, PA)**
   
-Pagoda Income Partners (Wyomissing, PA)**
   
-Pooled Municipal Bond Fund (Wyomissing, PA)**
   
-Van Reed Growth Fund (Wyomissing, PA)**
 
Meridian Investment Company (Malvern, PA) (INACTIVE)
 
OFFITBANK Compass Fund, Inc. (70%) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-OFFITBANK Compass Fund, L.P. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
 
OFFITBANK Cross Market Fund, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-OFFITBANK Cross Market Fund, L.P. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
 
OFFITBANK Derivatives, Inc. (New York, NY)
 
OFFITBANK Energy Fund, Inc. (New York, NY)
   
-OFFIT Energy Income Fund, L. P. (0.97%-NV) (New York, NY)**
 
OFFITBANK Greater China, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-CVO Greater China Partners, L.P. (90%) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
 
OFFITBANK Latin America Fund, Inc. (New York, NY)
   
-OFFITBANK Latin America Income Fund, L.P. (1.01%-NV) (New York, NY)**
 
OFFITBANK M-R Securities Fund, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
 
Signet Student Loan Corporation (Richmond, VA)
 
Silas Technologies, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
 
Structured Credit Partners, LLC (New York, NY)
 
Synthetic Fixed-Income Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Taylor & Clarke Insurance Services, Incorporated (Fairfax, VA)
 
The Fairfax Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Real Estate Consultants of the South, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
The Money Store Holdings Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
   
-The Money Store Advertising Services Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
   
-The Money Store Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
 
TRSTE, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
TRSTE II, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
 
Tryon Management, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
United Bancshares, Inc. (100%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA) (7)
   
-United Bank of Philadelphia (Philadelphia, PA)
 
Union Hamilton Reinsurance, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
     
—Besso Holdings Limited (49.49%) (London, England)

4


 

         
Wachovia Bank, National Association (Charlotte, NC)
   
-349-59 Lenox LLC (99.99%-NV) (Mount Vernon, NY)
   
-Andalusia Senior Housing, L. P. (99%-NV) (Levittown, PA)
   
-Arbor Glenn L.P. (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
   
-Bacon Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-Barrett Place Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Wake Forest, NC)
   
-Barrett Place II Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
   
-Barry, Evans, Josephs & Snipes, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)(23)
     
—Mecklenburg Securities Corporation (Charlotte, NC)(23)
   
-Bart, Inc. (Jacksonville, FL)
     
—Monument Street Funding, Inc. (9.95%) (West Sacramento, CA)(42)
     
—The Money Store, LLC (Roseville, CA) (1.55%)(21)
     
—Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (4.30%) (Charlotte, NC)(58)
   
-Beechridge Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
   
-BGMCO PA, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA) (3)
   
-Bowler Housing L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-BR Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Washington, DC)
   
-Business Development Corporation of South Carolina (8.7%) (Columbia, SC)
   
-Camellia Court Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Beaufort, NC)
   
-City Affordable Housing LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Congress Financial Corporation (New York, NY)
     
—Congress Credit Corporation (Hato Rey, Puerto Rico)
     
—Congress Financial Corp. (Southwest) (Dallas, TX)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Central) (Chicago, IL)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Florida) (Miami, FL)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (New England) (Boston, MA)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Northwest) (Portland, OR)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Southern) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Western) (Pasadena, CA)
   
-CoreStates Capital I (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-CoreStates Capital II (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-CoreStates Capital III (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-CT I Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
   
-CTB Realty Ventures XXI, Inc. (New Haven, CT)(3)
   
-Danville Community Development Corporation (13%) (Danville, VA)
   
-Evergreen Investment Company, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—EIMCO Trust (99%) (Boston, MA) (30)
       
—Evergreen Investment Management Company, LLC (Boston, MA)
       
       —Evergreen Advisors LLC (INACTIVE) (Boston, MA)
       
       —Mentor Perpetual Advisors, LLC (50%) (INACTIVE) (Richmond, VA)
       
—Evergreen Service Company LLC (Boston, MA)
       
       —Evergreen Financing Company, LLC (Boston, MA) (23)
       
—J. L. Kaplan Associates, LLC (92.10%) (Boston, MA)*
     
—Evergreen Asset Management Corp. (Boston, MA)
       
—EIMCO Trust (1%) (Boston, MA)(30)
     
—Evergreen Investment Services, Inc. (Boston, MA)
   
-Equitable Realty Associates, L. P. (99%-NV) (Yonkers, NY)
   
-Fairfax County Redevelopment and Housing Authority/HCDC One L.P. (99%-NV) (Fairfax, VA)
   
-FFBIC, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
     
—Monument Street Funding, Inc. (49.72%) (Roseville, CA) (42)
       
—2-4 Potter Place Urban Renewal, L.P. (99%-NV) (Weehawken, NJ)
       
—Anacuitas Manor, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Austin, TX)
       
—Athens Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
       
—Bell Ridge Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Brittany Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
       
—Bull Run Creek Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Cimarron Estates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Austin, TX)
       
—Centurion Funding, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
       
       —Monument Street International Funding-II, LLC (Roseville, CA)
       
              —First International Advisors, LLC (50%) (London, England) (43)
       
       —Monument Street Funding, LLC (Roseville, CA)
       
       —Centurion Funding, LLC (Roseville, CA)
       
—Chambers Bridge Urban Renewal Housing, L. P. (99%-NV) (Yardville, NJ)
       
—Cherokee Hills Associates LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Church Street Senior Housing, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Keansburg, NJ)

5


 

         
       
—Crestmore Village Apartments Limited Partnership (99.9%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
       
—Crestmore Village Apartments Phase II Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
       
—Eastgate Properties, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Calhoun, GA)
       
—Evergreen Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
       
—Greystone of McDonough L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Douglas, GA)
       
—Heatherwood Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
       
—Hickory Hollow Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Mercy Housing Georgia I, L.L.L.P. (99.89%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (36)
       
—Monument Street International Funding-I, LLC (Roseville, CA)
       
       —First International Advisors, LLC (50%) (London, England) (43)
       
—Oldbridge Urban Renewal, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cherry Hill, NJ)
       
—One South Place, L.P. (99%-NV) (Knoxville, TN)
       
—Overlook at Brook Run Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
       
—Pendleton Pines Associates, LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Ridgetop Realty Associates LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Rome Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
       
—Sable Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Sable Point II Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
       
—Somerset Apts., L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
       
—St. Charles Place, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)
       
—Stoneybrooke Heights Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Sundial Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
       
—The Exchange Building Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Portland, ME)
       
—Timberleaf Estates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
       
—Waterford Manor, L.P. (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
       
—Waterford Manor II, L.P. (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—West Hanover Urban Renewal, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Yardville, NJ)
   
-FFL Services Corporation (Newark, NJ)
   
-Fifth and Market Corporation (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-Financial World Funding Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Bank of Florida Mortgage Corp. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-First Card Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Corporate Center, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-First Fidelity International Bank (Charlotte, NC)
     
—First Union I, Inc. (St. Thomas, US Virgin Islands)
     
—Matthew International Sales, Inc. (St. Thomas, US Virgin Islands)
     
—Oosterpark Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
     
—RIJK Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Vondelpark Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Fidelity Urban Investment Corporation (Newark, NJ)
       
—Allentown Development Company, Inc. (24%) (Trenton, NJ)
   
-First National Properties, Inc. (Columbia, SC)
   
-First Penco Realty, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-First Union Auto Finance, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Auto Loan Securitization, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Commercial Corporation (98.11053%) (Charlotte, NC) (9)
     
—First Union Commercial Leasing Group, L.L.C. (1%) (Charlotte, NC) (11)
     
—First Union Commercial Shared Resources, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—First Union Institutional Mortgage Services, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—First Union Overseas Investment Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Multi-Risk Consultants (Thailand) Ltd. (10%) (Bangkok, Thailand)
       
—Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
       
       —Sanford Leasing, LLC (24%) (Charlotte, NC) (62)
     
—First Union Rail Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Ironbrand Capital LLC (1%) (Charlotte, NC) (8)
       
—Railcar Investment, LLC (87.302%) (Wilmington, DE) (28)
       
—Transportation Equipment Advisors, Inc. (Arlington Heights, IL)
     
—Ironbrand Capital LLC (99%) (Charlotte, NC) (8)
       
—JV Mortgage Capital, Inc. (50%) (Prospect Heights, IL) (INACTIVE)
       
—JV Mortgage Capital, L.P. (49.5%-NV) (Prospect Heights, IL) (INACTIVE)
       
—National Auto Finance Company, L.P. (10%-NV) (Boca Raton, FL)
     
—Railcar Investment, LLC (12.698%) (Wilmington, DE) (28)
     
—Sanford Leasing, LLC (76%) (Charlotte, NC) (62)
     
—Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (1.53%) (Charlotte, NC) (58)
   
-First Union Commercial Leasing Group, L.L.C. (99%) (Charlotte, NC) (11)

6


 

         
   
-First Union Direct Bank, N. A. (Augusta, GA)
   
-First Union Holdings, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
     
—First Union Financial Investments, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
       
—First Union Commercial Corporation (0.89872%) (Charlotte, NC) (9)
   
-First Union International Banking Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Adesso Limited (37.303%) (Nassau, Bahamas)
     
—Burdale Financial Holdings Limited (80%) (London, England)
       
—Burdale Financial Limited (London, England)
     
—Congress Financial Capital (US) Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Congress Financial Capital Company (Halifax, Nova Scotia)
       
—Congress Financial Capital Corporation (Canada)(Toronto, Canada)
     
—Congress Financial Corporation (Canada) (Toronto, Canada)
     
—Evergreen Management, S. A. (Luxembourg, Germany)
     
—Evergreen Worldwide Distributors, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
     
—First Union Commercial Mortgage Services, Inc. (Toronto, Canada)
     
—Polaris International Securities Investment Trust Co., Ltd. (7.50%) (Taipei, Taiwan)
     
—Wachovia Securities International Limited (London, England)
   
-First Union PASS Co., Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Pooled Auto Securities Shelf, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-General Homes Corp. (9.205%) (Houston, TX) (3)
   
-Glen Royall Mill Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Wake Forest, NC)
   
-Golfview Associates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
   
-Greenville Agricultural Credit Corporation (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-Hamilton Dorsey Alston Company, Inc. (Atlanta, GA) (23)
   
-Hamilton Manor Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Stroudsburg, PA)
   
-Horace Bushnell Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Hartford, CT)
   
-Horizon Management Services, Inc. (Tulsa, OK)
   
-Housing Equity Fund of Virginia II, L.P. (38.5%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-Industrial Valley Real Estate Co. (Jenkintown, PA)
   
-International Progress, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Mountain Falls Park, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-JERSEY CENTER/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ) (3)
   
-JPSD, Inc. (Charlotte, NC) (3)
   
-Lafayette Family L.P. (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
   
-Laurel Pointe of Salisbury Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
   
-Manor Ridge Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
   
-Martin’s Landing Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
   
-Martin’s Landing II Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
   
-Maryland Housing Equity Fund III Limited Partnership (7.7647%-NV) (Columbia, MD)
   
-Meridian Mortgage Corporation (Perkasie, PA)
   
-Meridian Properties, Inc. (Reading, PA)
   
-Monument Street Funding, Inc. (Roseville, CA) (40.33%) (43)
   
-Mulberry Corporation (Richmond, VA) (3)
     
—G. C. Leasing, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
     
—North Hart Run, Inc. (50%) (Richmond, VA)
       
—North Hart Run Joint Venture (Richmond, VA)
   
-MWI-2002, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-NFPS, Inc. (Charlotte, NC) (3)
   
-NNI Bell Street Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Stamford, CT)
   
-Orianna Street Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-PELS Funding, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Philadelphia International Investment Corp. (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—New World Development Corporation, Ltd. (Nassau, Bahamas)
       
—Philadelphia National Limited (65.10%) (London, England) (10)
     
—Philadelphia International Equities, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
       
—CSB Information Services PTE Ltd. (Singapore)
       
—Established Holdings Limited (London, England)
       
       —Philadelphia National Limited (20.60%) (London, England)(10)
       
—Medical Equipment Credit PTE Ltd. (20%) (Singapore)
       
—MSF Holding, Ltd. (26.25%) (Nassau, Bahamas)
       
—Surinvest International Limited (14.785%) (Georgetown, Cayman Islands)
       
—Vector Divisas Casa de Cambio S.A. de C.V. (20%) (Monterrey, Mexico)
     
—Philadelphia National Limited (14.30%) (London, England)(10)
   
-Questpoint L.P., Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-Republic Brokerage Corp. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)

7


 

         
   
-Residential Asset Funding Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Retail Investment Corp., Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-Richmond Community Development Corporation (64.71%) (Richmond, VA)**
   
-Roanoke Community Development Corporation (11.11%) (INACTIVE) (Roanoke, VA)(6)
   
-RS Maritime Corporation (West Palm Beach, FL) (INACTIVE)
   
-S Brooke Corporation (Richmond, VA) (3)
   
-Savings Associations Financial Enterprises, Inc. (48.15%) (Washington, DC)
   
-Senior Cottages of Shippensburg, Ltd. (99%-NV) (St. Louis Park, MN)
   
-Shenandoah Valley Properties L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
     
—Craigmont II, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
     
—Elkmont Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
     
—Grottoes Partners L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
     
—Willow Lake Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
   
-Signet Equipment Company (Baltimore, MD)
   
-Southwoods Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Greensboro, NC)
   
-SPFE, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-St. Joseph’s Affordable Housing Limited Partnership (74.25%-NV) (Wayne, PA)
   
-Statesboro Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
   
-Summitt PELS Funding, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**
   
-SURREY DOWNS/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ) (3)
     
—Spring Ridge Holdings, Inc. (Reading, PA) (3)
   
-Sycamore Row, LLC (99%-NV) (Bronx, NY)
   
-Tattersall Advisory Group, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-TAYLORR LAKES/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ) (3)
   
-TMS Acquisition, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
   
-The Money Store, LLC (75.95%) (Roseville, CA) (21)
     
—ClassNotes, Inc. (Sacramento, CA)
       
—Educaid Student Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
       
—TMS Student Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
     
—HomEq Servicing Corporation (North Highlands, CA)
       
—Equity Insurance Agency, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
       
—First Union Commercial Corporation (0.01175%) (Charlotte, NC) (9)
       
—Integrated Capital Group, Inc. (North Highlands, CA)
       
—Princeton Reconveyance Services Inc. (North Highlands, CA)
       
—The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. (Roseville, CA)
     
—The Money Store/Service Corp. (Roseville, CA)
       
—First Union Money Store Home Equity Loan Warehouse Corp. (Roseville, CA)
       
—TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
       
—TMS Special Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
       
—TMS SPV, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
     
—Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Inc. (Roseville, CA)
     
—Wachovia SBA Lending, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
       
—Wachovia SBA Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
   
-Two APM Plaza, Inc. (89%) (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-Unifirst Financial Services, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-Universal Master Servicing, LLC (79%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-VCP-Alderman Park Partners, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
   
-Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
     
—1020 Leavenworth Street Lessee Limited Liability Company (NE) (99.99%-NV) (Omaha, NE)
     
—110 Monastery Associates, Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) ( Braintree, MA)
     
—1515-1517 St. Johns Place, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
     
—1700 Associates (89%-NV) (Plymouth Meeting, PA)
     
—3716 Third Avenue LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
     
—509 Vine Street, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—Adams at Broad Tenant L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Annville Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Lebanon, PA)
     
—Antioch Senior Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Hempstead, NY)
     
—Apollo Tax Credit Fund-XIV LLC (99.99%-NV) (Cleveland, OH)
     
—Ardmore City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Ashton Court, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Valdosta, GA) (41)
     
—Ashton Court State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)(INACTIVE)
     
—Bachon Investments, L. P. ((99.99%-NV) (Dallas,TX)
     
—Baltic Park, L.P. (98.99%-NV) (Macon, GA)(22)
     
—Baltic Park State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Baltic Park, L. P. (1.0%-NV) (22)

8


 

         
     
—Beechridge II, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
     
—Belleview L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Bensalem Senior Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lafayette Hill, PA)
     
—Betty Anne Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (San Jose, CA)
     
—Blanton Green Associates Limited Partnership (96%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
     
—Bristow Stebbins Owners, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
     
—Burlington City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Capital.com, Inc. (15%) (Bethesda, MD) (INACTIVE)
     
—Canal Walk Lofts Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Capital Lease Funding, LLC (26.67%) (New York, NY)
     
—Canton Mill, LLC (98.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (5)
     
—Cantebury of Hilliard, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Carriage Court Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
     
—Cedar Pointe State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
     
—Centrum-Ironbridge Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Sterling, VA)
     
—Chapel Trust, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Coconut Grove, FL)
     
—Charleston Place Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
     
—Cobb Park Townhomes, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lancaster, TX)
     
—Cobblestone Landing State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Cobblestone Landing, L.P. (1%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (2)
     
—Cobblestone Landing, L.P. (98.90%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (2)
     
—Coliseum Lofts, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Columbia Commons, L. P. (99.97%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Columbia Commons State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Columbia Commons, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Columbia Estates State Credit Partner, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (UNACTIVATED)
     
—Columbia Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Columbia High Point State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Columbia High Point Estate, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(60)
     
—CorpRex, LLC (50%) (Orlando, FL)
     
—Creative Choice Homes IX, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Palm Beach Gardens, FL)
     
—Creative Choice Homes X, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Palm Beach Gardens, FL)
     
—Creekpointe Associates, L.P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Creekside at Bellemeade Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Crosswinds Green Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
     
—Davenport Alley, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Downtown Revival Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—El Paseo Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (San Jose, CA)
     
—Ellenton Housing Associates, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
     
—Elm Lake Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Bradenton, FL)
     
—Emerald Park, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Fairfax County Redevelopment and Housing Authority/HCDC Two L.P. (99%-NV) (Fairfax, VA)
     
—First Union KM Holdings, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Floral Oaks Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Fountain Place Associates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
     
—Franklin Ridge, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
     
—Gatwick Senior Village, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA) (54)
     
—Georgia Las Brisas, LP (99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—GHG Newport Landing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
     
—Glen Arbor of Carolina, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
     
—Glenburn Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
     
—Gold Rush I Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Phoenix, AZ)
     
—Gold Rush II Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Phoenix, AZ)
     
—Grafton 66, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Mequon, WI)
     
—Greenleaf Village of Groveland, Ltd. (89%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Grundy Gardens II Senior Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Doylestown, PA)
     
—Hagerstown Robinwood Senior Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Haskell Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Braintree, MA)
     
—Hemma II, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
     
—Heritage Crossing. L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(61)
     
—Heritage Crossing State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
     
—Heritage Place State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Atlanta, GA) (INACTIVE)
     
—Homes at Berlin Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
     
—Homes for Fredericksburg Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Sterling, VA)
     
—Hub Building Limited Partnership (99.9%-NV) (Chicago, IL)

9


 

         
     
—Huntington Park Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
     
—Jacksonville Affordable Housing, Ltd. (98%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Jamestown Woods Limited Partnership (95%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
     
—Jefferson Center, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
     
—Johnston Mill State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
     
—Johnston Mill Lofts, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
     
—Johnston Mill Master Tenant, LP (99.99%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
     
—Kardon/Atlantic Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—Kensington Court Apartments, LP (99.90%-NV) (Springfield, MO)
     
—Knox Homes, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
     
—L & M Hoe Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
     
—Lakewood Terrace, LP (99.90%-NV) (Springfield, MO)
     
—Loewen Development of Wappingers Falls, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (New Rochelle, NY)
     
—Logan Senior Apartments State Credit Partner, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
     
—Madison Meadows, LP (99.96%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL) (35)
     
—Madison Meadows State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Madison Meadows, LP (0.01%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL) (35)
     
—Maggie L. Walker Governor’s School Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Magnolia Circle, LP (99.98%-NV) (Decatur, GA) (24)
     
—Magnolia Circle State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Magnolia Circle, LP (0.01%-NV) (Decatur, GA) (24)
     
—Magnolia Village, L.P. (98.9%-NV) (Roswell, VA) (55)
     
—Magnolia Walk Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Ocala, FL)
     
—Maryland Heights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Meadow Ridge Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
     
—Meridian Point Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Uniontown, PA)
     
—Midtown Square, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (44)
     
—Miramar City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Montgomery Homes L. P. IX (99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
     
—Montgomery Homes Limited Partnership X (99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
     
—Monarch Place Apts. LP (99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
     
—Moravian House III, LP (99.99%-NV) (Bethlehem, PA)
     
—Moreland Square State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
     
—MV Affordable Housing Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
     
—New Dalton IA LLC (79.90%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (27)
     
—NHPAHP Cedar Creek Crossing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Quincy, IL)
     
—Oak Crest Apartments of Kannapolis, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Oconee Springs II, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (4)
     
—Oconee Springs II State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
     
—ODC Selborne House Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Ellicott City, MD)
     
—One Market Street, LLC (99.99%-NV) (San Francisco, CA)
     
—One SDI, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
     
—Overlook at Brook Run II Associates. L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Pacific Park, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA) (47)
     
—Park Place State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
     
—Parkview Heights, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Peppermill Partners, L. P. (99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Railroad Y L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Related Club West Housing Associates, Ltd. (99.50%-NV) (Miami, FL)
     
—Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership IX (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership X (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership XI (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership XII (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Richmond Green Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
     
—Riverside Urban Renewal Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
     
—Roanoke Higher Education Associates, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
     
—Roanoke TS SCP, LP (0.01%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)**
     
—Roanoke TS Tenant, LP (99.99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
     
—Rosemont Manor Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Sagamore Street Associates, L.P. (99.90%-NV) (New York, NY)
     
—Sandlewood Terrace of Ludowici L.P. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Saranor Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Milford, CT)
     
—SAS-1600 Arch Street Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Bala Cynwyd, PA)
     
—SDC Investments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
     
—SFT L.P. (0.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)**

10


 

         
     
—Sea Pines, L. P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
     
—Senior Residences of Jacksonville I Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Carson City, NV)
     
—Senior Residences of Stillwater Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (San Antonio, TX)
     
—Senior Residences of West Memphis I Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (West Memphis, AR)
     
—SFT L.P. (0.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Shenandoah Hotel Associates L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
     
—Sheridan Place of Bradenton Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Newberry, FL)
     
—S.H.E. Urban Renewal Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Newark, NJ)
     
—Shockoe-Cary Building Tenant, L.P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Glen Allen, VA)
     
—Siena Gardens Limited Partnership (95%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
     
—Site 15 Affordable Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
     
—SK 55 Wall LLC (99.99%-NV) (New York, NY)
     
—South Beach Courtyard Development, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Surfside, FL)
     
—SouthSide Plaza 455 Ltd., L.L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lewisville, TX)
     
—Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC (82.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC) (25)
     
—Spring Brook Meadows State Credit Member, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC (17%-NV) (Raleigh, NC) (25)
     
—Spring Gate Manor Limited (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—St. Philip Villas, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Griffin, GA) (46)
     
—St. Philip Villas State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
       
—St. Philip Villas, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Griffin, GA)(46)
     
—Stanton Glenn Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Washington, DC)
     
—Stonecreek Apartments of Mooresville, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Strouse Adler Associates, Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (New Haven, CT)
     
—Studebaker Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
     
—Summerland Heights III, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
     
—Sunset City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—Superior Warehouse Apartments Tenant, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Temple City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
     
—The Maples Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Denton, MD)
     
—Timber Run Limited Partnership (TX) (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
     
—Todd Tenant, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Triton PCS, Inc. (5.77%) (Berwyn, PA)
     
—TWC Eighty-Four, Ltd. (95%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Eighty-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Eighty-Three, Ltd. (97%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Ninety-Five, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Ninety-Three, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Ninety-Two, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Seventy-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Seventy-Five, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Seventy-Four, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Seventy-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Seventy-Two, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Sixty-Five, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Sixty-Four, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) Tampa, FL)
     
—TWC Twenty-Five, Ltd (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—University Crossing Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—Valena Henderson State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
     
—Vestcor Fund XIV, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
     
—Vestcor Fund XVI, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
     
—Villa Biscayne of South Dade, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Villa Capri Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Beaverton, OR)
     
—Virginia Center Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Midlothian, VA)
     
—Wachovia Community Development Enterprises, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A-NC, LLC (98.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(12)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (98.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(29)
     
—West 152 Street Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
     
—West Oaks/Finlay Partners III, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville Beach, FL)
     
—Westchester Woods, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL)
     
—Westminster Bond Senior Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
     
—Westville, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
     
—Whitney Hotel Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Metairie, LA)
     
—Williams Landing II Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
     
—Willowbrook State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)

11


 

         
     
—Willow Ridge Apartments of Greensboro Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
     
—Willow Ridge Associates (99.99%-NV) (Lancaster, PA)
     
—Wynona Lipman Arms Urban Renewal Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Lee, NJ)
   
-Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund I, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Flagship Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Knoxville, TN)
       
—Salem Run Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Midlothian, VA)
       
—Salem Run Associates II, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fredericksburg, VA)
       
—Salisbury Senior Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund II, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—TWC Eighty-Eight, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund III, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Ashton of Richmond Hill, L. P. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
       
—Arbor Village, L.P. (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
       
—Harlingen Community Development Corporation 1, LP (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Spinnaker Reach Apartments of Duval, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
       
—Ravenwood of Kissimmee, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
       
—River Reach of Orange County, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
       
—Yorktown Arms Development Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund IV, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Green Ridge Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
       
—Lantana Associates, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
       
—Sugar Mill Apartments, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
       
—TWC Ninety-Six, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund V, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—TWC Ninety-Seven, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Seventy-Three, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund VI, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Green Gables Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
       
—Indian Run Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
       
—Steeplechase Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
       
—Steeplechase Apartments II, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainsville, FL)
       
—Vestcor-WR Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund VII, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Cedar Forest Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
       
—Tobacco Row Phase II Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
       
—West Brickell Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Miami, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund IX, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Beaumont Avenue Apartments, L. P. (99%-NV) (New York, NY)
       
—Cranford Avenue Apartments, L.P. (99%-NV) (New York, NY)
       
—Fairbrooke Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
       
—Haverhill Affordable Housing, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Orlando, FL)
       
—San Benito Housing, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund X, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Brittany Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Myers, FL)
       
—Brittany Associates II, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Myers, FL)
       
—Cannon/Hearthwood Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Culpeper, VA)
       
—Fox Haven Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
       
—Kensington of Kissimmee, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
       
—Nantucket Bay Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
       
—Shenandoah Station, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—AHG Tax Credit Fund XII L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Ashton Pointe, LLP (99.99%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
       
—Columbia Village, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
       
—Genesis Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Palmetto, GA)
       
—Longview Green Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
       
—RIHC Partners, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Reston, VA)
       
—VCP-SB Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
       
—Vista Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
     
—First Union Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Columbia at Greens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
       
—Lake Weston Apartments (Orlando) Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Willow Key Apartments Limited Partnership (99.50%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Willow Trace Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
     
—TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**

12


 

         
       
—Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners, L. P. (98.90%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (59)
       
—Magnolia Heights, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (14)
       
—One Pleasant Green Place, Ltd. (99.90%-NV) (Austin, TX)
       
—Robins Landing, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
       
—Timberlake Apts LP (99.99%-NV) (Aynor, SC)
       
—TWC Ninety-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Ninety-Four, LLC (98%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Ninety-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Ninety-One, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—Williams Landing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
     
—TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC (Charlotte, NC (0.1%)**
       
—Arbors at Hickory Creek, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Mishawaka, IN)
       
—Columbia High Point Estate, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(60)
       
—Grande Pointe Associates, Ltd. (99.90%-NV) (Coconut Grove, FL)
       
—Laguna Pointe Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
       
—Miami River Park Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
       
—Sugar Mill Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Miami, FL)
       
—Summer Crest Apts, LP (99.99%-NV) (North Myrtle Beach, SC)
       
—TWC Eighty-Seven, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Seventy-Six, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Sixty-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
       
—TWC Sixty-Six, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) Tampa, FL)
       
—Vestcor Fund XXII, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
     
—TCIG Historic Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**
       
—Totten Tower, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
       
—Warder Mansion, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**(12)
       
—Crosswinds Green II Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
       
—Hawthorne Court, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
       
—Haymount Manor Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
       
—Laurel Pointe, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)** (29)
       
—Glory Street LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
       
—Morgans Ridge, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
       
—New Dalton IA LLC (20.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(27)
       
—Raeford Green Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
       
—Rosehill West Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
       
—Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners. L. P. (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (59)
       
—Midtown Square, L.P. (0.05%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (44)
       
—Pacific Park, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA) (47)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-WF/CA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
       
—Apple Tree Village Partners, L.P. (CA) (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
       
—Bentley City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
       
—Elysian City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**
       
—Ashton Hills, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
       
—Ashton Landing, L. P. (99.99%) (Valdosta, GA)
       
—Magnolia Arbor, L. P. (99.90%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
       
—Magnolia Creste, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC)(0.01%)**
       
—Canton Mill, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(5)
       
—Gatwick Senior Village, L. P. (1%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)(54)
       
—Magnolia Village, L.P. (1.0%-NV)(Roswell, GA) (55)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (12)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III CN/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
       
—Midtown Square, L.P. (0.05%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (44)
       
—Magnolia Heights, L. P. (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (14)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
       
—Madison Meadows, L. P. (0.02%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL) (35)
       
—Oconee Springs II, L.P. (GA) (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (4)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
       
—Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (29)
     
—Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**

13


 

         
       
—Ashton Court, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Valdosta, GA) (41)
       
—Heritage Crossing, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (61)
       
—Johnston Mill Lofts, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Roswell, GA) (26)
       
—Mercy Housing Georgia I, L.L.L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA) (36)
   
-Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (93.86%) (Charlotte, NC) (58)
   
-Wachovia Asset Securitization, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Auto Leasing Company (Atlanta, GA)
   
-Wachovia Bank and Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd. (George Town, Cayman Islands)
   
-Wachovia Capital Partners, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Loan Warehouse Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Employer Solutions, LLC (Tampa, FL) (51%)
   
-Wachovia Encryption Technologies, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Exchange Services, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Help Corporation (Atlanta, GA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
   
-Wachovia Insurance Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)(23)
   
-Wachovia Large Loan, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Mortgage Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Operational Services, LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. (Roseville, CA) (99%) (63)
     
—Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. (Common – 99.8%; Preferred – 87.62%) (Roseville, CA) (13)
       
—Wachovia Preferred Realty, LLC (Roseville, CA)
       
—Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. (Common-99%; Preferred-79%) (Roseville, CA) (57)
   
-Wachovia Trust Company, National Association (Wilmington, DE)
     
—First Union Trust Company of California (San Francisco, CA)
     
—WNB Corporation (Roanoke, VA) (3)
       
—Lone Stone, L. C. (43.946%-NV) (Albany, NY) (3)
   
-Washington Apartments Associates, Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Emmaus, PA)
   
-WestPoint Stevens Inc. (6%) (Atlanta, GA) (3)
   
-Wheat Benefit Services, LLC (61.446%) (Richmond, VA) (INACTIVE)
   
-William Byrd Hotel Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-Woodlawn Joint Venture (30%-NV) (Woodbridge, VA) (INACTIVE) (15)
Wachovia Bank Card Services, Inc. (Atlanta, GA)
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association (Wilmington, DE)
   
-Delaware Trust Capital Management, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
     
—Griffin Corporate Services, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
   
-First Fidelity Insurance Services of Delaware, Inc. (Wilmington, DE) (23)
     
—ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Colorado (Richmond, VA) (23)
     
—FUSI Insurance Services of Nevada, Inc. (Las Vegas, NV) (23)
     
—ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Utah (Richmond, VA) (23)
     
—ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Wyoming (Chicago, IL) (23)
     
—ESI (MA) Insurance Agency, Inc. (Hyannis, MA) (23)
     
—FUSI Insurance Services, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (23)
       
—FUSI Insurance Services of Texas, Inc. (Houston, TX) (23)
       
—FUSI Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (23)
       
—FUSI Insurance Services of Massachusetts, Inc. (Boston, MA) (23)
       
—PFS General Insurance Agency of New Mexico, Inc. (Santa Fe, NM) (23)
     
—FUSI Insurance Services of Hawaii, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (23)
     
—FUSI Insurance Services of Ohio, Inc. (Youngstown, Ohio) (23)
   
-Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (0.31%) (Charlotte, NC) (58)
Wachovia Capital Investments, Inc. (Atlanta, GA)
   
-Wachovia International Capital Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
     
—Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA (1%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil) (53)
     
—WSH Holdings, Ltd. (Georgetown, Cayman Islands)
       
—Wachovia Participacoes, Ltda. (99.999214%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil) (INACTIVE) (52)
     
—Wachovia Participacoes, Ltda. (.000786%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil)(INACTIVE) (52)
   
-Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA (99%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil)(53)

14


 

         
Wachovia Capital Trust I (New Castle, DE)
 
Wachovia Capital Trust II (New Castle, DE)
 
Wachovia Capital Trust V (New Castle, DE)
 
Wachovia Community Development Corporation (Winston-Salem, NC)
 
Wachovia Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-343 South Dearborn II, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Palatine, IL)
   
-425 South Tryon Street, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-1024 Dodge Street Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Omaha, NE)
   
-4116 Oleander Drive, LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-Appomattox Governor’s School L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-AZ-#3611 Birmingham, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3634 Enid, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#1599 Garland, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3628 Greensboro, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3650 Huber Heights, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3644 Jackson, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3663 Jeffersontown, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3618 Leland, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3115 Rio Grande City, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3655 San Antonio, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3653 Sharonville, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-AZ-#3652 Shreveport, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Black Diamonds LLC (99.99%-NV) (New York, NY)
   
-CC-Wrightstown WI, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (UNACTIVATED)
   
-Cupertino Town Center, LLC (66.6667%) (Cupertino, CA)
   
-First Union Fremont, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Campus 1000 Fremont, LLC (45%) (Los Angeles, CA)
   
-Hanover/FUDC Master Limited Partnership (80%) (Houston, TX)
     
—Lodge at Warner Ranch, LP (Houston, TX)
     
—Villages at Warner Ranch PUD, LP (Houston, TX)
   
-HE-Monrovia, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Lake Street Lofts, L.L.C. (99%-NV) (Chicago, IL)
   
-Lodge at Shavano Park, LP (57%) (Houston, TX)
   
-Meadowmont JV, LLC (90%) (Raleigh, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Chicago Meridian Business I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Cleveland Emerald Valley I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Indianapolis Plainfield II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Minneapolis Lunar Pointe I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Nashville Airpark East I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Nashville Aspen Grove Business Center I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Orlando Lee Vista II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Orlando Northpoint II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Raleigh Walnut Creek III, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV St. Louis Fenton I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV St. Louis Lakeside Crossing I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV St. Louis Lakeside Crossing II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Buckeye, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Mountain Ventures Erlanger, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Mountain Ventures Hinsdale, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Mountain Ventures New Carlisle, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—Mountain Ventures San Bernardino, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Gables, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—MV Gables Augusta/Houston, LLC (99.80%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—Mtn. Ventures Augusta Road Limited Partnership (0.20%) (Charlotte, NC)**
     
—MV Gables Champion/Austin, LLC (99.80%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
       
—MV Gablechamp Limited Partnership (0.20%) (Charlotte, NC)**

15


 

         
   
-Mountain Ventures Golden State, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Mecklenburg, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Philadelphia, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Travel Centers, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Mountain Ventures Waynesboro, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Natomas Villagio, LLC (78.5%) (Alamo, CA)
   
-Oilwell Supply, L.P. (99.90%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
   
-ORD-MFFS, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Ranco-RIC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-R.B.C. Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Rocketts View L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
   
-Sterling-Blue Island IL, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
   
-Tribune Tower Investors, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Oakland, CA)
   
-TRM of North Carolina, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
     
—The Ratcliffe, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-UF-Raleigh LLC (50%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-WG Saginaw Lansing MI, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Willows, LLC (70%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
 
Wachovia Exchange Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-2901 East 10th Ave LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-905GP LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
   
-N696HQ LLC (Winston-Salem, NC) (INACTIVE)
 
Wachovia Funding Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Wachovia Insurance Agency, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Insurance Group Trust I (Charlotte, NC)*
   
-Professional Direct Agency, Inc. (Columbus, OH)
 
Wachovia Investors, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Argo Partnership, L. P. (8%-NV) (New York, NY)
   
-Alidian Investment, LLC (88.83%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-CMLB 2001, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L. P. (3.75%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (16)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L. P. (0.65%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (17)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L. P. (3.11%-NV) (20)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L.P. (1.58%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (18)
   
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L. P. (0.33%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) (19)
   
-First Union Merchant Banking 1997, LLC (99%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Merchant Banking 1998, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Merchant Banking, 1998-II, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Merchant Banking 1999, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-First Union Merchant Banking, 1999-II, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-LuxN Investment LLC (87%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-LYNX 2002-I, Ltd. (George Town, Cayman Islands)
   
-Wachovia Capital Partners, LLC (92.2%) (Charlotte, NC)
     
—FUCP/NEP, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
       
—NEP Broadcasting, LLC (51%-NV) (Pittsburgh, PA)
       
      —NEP Supershooters, L. P. (1%-NV**) (Pittsburgh, PA) (40)
       
—NEP Supershooters, L. P. (50%- NV) (Pittsburgh, PA) (40)
   
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2001, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2002, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
   
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2003, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
 
Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. (.15%) (Roseville, CA) (13)
 
Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. (Roseville, CA)(1%) (63)

16


 

         
Wachovia Private Capital, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
 
Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. (1%) (Roseville, CA) (57)
 
Wachovia Risk Services, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Wachovia Structured Finance Management, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
 
Wachovia Trust Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
 
Waller House Corporation (Philadelphia, PA)
   
-National Temple Limited Partnership-II (98.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
 
Women’s Growth Capital Fund I, L.L.L.P. (10%-NV) (Washington, DC)


*   Controlled by management contract – No equity owned.
 
**   Managing interest, or control.
 
    INACTIVE – became inactive after having been activated or after having been acquired as an active entity
 
    ACQUIRED INACTIVE – acquired as an inactive entity and continuing as such
 
    UNACTIVATED – legally formed but not yet activated
 
(1)   100% of voting equity owned unless otherwise indicated. NV indicates non-voting equity.
 
(2)   Combined ownership of Cobblestone Landing, L.P. is 99.90%-NV (98.90% by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1% by Cobblestone Landing State Credit Partner, LLC)
 
(3)   Interest acquired or subsidiary formed in connection with debts previously contracted (DPC)
 
(4)   Combined ownership of Oconee Springs II, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC)
 
(5)   Combined ownership of Canton Mill, LLC is 99.01%-NV (98.01%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC
 
(6)   Combined ownership of Roanoke Community Development Corporation is 38.888% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. – 11.11%, Wachovia Community Development Corporation — 27.778%)
 
(7)   Combined ownership of United Bancshares, Inc. is 6.02% of Voting Common Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, 9.40% of Non-Voting Preferred Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, and 100% of Non-Voting Class B Common Stock by Wachovia Corporation
 
(8)   Combined ownership of Ironbrand Capital LLC is 100% (First Union Commercial Corporation – 99%, First Union Rail Corporation – 1%)
 
(9)   Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Corporation is 100% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. – 98.11053%, Wachovia Corporation – 0.97900%, First Union Financial Investments, Inc. – 0.89872%, and HomEq Servicing Corporation – 0.01175%)
 
(10)   Combined ownership of Philadelphia National Limited by all First Union entities is 100% (New World Development Corporation, Ltd. – 65.10%, Established Holdings Limited – 20.60%, and Philadelphia International Investment Corp. – 14.30%)
 
(11)   Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Leasing Group L.L.C. is 100% (Wachovia Bank, National Association – 99%, First Union Commercial Corporation – 1%)
 
(12)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC is 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp., 98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0% nonvoting by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/NC, LLC.
 
(13)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp.: Common – 99.5% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. and 0.15% by Wachovia Corporation; Preferred – 87.62% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp.
 
(14)   Combined ownership of Magnolia Heights, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund CN/GA, LLC and 98.99%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC)
 
(15)   Combined ownership of Woodlawn Joint Venture is 70%-NV (40%-NV by First American Service Corporation and 30%-NV by Wachovia Bank, N.A.)
 
(16)   Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L. P. is 4.75%-NV (1%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 3.75%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.)
 
(17)   Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L.P. is 0.95%-NV (0.30%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 0.65%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.)
 
(18)   Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L. P. is 3.10%-NV (1.52%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 1.58%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.)
 
(19)   Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L.P. is 0.47%-NV (0.14%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 0.33%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.)
 
 
(20)   Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L.P. is 3.97%-NV (0.86%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 3.11%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.)
 
(21)   100% of Preferred Stock of The Money Store, LLC is owned by an unaffiliated entity, resulting in 22.5% of total voting equity being owned by the unaffiliated entity. Combined internal ownership of the common stock of The Money Store, Inc. is 100% — 98% owned by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 2% owned by Bart, Inc., resulting in 75.95% ownership of total voting equity by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1.55% ownership of total voting equity by Bart, Inc.

17


 

(22)   Combined ownership of Baltic Park, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0% by Baltic Park Sate Credit Partner, L.L.C.)
 
(23)   Designated as a “financial subsidiary of a U.S. commercial bank”
 
(24)   Combined ownership of Magnolia Circle, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Magnolia Circle State Credit Partner, L.L.C.)
 
(25)   Combined ownership of Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC is 99.99%-NV (82.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 17.0%-NV by Spring Brook Meadows State Credit Member, LLC)
 
(26)   Combined ownership of Johnson Mill Lofts, L.P. is 99.89%-NV (99.88%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC)
 
(27)   Combined ownership of New Dalton 1A LLC is 99.90%-NV (79.90%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 20.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC)
 
(28)   Combined ownership of Railcar Investment LLC is 100% (87.302% by First Union Rail Corporation and 12.698% by First Union Commercial Corporation)
 
(29)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC is 99.99%-NV and 0.01% voting (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/NC, LLC, and 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp.)
 
(30)   Combined ownership of EIMCO Trust is 100% (99% by Evergreen Investment Company, Inc. and 1% by Evergreen Asset Management Corp.)
 
(31)   N/A
 
(32)   N/A
 
(33)   N/A
 
(34)   N/A
 
(35)   Combined ownership of Madison Meadows, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.96%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation. 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC, and 0.02%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC)
 
(36)   Combined ownership of Mercy Housing Georgia I, LLLP is 99.90%-NV (99.89% by Monument Street Funding, Inc. and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC)
 
(37)   N/A
 
(38)   N/A
 
(39)   N/A
 
(40)   Combined ownership of NEP Supershooters, L. P. is 51%-NV (50%-NV by FUCP/NEP, LLC and 1%-NV** by NEP Broadcasting, LLC)
 
(41)   Combined ownership of Ashton Court, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC)
 
(42)   Combined ownership of Monument Street Funding, Inc. is 100% of Common Stock: 9.95% by Bart, Inc., 40.33% by Wachovia Bank,N.A., and 49.72% by FFBIC, Inc. Combined ownership of total equity is 77.78%.
 
(43)   Combined ownership of First International Advisors, LLC is 100%: 50% by Monument Street International Funding-I, LLC and 50% by Monument Street International Funding-II, LLC.
 
(44)   Combined ownership of Midtown Square, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-CN/GA, LLC and 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC.)
 
(46)   Combined ownership of St. Philip Villas, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by St. Philip Villas State Credit Partner, L.L.C.)
 
(47)   Combined ownership of Pacific Park, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC)
 
(48)   N/A
 
(49)   N/A
 
(50)   N/A
 
(51)   N/A
 
(52)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Participatoes, Ltda. is 100% (99.999214% by WSH Holdings, Ltd. and .000786% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation)
 
(53)   Combined ownership of Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA is 100% (99% by Wachovia Capital Investments, Inc. and 1% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation)
 
(54)   Combined ownership of Gatwick Senior Village, L.P. is 99.99%-NV-( 98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC)
 
(55)   Combined ownership of Magnolia Village, L. P. is 99.9%-NV (98.9%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC.)
 
(56)   N/A
 
(57)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. is Common – 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 99% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp; Preferred – 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 79% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp.
 
(58)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC is 100% (93.86% by Wachovia Bank, N.A., 0.31% by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, N.A., 1.53% by First Union Commercial Corporation, and 4.30% by Bart, Inc.)
 
(59)   Combined ownership of Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners, L. P. is 99.90%-NV (98.90%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC)
 
(60)   Combined ownership of Columbia High Point Estate, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Columbia High Point State Credit Partner, L.L.C.)
 
(61)   Combined ownership of Heritage Crossing, L. P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC)
 
(62)   Combined ownership of Sanford Leasing, LLC is 100% (Voting interests: 24% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 76% by First Union Commercial Corporation; Membership interests: 99% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 1% by First Union Commercial Corporation)
 
(63)   Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. is 100% (99% by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1% by Wachovia Corporation)

18

 

Exhibit (23)

CONSENT OF KPMG LLP


Board of Directors
Wachovia Corporation

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of (i) Wachovia Corporation on:

                         
    Registration           Registration
    Statement           Statement
Form   Number   Form   Number

 
 
 
S-3
    33-50103       S-8       333-44015  
S-8
    33-54148       S-3       333-47286  
S-8
    33-60913       S-8       333-50589  
S-8
    33-62307       S-3       333-50999  
S-8
    33-65501       S-8       333-53549  
S-8
    333-2551       S-3       333-57078  
S-8
    333-10179       S-3       333-58299  
S-8
    333-10211       S-8       333-59616  
S-8
    333-11613       S-8       333-69108  
S-8
    333-14469       S-3       333-70489  
S-3
    333-15743       S-3       333-72150  
S-3
    333-17599       S-3       333-72266  
S-4
    333-19039-01       S-3       333-72350  
S-4
    333-20611       S-3       333-72374  
S-3
    333-31462       S-8       333-83969  
S-3
    333-34151       S-8       333-89299  
S-8
    333-36839       S-3       333-90422  
S-8
    333-37709       S-3       333-90593  
S-3
    333-41046       S-3       333-99847-01  
S-8
    333-42018       S-8       333-100810  
S-8
    333-43960                  

(ii)  First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-01); (iii) First Union Capital II on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-02); (iv) First Union Capital III on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-03); (v) First Union Institutional Capital I on Form S-4 (No. 333-19039); (vi) First Union Institutional Capital II on Form S-4 (No. 333-20611-01); (vii) First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-01); (viii) First Union Capital II on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-02); and (ix) First Union Capital III on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-03) of Wachovia Corporation of our report dated January 16, 2003, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, which report appears in the 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders which is incorporated by reference in Wachovia Corporation’s 2002 Form 10-K.

     As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2001, Wachovia Corporation adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations and certain provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets as required for goodwill and intangible assets resulting from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142 were adopted on January 1, 2002. Also as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, Wachovia Corporation adopted the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, effective for grants made in 2002.

 

KPMG LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 31, 2003

 

 

Exhibit (24)

WACHOVIA CORPORATION

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that the undersigned directors and officers of WACHOVIA CORPORATION (the “Corporation”) hereby constitute and appoint Mark C. Treanor, Ross E. Jeffries, Jr. and Anthony R. Augliera, and each of them severally, the true and lawful agents and attorneys-in-fact of the undersigned with full power and authority in said agents and the attorneys-in-fact, and in any one of them, to sign for the undersigned and in their respective names as directors and officers of the Corporation, the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to sign any and all amendments to such Annual Report.

     
SIGNATURE   CAPACITY

 
/s/ Leslie M. Baker, Jr.

LESLIE M. BAKER, JR
  Chairman and Director
 
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson

G. KENNEDY THOMPSON
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
/s/ Robert P. Kelly

ROBERT P. KELLY
  Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
/s/ David M. Julian

DAVID M. JULIAN
  Senior Vice President and Corporate
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/ F. Duane Ackerman

F. DUANE ACKERMAN
  Director
 
/s/ John D. Baker, II

JOHN D. BAKER, II
  Director
 
/s/ James S. Balloun

JAMES S. BALLOUN
  Director
 
/s/ Robert J. Brown

ROBERT J. BROWN
  Director
 
/s/ Peter C. Browning

PETER C. BROWNING
  Director
 
/s/ John T. Casteen III

JOHN T. CASTEEN III
  Director

12


 

     
SIGNATURE   CAPACITY

 
/s/ William H. Goodwin, Jr.

WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR
  Director
 
/s/ Robert A. Ingram

ROBERT A. INGRAM
  Director
 
 

MACKEY J. MCDONALD
  Director
 
/s/ Joseph Neubauer

JOSEPH NEUBAUER
  Director
 
/s/ Lloyd U. Noland III

LLOYD U. NOLAND III
  Director
 
/s/ Ruth G. Shaw

RUTH G. SHAW
  Director
 
/s/ Lanty L. Smith

LANTY L. SMITH
  Director
 
/s/ John C. Whitaker, Jr.

JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR
  Director
 
/s/ Dona Davis Young

DONA DAVIS YOUNG
  Director

December 16, 2002
Charlotte, NC

13

 

Exhibit (99)(a)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (“Wachovia”) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, G. Kennedy Thompson, Chief Executive Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     (1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.

     
     
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
   
G. Kennedy Thompson    
Chief Executive Officer    
March 31, 2003    

     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Wachovia Corporation and will be retained by Wachovia Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Exhibit (99)(b)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (“Wachovia”) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert P. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     (1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.

     
     
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
   
Robert P. Kelly    
Chief Financial Officer    
March 31, 2003    

     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Wachovia Corporation and will be retained by Wachovia Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.